1 //===--- SemaChecking.cpp - Extra Semantic Checking -----------------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements extra semantic analysis beyond what is enforced
11 //  by the C type system.
12 //
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h"
26 #include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/SyncScope.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
32 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
37 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
39 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
40 #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h"
41 #include "llvm/Support/Format.h"
42 #include "llvm/Support/Locale.h"
43 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
44 
45 using namespace clang;
46 using namespace sema;
47 
48 SourceLocation Sema::getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
49                                                     unsigned ByteNo) const {
50   return SL->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo, getSourceManager(), LangOpts,
51                                Context.getTargetInfo());
52 }
53 
54 /// Checks that a call expression's argument count is the desired number.
55 /// This is useful when doing custom type-checking.  Returns true on error.
56 static bool checkArgCount(Sema &S, CallExpr *call, unsigned desiredArgCount) {
57   unsigned argCount = call->getNumArgs();
58   if (argCount == desiredArgCount) return false;
59 
60   if (argCount < desiredArgCount)
61     return S.Diag(call->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
62         << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
63         << call->getSourceRange();
64 
65   // Highlight all the excess arguments.
66   SourceRange range(call->getArg(desiredArgCount)->getLocStart(),
67                     call->getArg(argCount - 1)->getLocEnd());
68 
69   return S.Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
70     << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
71     << call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
72 }
73 
74 /// Check that the first argument to __builtin_annotation is an integer
75 /// and the second argument is a non-wide string literal.
76 static bool SemaBuiltinAnnotation(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
77   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 2))
78     return true;
79 
80   // First argument should be an integer.
81   Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
82   QualType Ty = ValArg->getType();
83   if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
84     S.Diag(ValArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_first_arg)
85       << ValArg->getSourceRange();
86     return true;
87   }
88 
89   // Second argument should be a constant string.
90   Expr *StrArg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
91   StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(StrArg);
92   if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
93     S.Diag(StrArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_second_arg)
94       << StrArg->getSourceRange();
95     return true;
96   }
97 
98   TheCall->setType(Ty);
99   return false;
100 }
101 
102 /// Check that the argument to __builtin_addressof is a glvalue, and set the
103 /// result type to the corresponding pointer type.
104 static bool SemaBuiltinAddressof(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
105   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 1))
106     return true;
107 
108   ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(0));
109   QualType ResultType = S.CheckAddressOfOperand(Arg, TheCall->getLocStart());
110   if (ResultType.isNull())
111     return true;
112 
113   TheCall->setArg(0, Arg.get());
114   TheCall->setType(ResultType);
115   return false;
116 }
117 
118 static bool SemaBuiltinOverflow(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
119   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 3))
120     return true;
121 
122   // First two arguments should be integers.
123   for (unsigned I = 0; I < 2; ++I) {
124     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(I);
125     QualType Ty = Arg->getType();
126     if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
127       S.Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_overflow_builtin_must_be_int)
128           << Ty << Arg->getSourceRange();
129       return true;
130     }
131   }
132 
133   // Third argument should be a pointer to a non-const integer.
134   // IRGen correctly handles volatile, restrict, and address spaces, and
135   // the other qualifiers aren't possible.
136   {
137     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(2);
138     QualType Ty = Arg->getType();
139     const auto *PtrTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
140     if (!(PtrTy && PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIntegerType() &&
141           !PtrTy->getPointeeType().isConstQualified())) {
142       S.Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_overflow_builtin_must_be_ptr_int)
143           << Ty << Arg->getSourceRange();
144       return true;
145     }
146   }
147 
148   return false;
149 }
150 
151 static void SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
152 		                  CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned SizeIdx,
153                                   unsigned DstSizeIdx) {
154   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() <= SizeIdx ||
155       TheCall->getNumArgs() <= DstSizeIdx)
156     return;
157 
158   const Expr *SizeArg = TheCall->getArg(SizeIdx);
159   const Expr *DstSizeArg = TheCall->getArg(DstSizeIdx);
160 
161   llvm::APSInt Size, DstSize;
162 
163   // find out if both sizes are known at compile time
164   if (!SizeArg->EvaluateAsInt(Size, S.Context) ||
165       !DstSizeArg->EvaluateAsInt(DstSize, S.Context))
166     return;
167 
168   if (Size.ule(DstSize))
169     return;
170 
171   // confirmed overflow so generate the diagnostic.
172   IdentifierInfo *FnName = FDecl->getIdentifier();
173   SourceLocation SL = TheCall->getLocStart();
174   SourceRange SR = TheCall->getSourceRange();
175 
176   S.Diag(SL, diag::warn_memcpy_chk_overflow) << SR << FnName;
177 }
178 
179 static bool SemaBuiltinCallWithStaticChain(Sema &S, CallExpr *BuiltinCall) {
180   if (checkArgCount(S, BuiltinCall, 2))
181     return true;
182 
183   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc = BuiltinCall->getLocStart();
184   Expr *Builtin = BuiltinCall->getCallee()->IgnoreImpCasts();
185   Expr *Call = BuiltinCall->getArg(0);
186   Expr *Chain = BuiltinCall->getArg(1);
187 
188   if (Call->getStmtClass() != Stmt::CallExprClass) {
189     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_not_call)
190         << Call->getSourceRange();
191     return true;
192   }
193 
194   auto CE = cast<CallExpr>(Call);
195   if (CE->getCallee()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
196     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_block_call)
197         << Call->getSourceRange();
198     return true;
199   }
200 
201   const Decl *TargetDecl = CE->getCalleeDecl();
202   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(TargetDecl))
203     if (FD->getBuiltinID()) {
204       S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_builtin_call)
205           << Call->getSourceRange();
206       return true;
207     }
208 
209   if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(CE->getCallee()->IgnoreParens())) {
210     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_pdtor_call)
211         << Call->getSourceRange();
212     return true;
213   }
214 
215   ExprResult ChainResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Chain);
216   if (ChainResult.isInvalid())
217     return true;
218   if (!ChainResult.get()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
219     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_second_argument_to_cwsc_not_pointer)
220         << Chain->getSourceRange();
221     return true;
222   }
223 
224   QualType ReturnTy = CE->getCallReturnType(S.Context);
225   QualType ArgTys[2] = { ReturnTy, ChainResult.get()->getType() };
226   QualType BuiltinTy = S.Context.getFunctionType(
227       ReturnTy, ArgTys, FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo());
228   QualType BuiltinPtrTy = S.Context.getPointerType(BuiltinTy);
229 
230   Builtin =
231       S.ImpCastExprToType(Builtin, BuiltinPtrTy, CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
232 
233   BuiltinCall->setType(CE->getType());
234   BuiltinCall->setValueKind(CE->getValueKind());
235   BuiltinCall->setObjectKind(CE->getObjectKind());
236   BuiltinCall->setCallee(Builtin);
237   BuiltinCall->setArg(1, ChainResult.get());
238 
239   return false;
240 }
241 
242 static bool SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(Sema &SemaRef, CallExpr *TheCall,
243                                      Scope::ScopeFlags NeededScopeFlags,
244                                      unsigned DiagID) {
245   // Scopes aren't available during instantiation. Fortunately, builtin
246   // functions cannot be template args so they cannot be formed through template
247   // instantiation. Therefore checking once during the parse is sufficient.
248   if (SemaRef.inTemplateInstantiation())
249     return false;
250 
251   Scope *S = SemaRef.getCurScope();
252   while (S && !S->isSEHExceptScope())
253     S = S->getParent();
254   if (!S || !(S->getFlags() & NeededScopeFlags)) {
255     auto *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
256     SemaRef.Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), DiagID)
257         << DRE->getDecl()->getIdentifier();
258     return true;
259   }
260 
261   return false;
262 }
263 
264 static inline bool isBlockPointer(Expr *Arg) {
265   return Arg->getType()->isBlockPointerType();
266 }
267 
268 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17.2 - Checks that the block parameters are all local
269 /// void*, which is a requirement of device side enqueue.
270 static bool checkOpenCLBlockArgs(Sema &S, Expr *BlockArg) {
271   const BlockPointerType *BPT =
272       cast<BlockPointerType>(BlockArg->getType().getCanonicalType());
273   ArrayRef<QualType> Params =
274       BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getParamTypes();
275   unsigned ArgCounter = 0;
276   bool IllegalParams = false;
277   // Iterate through the block parameters until either one is found that is not
278   // a local void*, or the block is valid.
279   for (ArrayRef<QualType>::iterator I = Params.begin(), E = Params.end();
280        I != E; ++I, ++ArgCounter) {
281     if (!(*I)->isPointerType() || !(*I)->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() ||
282         (*I)->getPointeeType().getQualifiers().getAddressSpace() !=
283             LangAS::opencl_local) {
284       // Get the location of the error. If a block literal has been passed
285       // (BlockExpr) then we can point straight to the offending argument,
286       // else we just point to the variable reference.
287       SourceLocation ErrorLoc;
288       if (isa<BlockExpr>(BlockArg)) {
289         BlockDecl *BD = cast<BlockExpr>(BlockArg)->getBlockDecl();
290         ErrorLoc = BD->getParamDecl(ArgCounter)->getLocStart();
291       } else if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(BlockArg)) {
292         ErrorLoc = cast<DeclRefExpr>(BlockArg)->getLocStart();
293       }
294       S.Diag(ErrorLoc,
295              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_blocks_non_local_void_args);
296       IllegalParams = true;
297     }
298   }
299 
300   return IllegalParams;
301 }
302 
303 static bool checkOpenCLSubgroupExt(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
304   if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_subgroups")) {
305     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_requires_extension)
306           << 1 << Call->getDirectCallee() << "cl_khr_subgroups";
307     return true;
308   }
309   return false;
310 }
311 
312 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinNDRangeAndBlock(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
313   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 2))
314     return true;
315 
316   if (checkOpenCLSubgroupExt(S, TheCall))
317     return true;
318 
319   // First argument is an ndrange_t type.
320   Expr *NDRangeArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
321   if (NDRangeArg->getType().getAsString() != "ndrange_t") {
322     S.Diag(NDRangeArg->getLocStart(),
323            diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
324         << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << "'ndrange_t'";
325     return true;
326   }
327 
328   Expr *BlockArg = TheCall->getArg(1);
329   if (!isBlockPointer(BlockArg)) {
330     S.Diag(BlockArg->getLocStart(),
331            diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
332         << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << "block";
333     return true;
334   }
335   return checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, BlockArg);
336 }
337 
338 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17.6 - Check the argument to the
339 /// get_kernel_work_group_size
340 /// and get_kernel_preferred_work_group_size_multiple builtin functions.
341 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinKernelWorkGroupSize(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
342   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 1))
343     return true;
344 
345   Expr *BlockArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
346   if (!isBlockPointer(BlockArg)) {
347     S.Diag(BlockArg->getLocStart(),
348            diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
349         << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << "block";
350     return true;
351   }
352   return checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, BlockArg);
353 }
354 
355 /// Diagnose integer type and any valid implicit conversion to it.
356 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueIntType(Sema &S, Expr *E,
357                                       const QualType &IntType);
358 
359 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueLocalSizeArgs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
360                                             unsigned Start, unsigned End) {
361   bool IllegalParams = false;
362   for (unsigned I = Start; I <= End; ++I)
363     IllegalParams |= checkOpenCLEnqueueIntType(S, TheCall->getArg(I),
364                                               S.Context.getSizeType());
365   return IllegalParams;
366 }
367 
368 /// OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.17.1 - Check that sizes are provided for all
369 /// 'local void*' parameter of passed block.
370 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
371                                            Expr *BlockArg,
372                                            unsigned NumNonVarArgs) {
373   const BlockPointerType *BPT =
374       cast<BlockPointerType>(BlockArg->getType().getCanonicalType());
375   unsigned NumBlockParams =
376       BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getNumParams();
377   unsigned TotalNumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
378 
379   // For each argument passed to the block, a corresponding uint needs to
380   // be passed to describe the size of the local memory.
381   if (TotalNumArgs != NumBlockParams + NumNonVarArgs) {
382     S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
383            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_local_size_args);
384     return true;
385   }
386 
387   // Check that the sizes of the local memory are specified by integers.
388   return checkOpenCLEnqueueLocalSizeArgs(S, TheCall, NumNonVarArgs,
389                                          TotalNumArgs - 1);
390 }
391 
392 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17 - Enqueue kernel function contains four different
393 /// overload formats specified in Table 6.13.17.1.
394 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
395 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
396 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
397 ///                    void (^block)(void))
398 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
399 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
400 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
401 ///                    uint num_events_in_wait_list,
402 ///                    clk_event_t *event_wait_list,
403 ///                    clk_event_t *event_ret,
404 ///                    void (^block)(void))
405 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
406 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
407 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
408 ///                    void (^block)(local void*, ...),
409 ///                    uint size0, ...)
410 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
411 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
412 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
413 ///                    uint num_events_in_wait_list,
414 ///                    clk_event_t *event_wait_list,
415 ///                    clk_event_t *event_ret,
416 ///                    void (^block)(local void*, ...),
417 ///                    uint size0, ...)
418 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinEnqueueKernel(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
419   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
420 
421   if (NumArgs < 4) {
422     S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args);
423     return true;
424   }
425 
426   Expr *Arg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
427   Expr *Arg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
428   Expr *Arg2 = TheCall->getArg(2);
429   Expr *Arg3 = TheCall->getArg(3);
430 
431   // First argument always needs to be a queue_t type.
432   if (!Arg0->getType()->isQueueT()) {
433     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
434            diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
435         << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.OCLQueueTy;
436     return true;
437   }
438 
439   // Second argument always needs to be a kernel_enqueue_flags_t enum value.
440   if (!Arg1->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
441     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
442            diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
443         << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << "'kernel_enqueue_flags_t' (i.e. uint)";
444     return true;
445   }
446 
447   // Third argument is always an ndrange_t type.
448   if (Arg2->getType().getUnqualifiedType().getAsString() != "ndrange_t") {
449     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
450            diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
451         << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << "'ndrange_t'";
452     return true;
453   }
454 
455   // With four arguments, there is only one form that the function could be
456   // called in: no events and no variable arguments.
457   if (NumArgs == 4) {
458     // check that the last argument is the right block type.
459     if (!isBlockPointer(Arg3)) {
460       S.Diag(Arg3->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
461           << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << "block";
462       return true;
463     }
464     // we have a block type, check the prototype
465     const BlockPointerType *BPT =
466         cast<BlockPointerType>(Arg3->getType().getCanonicalType());
467     if (BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getNumParams() > 0) {
468       S.Diag(Arg3->getLocStart(),
469              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_blocks_no_args);
470       return true;
471     }
472     return false;
473   }
474   // we can have block + varargs.
475   if (isBlockPointer(Arg3))
476     return (checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, Arg3) ||
477             checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(S, TheCall, Arg3, 4));
478   // last two cases with either exactly 7 args or 7 args and varargs.
479   if (NumArgs >= 7) {
480     // check common block argument.
481     Expr *Arg6 = TheCall->getArg(6);
482     if (!isBlockPointer(Arg6)) {
483       S.Diag(Arg6->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
484           << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << "block";
485       return true;
486     }
487     if (checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, Arg6))
488       return true;
489 
490     // Forth argument has to be any integer type.
491     if (!Arg3->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
492       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(3)->getLocStart(),
493              diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
494           << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << "integer";
495       return true;
496     }
497     // check remaining common arguments.
498     Expr *Arg4 = TheCall->getArg(4);
499     Expr *Arg5 = TheCall->getArg(5);
500 
501     // Fifth argument is always passed as a pointer to clk_event_t.
502     if (!Arg4->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context,
503                                      Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) &&
504         !Arg4->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->isClkEventT()) {
505       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(4)->getLocStart(),
506              diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
507           << TheCall->getDirectCallee()
508           << S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.OCLClkEventTy);
509       return true;
510     }
511 
512     // Sixth argument is always passed as a pointer to clk_event_t.
513     if (!Arg5->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context,
514                                      Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) &&
515         !(Arg5->getType()->isPointerType() &&
516           Arg5->getType()->getPointeeType()->isClkEventT())) {
517       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(5)->getLocStart(),
518              diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
519           << TheCall->getDirectCallee()
520           << S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.OCLClkEventTy);
521       return true;
522     }
523 
524     if (NumArgs == 7)
525       return false;
526 
527     return checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(S, TheCall, Arg6, 7);
528   }
529 
530   // None of the specific case has been detected, give generic error
531   S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
532          diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_incorrect_args);
533   return true;
534 }
535 
536 /// Returns OpenCL access qual.
537 static OpenCLAccessAttr *getOpenCLArgAccess(const Decl *D) {
538     return D->getAttr<OpenCLAccessAttr>();
539 }
540 
541 /// Returns true if pipe element type is different from the pointer.
542 static bool checkOpenCLPipeArg(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
543   const Expr *Arg0 = Call->getArg(0);
544   // First argument type should always be pipe.
545   if (!Arg0->getType()->isPipeType()) {
546     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_first_arg)
547         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Arg0->getSourceRange();
548     return true;
549   }
550   OpenCLAccessAttr *AccessQual =
551       getOpenCLArgAccess(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg0)->getDecl());
552   // Validates the access qualifier is compatible with the call.
553   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16 - The access qualifiers for pipe should only be
554   // read_only and write_only, and assumed to be read_only if no qualifier is
555   // specified.
556   switch (Call->getDirectCallee()->getBuiltinID()) {
557   case Builtin::BIread_pipe:
558   case Builtin::BIreserve_read_pipe:
559   case Builtin::BIcommit_read_pipe:
560   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_read_pipe:
561   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_read_pipe:
562   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_read_pipe:
563   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_read_pipe:
564     if (!(!AccessQual || AccessQual->isReadOnly())) {
565       S.Diag(Arg0->getLocStart(),
566              diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_access_modifier)
567           << "read_only" << Arg0->getSourceRange();
568       return true;
569     }
570     break;
571   case Builtin::BIwrite_pipe:
572   case Builtin::BIreserve_write_pipe:
573   case Builtin::BIcommit_write_pipe:
574   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_write_pipe:
575   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_write_pipe:
576   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_write_pipe:
577   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_write_pipe:
578     if (!(AccessQual && AccessQual->isWriteOnly())) {
579       S.Diag(Arg0->getLocStart(),
580              diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_access_modifier)
581           << "write_only" << Arg0->getSourceRange();
582       return true;
583     }
584     break;
585   default:
586     break;
587   }
588   return false;
589 }
590 
591 /// Returns true if pipe element type is different from the pointer.
592 static bool checkOpenCLPipePacketType(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call, unsigned Idx) {
593   const Expr *Arg0 = Call->getArg(0);
594   const Expr *ArgIdx = Call->getArg(Idx);
595   const PipeType *PipeTy = cast<PipeType>(Arg0->getType());
596   const QualType EltTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
597   const PointerType *ArgTy = ArgIdx->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
598   // The Idx argument should be a pointer and the type of the pointer and
599   // the type of pipe element should also be the same.
600   if (!ArgTy ||
601       !S.Context.hasSameType(
602           EltTy, ArgTy->getPointeeType()->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
603     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
604         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.getPointerType(EltTy)
605         << ArgIdx->getType() << ArgIdx->getSourceRange();
606     return true;
607   }
608   return false;
609 }
610 
611 // \brief Performs semantic analysis for the read/write_pipe call.
612 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
613 // \param Call A pointer to the builtin call.
614 // \return True if a semantic error has been found, false otherwise.
615 static bool SemaBuiltinRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
616   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.2 - The built-in read/write
617   // functions have two forms.
618   switch (Call->getNumArgs()) {
619   case 2: {
620     if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
621       return true;
622     // The call with 2 arguments should be
623     // read/write_pipe(pipe T, T*).
624     // Check packet type T.
625     if (checkOpenCLPipePacketType(S, Call, 1))
626       return true;
627   } break;
628 
629   case 4: {
630     if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
631       return true;
632     // The call with 4 arguments should be
633     // read/write_pipe(pipe T, reserve_id_t, uint, T*).
634     // Check reserve_id_t.
635     if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isReserveIDT()) {
636       S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
637           << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.OCLReserveIDTy
638           << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
639       return true;
640     }
641 
642     // Check the index.
643     const Expr *Arg2 = Call->getArg(2);
644     if (!Arg2->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
645         !Arg2->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
646       S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
647           << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.UnsignedIntTy
648           << Arg2->getType() << Arg2->getSourceRange();
649       return true;
650     }
651 
652     // Check packet type T.
653     if (checkOpenCLPipePacketType(S, Call, 3))
654       return true;
655   } break;
656   default:
657     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_arg_num)
658         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
659     return true;
660   }
661 
662   return false;
663 }
664 
665 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on the {work_group_/sub_group_
666 //        /_}reserve_{read/write}_pipe
667 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
668 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
669 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
670 static bool SemaBuiltinReserveRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
671   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 2))
672     return true;
673 
674   if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
675     return true;
676 
677   // Check the reserve size.
678   if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
679       !Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
680     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
681         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.UnsignedIntTy
682         << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
683     return true;
684   }
685 
686   // Since return type of reserve_read/write_pipe built-in function is
687   // reserve_id_t, which is not defined in the builtin def file , we used int
688   // as return type and need to override the return type of these functions.
689   Call->setType(S.Context.OCLReserveIDTy);
690 
691   return false;
692 }
693 
694 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on {work_group_/sub_group_
695 //        /_}commit_{read/write}_pipe
696 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
697 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
698 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
699 static bool SemaBuiltinCommitRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
700   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 2))
701     return true;
702 
703   if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
704     return true;
705 
706   // Check reserve_id_t.
707   if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isReserveIDT()) {
708     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
709         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.OCLReserveIDTy
710         << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
711     return true;
712   }
713 
714   return false;
715 }
716 
717 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on the call to built-in Pipe
718 //        Query Functions.
719 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
720 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
721 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
722 static bool SemaBuiltinPipePackets(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
723   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 1))
724     return true;
725 
726   if (!Call->getArg(0)->getType()->isPipeType()) {
727     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_first_arg)
728         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getArg(0)->getSourceRange();
729     return true;
730   }
731 
732   return false;
733 }
734 // \brief OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.9 - Address space qualifier functions.
735 // \brief Performs semantic analysis for the to_global/local/private call.
736 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
737 // \param BuiltinID ID of the builtin function.
738 // \param Call A pointer to the builtin call.
739 // \return True if a semantic error has been found, false otherwise.
740 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinToAddr(Sema &S, unsigned BuiltinID,
741                                     CallExpr *Call) {
742   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1) {
743     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_to_addr_arg_num)
744         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
745     return true;
746   }
747 
748   auto RT = Call->getArg(0)->getType();
749   if (!RT->isPointerType() || RT->getPointeeType()
750       .getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
751     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_to_addr_invalid_arg)
752         << Call->getArg(0) << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
753     return true;
754   }
755 
756   RT = RT->getPointeeType();
757   auto Qual = RT.getQualifiers();
758   switch (BuiltinID) {
759   case Builtin::BIto_global:
760     Qual.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global);
761     break;
762   case Builtin::BIto_local:
763     Qual.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_local);
764     break;
765   default:
766     Qual.removeAddressSpace();
767   }
768   Call->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.getQualifiedType(
769       RT.getUnqualifiedType(), Qual)));
770 
771   return false;
772 }
773 
774 ExprResult
775 Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, unsigned BuiltinID,
776                                CallExpr *TheCall) {
777   ExprResult TheCallResult(TheCall);
778 
779   // Find out if any arguments are required to be integer constant expressions.
780   unsigned ICEArguments = 0;
781   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
782   Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error, &ICEArguments);
783   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
784     ICEArguments = 0;  // Don't diagnose previously diagnosed errors.
785 
786   // If any arguments are required to be ICE's, check and diagnose.
787   for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ICEArguments != 0; ++ArgNo) {
788     // Skip arguments not required to be ICE's.
789     if ((ICEArguments & (1 << ArgNo)) == 0) continue;
790 
791     llvm::APSInt Result;
792     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNo, Result))
793       return true;
794     ICEArguments &= ~(1 << ArgNo);
795   }
796 
797   switch (BuiltinID) {
798   case Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString:
799     assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() == 1 &&
800            "Wrong # arguments to builtin CFStringMakeConstantString");
801     if (CheckObjCString(TheCall->getArg(0)))
802       return ExprError();
803     break;
804   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ms_va_start:
805   case Builtin::BI__builtin_stdarg_start:
806   case Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start:
807     if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(BuiltinID, TheCall))
808       return ExprError();
809     break;
810   case Builtin::BI__va_start: {
811     switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
812     case llvm::Triple::arm:
813     case llvm::Triple::thumb:
814       if (SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(TheCall))
815         return ExprError();
816       break;
817     default:
818       if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(BuiltinID, TheCall))
819         return ExprError();
820       break;
821     }
822     break;
823   }
824   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater:
825   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal:
826   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless:
827   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal:
828   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater:
829   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered:
830     if (SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(TheCall))
831       return ExprError();
832     break;
833   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify:
834     if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 6))
835       return ExprError();
836     break;
837   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite:
838   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf:
839   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign:
840   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan:
841   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal:
842     if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 1))
843       return ExprError();
844     break;
845   case Builtin::BI__builtin_shufflevector:
846     return SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(TheCall);
847     // TheCall will be freed by the smart pointer here, but that's fine, since
848     // SemaBuiltinShuffleVector guts it, but then doesn't release it.
849   case Builtin::BI__builtin_prefetch:
850     if (SemaBuiltinPrefetch(TheCall))
851       return ExprError();
852     break;
853   case Builtin::BI__builtin_alloca_with_align:
854     if (SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(TheCall))
855       return ExprError();
856     break;
857   case Builtin::BI__assume:
858   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume:
859     if (SemaBuiltinAssume(TheCall))
860       return ExprError();
861     break;
862   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume_aligned:
863     if (SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(TheCall))
864       return ExprError();
865     break;
866   case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
867     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 3))
868       return ExprError();
869     break;
870   case Builtin::BI__builtin_longjmp:
871     if (SemaBuiltinLongjmp(TheCall))
872       return ExprError();
873     break;
874   case Builtin::BI__builtin_setjmp:
875     if (SemaBuiltinSetjmp(TheCall))
876       return ExprError();
877     break;
878   case Builtin::BI_setjmp:
879   case Builtin::BI_setjmpex:
880     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1))
881       return true;
882     break;
883 
884   case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type:
885     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
886     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
887     break;
888   case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p:
889     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
890     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
891     break;
892   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
893   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
894   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
895   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
896   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
897   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
898   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
899   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
900   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
901   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
902   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
903   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
904   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
905   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
906   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
907   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
908   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
909   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
910   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
911   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
912   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
913   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
914   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
915   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
916   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
917   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
918   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
919   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
920   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
921   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
922   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand:
923   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_1:
924   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_2:
925   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_4:
926   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_8:
927   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_16:
928   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
929   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
930   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
931   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
932   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
933   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
934   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
935   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
936   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
937   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
938   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
939   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
940   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
941   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
942   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
943   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
944   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
945   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
946   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
947   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
948   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
949   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
950   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
951   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
952   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
953   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
954   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
955   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
956   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
957   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
958   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch:
959   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_1:
960   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_2:
961   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_4:
962   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_8:
963   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_16:
964   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
965   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
966   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
967   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
968   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
969   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
970   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
971   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
972   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
973   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
974   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
975   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
976   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
977   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
978   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
979   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
980   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
981   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
982   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
983   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
984   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
985   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
986   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
987   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
988   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
989   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
990   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
991   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
992   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
993   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
994     return SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(TheCallResult);
995   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_load:
996   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store:
997     return SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(TheCallResult);
998 #define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
999 #define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) \
1000   case Builtin::BI##ID: \
1001     return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(TheCallResult, AtomicExpr::AO##ID);
1002 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def"
1003   case Builtin::BI__builtin_annotation:
1004     if (SemaBuiltinAnnotation(*this, TheCall))
1005       return ExprError();
1006     break;
1007   case Builtin::BI__builtin_addressof:
1008     if (SemaBuiltinAddressof(*this, TheCall))
1009       return ExprError();
1010     break;
1011   case Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow:
1012   case Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow:
1013   case Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow:
1014     if (SemaBuiltinOverflow(*this, TheCall))
1015       return ExprError();
1016     break;
1017   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new:
1018   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_delete:
1019     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1020       Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), diag::err_builtin_requires_language)
1021         << (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new
1022                 ? "__builtin_operator_new"
1023                 : "__builtin_operator_delete")
1024         << "C++";
1025       return ExprError();
1026     }
1027     // CodeGen assumes it can find the global new and delete to call,
1028     // so ensure that they are declared.
1029     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1030     break;
1031 
1032   // check secure string manipulation functions where overflows
1033   // are detectable at compile time
1034   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memcpy_chk:
1035   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memmove_chk:
1036   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memset_chk:
1037   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strlcat_chk:
1038   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strlcpy_chk:
1039   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strncat_chk:
1040   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strncpy_chk:
1041   case Builtin::BI__builtin___stpncpy_chk:
1042     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 2, 3);
1043     break;
1044   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memccpy_chk:
1045     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 3, 4);
1046     break;
1047   case Builtin::BI__builtin___snprintf_chk:
1048   case Builtin::BI__builtin___vsnprintf_chk:
1049     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 1, 3);
1050     break;
1051   case Builtin::BI__builtin_call_with_static_chain:
1052     if (SemaBuiltinCallWithStaticChain(*this, TheCall))
1053       return ExprError();
1054     break;
1055   case Builtin::BI__exception_code:
1056   case Builtin::BI_exception_code:
1057     if (SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(*this, TheCall, Scope::SEHExceptScope,
1058                                  diag::err_seh___except_block))
1059       return ExprError();
1060     break;
1061   case Builtin::BI__exception_info:
1062   case Builtin::BI_exception_info:
1063     if (SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(*this, TheCall, Scope::SEHFilterScope,
1064                                  diag::err_seh___except_filter))
1065       return ExprError();
1066     break;
1067   case Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo:
1068     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1))
1069       return ExprError();
1070 
1071     if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(
1072             TheCall->getLocStart(),
1073             Context.getExceptionObjectType(FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType()),
1074             TheCall))
1075       return ExprError();
1076 
1077     TheCall->setType(Context.VoidPtrTy);
1078     break;
1079   // OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.16 - Pipe functions
1080   case Builtin::BIread_pipe:
1081   case Builtin::BIwrite_pipe:
1082     // Since those two functions are declared with var args, we need a semantic
1083     // check for the argument.
1084     if (SemaBuiltinRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1085       return ExprError();
1086     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
1087     break;
1088   case Builtin::BIreserve_read_pipe:
1089   case Builtin::BIreserve_write_pipe:
1090   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_read_pipe:
1091   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_write_pipe:
1092     if (SemaBuiltinReserveRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1093       return ExprError();
1094     break;
1095   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_read_pipe:
1096   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_write_pipe:
1097     if (checkOpenCLSubgroupExt(*this, TheCall) ||
1098         SemaBuiltinReserveRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1099       return ExprError();
1100     break;
1101   case Builtin::BIcommit_read_pipe:
1102   case Builtin::BIcommit_write_pipe:
1103   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_read_pipe:
1104   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_write_pipe:
1105     if (SemaBuiltinCommitRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1106       return ExprError();
1107     break;
1108   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_read_pipe:
1109   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_write_pipe:
1110     if (checkOpenCLSubgroupExt(*this, TheCall) ||
1111         SemaBuiltinCommitRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1112       return ExprError();
1113     break;
1114   case Builtin::BIget_pipe_num_packets:
1115   case Builtin::BIget_pipe_max_packets:
1116     if (SemaBuiltinPipePackets(*this, TheCall))
1117       return ExprError();
1118     TheCall->setType(Context.UnsignedIntTy);
1119     break;
1120   case Builtin::BIto_global:
1121   case Builtin::BIto_local:
1122   case Builtin::BIto_private:
1123     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinToAddr(*this, BuiltinID, TheCall))
1124       return ExprError();
1125     break;
1126   // OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.17 - Enqueue kernel functions.
1127   case Builtin::BIenqueue_kernel:
1128     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinEnqueueKernel(*this, TheCall))
1129       return ExprError();
1130     break;
1131   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_work_group_size:
1132   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_preferred_work_group_size_multiple:
1133     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinKernelWorkGroupSize(*this, TheCall))
1134       return ExprError();
1135     break;
1136     break;
1137   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_max_sub_group_size_for_ndrange:
1138   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_sub_group_count_for_ndrange:
1139     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinNDRangeAndBlock(*this, TheCall))
1140       return ExprError();
1141     break;
1142   case Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format:
1143   case Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format_buffer_size:
1144     if (SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(TheCall)) {
1145       return ExprError();
1146     }
1147     break;
1148   }
1149 
1150   // Since the target specific builtins for each arch overlap, only check those
1151   // of the arch we are compiling for.
1152   if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID)) {
1153     switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
1154       case llvm::Triple::arm:
1155       case llvm::Triple::armeb:
1156       case llvm::Triple::thumb:
1157       case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
1158         if (CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1159           return ExprError();
1160         break;
1161       case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
1162       case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be:
1163         if (CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1164           return ExprError();
1165         break;
1166       case llvm::Triple::mips:
1167       case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
1168       case llvm::Triple::mips64:
1169       case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
1170         if (CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1171           return ExprError();
1172         break;
1173       case llvm::Triple::systemz:
1174         if (CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1175           return ExprError();
1176         break;
1177       case llvm::Triple::x86:
1178       case llvm::Triple::x86_64:
1179         if (CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1180           return ExprError();
1181         break;
1182       case llvm::Triple::ppc:
1183       case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
1184       case llvm::Triple::ppc64le:
1185         if (CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1186           return ExprError();
1187         break;
1188       default:
1189         break;
1190     }
1191   }
1192 
1193   return TheCallResult;
1194 }
1195 
1196 // Get the valid immediate range for the specified NEON type code.
1197 static unsigned RFT(unsigned t, bool shift = false, bool ForceQuad = false) {
1198   NeonTypeFlags Type(t);
1199   int IsQuad = ForceQuad ? true : Type.isQuad();
1200   switch (Type.getEltType()) {
1201   case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
1202   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
1203     return shift ? 7 : (8 << IsQuad) - 1;
1204   case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
1205   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
1206     return shift ? 15 : (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
1207   case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
1208     return shift ? 31 : (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
1209   case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
1210   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64:
1211     return shift ? 63 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1212   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128:
1213     return shift ? 127 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1214   case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
1215     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1216     return (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
1217   case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
1218     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1219     return (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
1220   case NeonTypeFlags::Float64:
1221     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1222     return (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1223   }
1224   llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
1225 }
1226 
1227 /// getNeonEltType - Return the QualType corresponding to the elements of
1228 /// the vector type specified by the NeonTypeFlags.  This is used to check
1229 /// the pointer arguments for Neon load/store intrinsics.
1230 static QualType getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags Flags, ASTContext &Context,
1231                                bool IsPolyUnsigned, bool IsInt64Long) {
1232   switch (Flags.getEltType()) {
1233   case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
1234     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
1235   case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
1236     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
1237   case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
1238     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
1239   case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
1240     if (IsInt64Long)
1241       return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
1242     else
1243       return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
1244                                 : Context.LongLongTy;
1245   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
1246     return IsPolyUnsigned ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
1247   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
1248     return IsPolyUnsigned ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
1249   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64:
1250     if (IsInt64Long)
1251       return Context.UnsignedLongTy;
1252     else
1253       return Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1254   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128:
1255     break;
1256   case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
1257     return Context.HalfTy;
1258   case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
1259     return Context.FloatTy;
1260   case NeonTypeFlags::Float64:
1261     return Context.DoubleTy;
1262   }
1263   llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
1264 }
1265 
1266 bool Sema::CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1267   llvm::APSInt Result;
1268   uint64_t mask = 0;
1269   unsigned TV = 0;
1270   int PtrArgNum = -1;
1271   bool HasConstPtr = false;
1272   switch (BuiltinID) {
1273 #define GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
1274 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
1275 #undef GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
1276   }
1277 
1278   // For NEON intrinsics which are overloaded on vector element type, validate
1279   // the immediate which specifies which variant to emit.
1280   unsigned ImmArg = TheCall->getNumArgs()-1;
1281   if (mask) {
1282     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ImmArg, Result))
1283       return true;
1284 
1285     TV = Result.getLimitedValue(64);
1286     if ((TV > 63) || (mask & (1ULL << TV)) == 0)
1287       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_neon_type_code)
1288         << TheCall->getArg(ImmArg)->getSourceRange();
1289   }
1290 
1291   if (PtrArgNum >= 0) {
1292     // Check that pointer arguments have the specified type.
1293     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgNum);
1294     if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg))
1295       Arg = ICE->getSubExpr();
1296     ExprResult RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Arg);
1297     QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
1298 
1299     llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch();
1300     bool IsPolyUnsigned = Arch == llvm::Triple::aarch64 ||
1301                           Arch == llvm::Triple::aarch64_be;
1302     bool IsInt64Long =
1303         Context.getTargetInfo().getInt64Type() == TargetInfo::SignedLong;
1304     QualType EltTy =
1305         getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags(TV), Context, IsPolyUnsigned, IsInt64Long);
1306     if (HasConstPtr)
1307       EltTy = EltTy.withConst();
1308     QualType LHSTy = Context.getPointerType(EltTy);
1309     AssignConvertType ConvTy;
1310     ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
1311     if (RHS.isInvalid())
1312       return true;
1313     if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Arg->getLocStart(), LHSTy, RHSTy,
1314                                  RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
1315       return true;
1316   }
1317 
1318   // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the
1319   // instruction, range check them here.
1320   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1321   switch (BuiltinID) {
1322   default:
1323     return false;
1324 #define GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
1325 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
1326 #undef GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
1327   }
1328 
1329   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1330 }
1331 
1332 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
1333                                         unsigned MaxWidth) {
1334   assert((BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1335           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1336           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1337           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_stlex ||
1338           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1339           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1340           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1341           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) &&
1342          "unexpected ARM builtin");
1343   bool IsLdrex = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1344                  BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1345                  BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1346                  BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex;
1347 
1348   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
1349 
1350   // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments.
1351   if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, IsLdrex ? 1 : 2))
1352     return true;
1353 
1354   // Inspect the pointer argument of the atomic builtin.  This should always be
1355   // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
1356   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
1357   // casts here.
1358   Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1);
1359   ExprResult PointerArgRes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg);
1360   if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid())
1361     return true;
1362   PointerArg = PointerArgRes.get();
1363 
1364   const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
1365   if (!pointerType) {
1366     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
1367       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1368     return true;
1369   }
1370 
1371   // ldrex takes a "const volatile T*" and strex takes a "volatile T*". Our next
1372   // task is to insert the appropriate casts into the AST. First work out just
1373   // what the appropriate type is.
1374   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
1375   QualType AddrType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType().withVolatile();
1376   if (IsLdrex)
1377     AddrType.addConst();
1378 
1379   // Issue a warning if the cast is dodgy.
1380   CastKind CastNeeded = CK_NoOp;
1381   if (!AddrType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(ValType)) {
1382     CastNeeded = CK_BitCast;
1383     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers)
1384       << PointerArg->getType()
1385       << Context.getPointerType(AddrType)
1386       << AA_Passing << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1387   }
1388 
1389   // Finally, do the cast and replace the argument with the corrected version.
1390   AddrType = Context.getPointerType(AddrType);
1391   PointerArgRes = ImpCastExprToType(PointerArg, AddrType, CastNeeded);
1392   if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid())
1393     return true;
1394   PointerArg = PointerArgRes.get();
1395 
1396   TheCall->setArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1, PointerArg);
1397 
1398   // In general, we allow ints, floats and pointers to be loaded and stored.
1399   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
1400       !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType()) {
1401     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr)
1402       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1403     return true;
1404   }
1405 
1406   // But ARM doesn't have instructions to deal with 128-bit versions.
1407   if (Context.getTypeSize(ValType) > MaxWidth) {
1408     assert(MaxWidth == 64 && "Diagnostic unexpectedly inaccurate");
1409     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_exclusive_builtin_pointer_size)
1410       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1411     return true;
1412   }
1413 
1414   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
1415   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
1416   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
1417     // okay
1418     break;
1419 
1420   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
1421   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
1422   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
1423     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
1424       << ValType << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1425     return true;
1426   }
1427 
1428   if (IsLdrex) {
1429     TheCall->setType(ValType);
1430     return false;
1431   }
1432 
1433   // Initialize the argument to be stored.
1434   ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1435   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
1436       Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false);
1437   ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg);
1438   if (ValArg.isInvalid())
1439     return true;
1440   TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get());
1441 
1442   // __builtin_arm_strex always returns an int. It's marked as such in the .def,
1443   // but the custom checker bypasses all default analysis.
1444   TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
1445   return false;
1446 }
1447 
1448 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1449   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1450       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1451       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1452       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) {
1453     return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall, 64);
1454   }
1455 
1456   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_prefetch) {
1457     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1458       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 1);
1459   }
1460 
1461   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
1462       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64)
1463     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 3, false);
1464 
1465   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
1466       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
1467       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
1468       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp)
1469     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1470 
1471   if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1472     return true;
1473 
1474   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1475   // range check them here.
1476   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1477   switch (BuiltinID) {
1478   default: return false;
1479   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ssat: i = 1; l = 1; u = 31; break;
1480   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_usat: i = 1; u = 31; break;
1481   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_f:
1482   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_d: i = 1; u = 1; break;
1483   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dmb:
1484   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dsb:
1485   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_isb:
1486   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dbg: l = 0; u = 15; break;
1487   }
1488 
1489   // FIXME: VFP Intrinsics should error if VFP not present.
1490   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1491 }
1492 
1493 bool Sema::CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID,
1494                                          CallExpr *TheCall) {
1495   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1496       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1497       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1498       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) {
1499     return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall, 128);
1500   }
1501 
1502   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_prefetch) {
1503     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1504       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 2) ||
1505       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 3, 0, 1) ||
1506       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 4, 0, 1);
1507   }
1508 
1509   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
1510       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64)
1511     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1512 
1513   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
1514       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
1515       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
1516       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp)
1517     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1518 
1519   if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1520     return true;
1521 
1522   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1523   // range check them here.
1524   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1525   switch (BuiltinID) {
1526   default: return false;
1527   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_dmb:
1528   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_dsb:
1529   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_isb: l = 0; u = 15; break;
1530   }
1531 
1532   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1533 }
1534 
1535 // CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall - Checks the constant value passed to the
1536 // intrinsic is correct. The switch statement is ordered by DSP, MSA. The
1537 // ordering for DSP is unspecified. MSA is ordered by the data format used
1538 // by the underlying instruction i.e., df/m, df/n and then by size.
1539 //
1540 // FIXME: The size tests here should instead be tablegen'd along with the
1541 //        definitions from include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsMips.def.
1542 // FIXME: GCC is strict on signedness for some of these intrinsics, we should
1543 //        be too.
1544 bool Sema::CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1545   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0, m = 0;
1546   switch (BuiltinID) {
1547   default: return false;
1548   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_wrdsp: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1549   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_rddsp: i = 0; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1550   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_append: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1551   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_balign: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break;
1552   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1553   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_r_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1554   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_prepend: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1555   // MSA instrinsics. Instructions (which the intrinsics maps to) which use the
1556   // df/m field.
1557   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 3 bit immediate.
1558   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_b:
1559   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_b:
1560   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_b:
1561   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_b:
1562   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_b:
1563   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_b:
1564   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_b:
1565   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_b:
1566   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_b:
1567   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_b: i = 1; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1568   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_b:
1569   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_b: i = 2; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1570   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 4 bit immediate.
1571   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_h:
1572   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_h:
1573   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_h:
1574   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_h:
1575   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_h:
1576   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_h:
1577   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_h:
1578   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_h:
1579   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_h:
1580   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_h: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1581   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_h:
1582   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_h: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1583   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 5 bit immedate.
1584   // The first block of intrinsics actually have an unsigned 5 bit field,
1585   // not a df/n field.
1586   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_b:
1587   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_h:
1588   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_w:
1589   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_d:
1590   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_b:
1591   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_h:
1592   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_w:
1593   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_d:
1594   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_b:
1595   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_h:
1596   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_w:
1597   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_d:
1598   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_b:
1599   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_h:
1600   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_w:
1601   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_d:
1602   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_b:
1603   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_h:
1604   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_w:
1605   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_d:
1606   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_w:
1607   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_w:
1608   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_w:
1609   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_w:
1610   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_w:
1611   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_w:
1612   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_w:
1613   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_w:
1614   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_w:
1615   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_w:
1616   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_b:
1617   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_h:
1618   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_w:
1619   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_d: i = 1; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1620   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_w:
1621   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1622   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 6 bit immediate.
1623   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_d:
1624   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_d:
1625   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_d:
1626   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_d:
1627   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_d:
1628   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_d:
1629   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_d:
1630   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_d:
1631   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_d:
1632   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_d: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1633   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_d:
1634   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_d: i = 2; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1635   // These intrinsics take a signed 5 bit immediate.
1636   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_b:
1637   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_h:
1638   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_w:
1639   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_d:
1640   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_b:
1641   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_h:
1642   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_w:
1643   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_d:
1644   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_b:
1645   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_h:
1646   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_w:
1647   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_d:
1648   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_b:
1649   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_h:
1650   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_w:
1651   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_d:
1652   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_b:
1653   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_h:
1654   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_w:
1655   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_d: i = 1; l = -16; u = 15; break;
1656   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 8 bit immediate.
1657   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_andi_b:
1658   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_nori_b:
1659   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ori_b:
1660   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_shf_b:
1661   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_shf_h:
1662   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_shf_w:
1663   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_xori_b: i = 1; l = 0; u = 255; break;
1664   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseli_b:
1665   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bmnzi_b:
1666   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bmzi_b: i = 2; l = 0; u = 255; break;
1667   // df/n format
1668   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 4 bit immediate.
1669   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_b:
1670   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_b:
1671   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_b:
1672   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_b: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1673   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_b: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1674   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 3 bit immediate.
1675   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_h:
1676   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_h:
1677   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_h:
1678   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_h: i = 1; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1679   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_h: i = 2; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1680   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 2 bit immediate.
1681   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_w:
1682   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_w:
1683   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_w:
1684   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_w: i = 1; l = 0; u = 3; break;
1685   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break;
1686   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 1 bit immediate.
1687   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_d:
1688   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_d:
1689   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_d:
1690   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_d: i = 1; l = 0; u = 1; break;
1691   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_d: i = 2; l = 0; u = 1; break;
1692   // Memory offsets and immediate loads.
1693   // These intrinsics take a signed 10 bit immediate.
1694   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_b: i = 0; l = -128; u = 255; break;
1695   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_h:
1696   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_w:
1697   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_d: i = 0; l = -512; u = 511; break;
1698   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_b: i = 1; l = -512; u = 511; m = 16; break;
1699   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_h: i = 1; l = -1024; u = 1022; m = 16; break;
1700   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_w: i = 1; l = -2048; u = 2044; m = 16; break;
1701   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_d: i = 1; l = -4096; u = 4088; m = 16; break;
1702   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_b: i = 2; l = -512; u = 511; m = 16; break;
1703   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_h: i = 2; l = -1024; u = 1022; m = 16; break;
1704   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_w: i = 2; l = -2048; u = 2044; m = 16; break;
1705   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_d: i = 2; l = -4096; u = 4088; m = 16; break;
1706   }
1707 
1708   if (!m)
1709     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1710 
1711   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u) ||
1712          SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(TheCall, i, m);
1713 }
1714 
1715 bool Sema::CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1716   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1717   bool Is64BitBltin = BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divde ||
1718                       BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divdeu ||
1719                       BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_bpermd;
1720   bool IsTarget64Bit = Context.getTargetInfo()
1721                               .getTypeWidth(Context
1722                                             .getTargetInfo()
1723                                             .getIntPtrType()) == 64;
1724   bool IsBltinExtDiv = BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divwe ||
1725                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divweu ||
1726                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divde ||
1727                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divdeu;
1728 
1729   if (Is64BitBltin && !IsTarget64Bit)
1730       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_64_bit_builtin_32_bit_tgt)
1731              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
1732 
1733   if ((IsBltinExtDiv && !Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("extdiv")) ||
1734       (BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_bpermd &&
1735        !Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("bpermd")))
1736     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_ppc_builtin_only_on_pwr7)
1737            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
1738 
1739   switch (BuiltinID) {
1740   default: return false;
1741   case PPC::BI__builtin_altivec_crypto_vshasigmaw:
1742   case PPC::BI__builtin_altivec_crypto_vshasigmad:
1743     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1744            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 15);
1745   case PPC::BI__builtin_tbegin:
1746   case PPC::BI__builtin_tend: i = 0; l = 0; u = 1; break;
1747   case PPC::BI__builtin_tsr: i = 0; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1748   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortwc:
1749   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortdc: i = 0; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1750   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortwci:
1751   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortdci:
1752     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 0, 0, 31) ||
1753            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 31);
1754   case PPC::BI__builtin_vsx_xxpermdi:
1755   case PPC::BI__builtin_vsx_xxsldwi:
1756     return SemaBuiltinVSX(TheCall);
1757   }
1758   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1759 }
1760 
1761 bool Sema::CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID,
1762                                            CallExpr *TheCall) {
1763   if (BuiltinID == SystemZ::BI__builtin_tabort) {
1764     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1765     llvm::APSInt AbortCode(32);
1766     if (Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(AbortCode, Context) &&
1767         AbortCode.getSExtValue() >= 0 && AbortCode.getSExtValue() < 256)
1768       return Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_systemz_invalid_tabort_code)
1769              << Arg->getSourceRange();
1770   }
1771 
1772   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1773   // range check them here.
1774   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1775   switch (BuiltinID) {
1776   default: return false;
1777   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_lcbb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1778   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimb:
1779   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimh:
1780   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimf:
1781   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimg: i = 3; l = 0; u = 255; break;
1782   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaeb:
1783   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaeh:
1784   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaef:
1785   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaebs:
1786   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaehs:
1787   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaefs:
1788   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezb:
1789   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezh:
1790   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezf:
1791   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezbs:
1792   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezhs:
1793   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezfs: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1794   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfisb:
1795   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfidb:
1796     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 15) ||
1797            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 15);
1798   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vftcisb:
1799   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vftcidb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 4095; break;
1800   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vlbb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1801   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vpdi: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1802   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vsldb: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1803   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcb:
1804   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrch:
1805   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcf:
1806   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczb:
1807   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczh:
1808   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczf:
1809   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcbs:
1810   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrchs:
1811   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcfs:
1812   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczbs:
1813   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczhs:
1814   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczfs: i = 3; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1815   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vmslg: i = 3; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1816   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfminsb:
1817   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfmaxsb:
1818   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfmindb:
1819   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfmaxdb: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1820   }
1821   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1822 }
1823 
1824 /// SemaBuiltinCpuSupports - Handle __builtin_cpu_supports(char *).
1825 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_cpu_supports and
1826 /// that the string argument is constant and valid.
1827 static bool SemaBuiltinCpuSupports(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1828   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1829 
1830   // Check if the argument is a string literal.
1831   if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
1832     return S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_expr_not_string_literal)
1833            << Arg->getSourceRange();
1834 
1835   // Check the contents of the string.
1836   StringRef Feature =
1837       cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())->getString();
1838   if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().validateCpuSupports(Feature))
1839     return S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_cpu_supports)
1840            << Arg->getSourceRange();
1841   return false;
1842 }
1843 
1844 /// SemaBuiltinCpuIs - Handle __builtin_cpu_is(char *).
1845 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_cpu_is and
1846 /// that the string argument is constant and valid.
1847 static bool SemaBuiltinCpuIs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1848   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1849 
1850   // Check if the argument is a string literal.
1851   if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
1852     return S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_expr_not_string_literal)
1853            << Arg->getSourceRange();
1854 
1855   // Check the contents of the string.
1856   StringRef Feature =
1857       cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())->getString();
1858   if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().validateCpuIs(Feature))
1859     return S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_cpu_is)
1860            << Arg->getSourceRange();
1861   return false;
1862 }
1863 
1864 // Check if the rounding mode is legal.
1865 bool Sema::CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1866   // Indicates if this instruction has rounding control or just SAE.
1867   bool HasRC = false;
1868 
1869   unsigned ArgNum = 0;
1870   switch (BuiltinID) {
1871   default:
1872     return false;
1873   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2si32:
1874   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2si64:
1875   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2usi32:
1876   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2usi64:
1877   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2si32:
1878   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2si64:
1879   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2usi32:
1880   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2usi64:
1881     ArgNum = 1;
1882     break;
1883   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtps2pd512_mask:
1884   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2dq512_mask:
1885   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2qq512_mask:
1886   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2udq512_mask:
1887   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2uqq512_mask:
1888   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2dq512_mask:
1889   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2qq512_mask:
1890   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2udq512_mask:
1891   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2uqq512_mask:
1892   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_exp2pd_mask:
1893   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_exp2ps_mask:
1894   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexppd512_mask:
1895   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexpps512_mask:
1896   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28pd_mask:
1897   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28ps_mask:
1898   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28pd_mask:
1899   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28ps_mask:
1900   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomisd:
1901   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomiss:
1902   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtph2ps512_mask:
1903     ArgNum = 3;
1904     break;
1905   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd512_mask:
1906   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps512_mask:
1907   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd_mask:
1908   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss_mask:
1909   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtss2sd_round_mask:
1910   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexpsd128_round_mask:
1911   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexpss128_round_mask:
1912   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_maxpd512_mask:
1913   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_maxps512_mask:
1914   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_maxsd_round_mask:
1915   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_maxss_round_mask:
1916   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_minpd512_mask:
1917   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_minps512_mask:
1918   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_minsd_round_mask:
1919   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_minss_round_mask:
1920   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28sd_round_mask:
1921   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28ss_round_mask:
1922   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd512_mask:
1923   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps512_mask:
1924   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_mask:
1925   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_mask:
1926   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28sd_round_mask:
1927   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28ss_round_mask:
1928     ArgNum = 4;
1929     break;
1930   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_mask:
1931   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_maskz:
1932   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_mask:
1933   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_maskz:
1934   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_mask:
1935   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_maskz:
1936   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_mask:
1937   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_maskz:
1938   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd512_mask:
1939   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps512_mask:
1940   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangesd128_round_mask:
1941   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangess128_round_mask:
1942   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducesd_mask:
1943   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducess_mask:
1944   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalesd_round_mask:
1945   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaless_round_mask:
1946     ArgNum = 5;
1947     break;
1948   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2si64:
1949   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2si32:
1950   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2usi32:
1951   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2usi64:
1952   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2si32:
1953   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2si64:
1954   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2usi32:
1955   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2usi64:
1956     ArgNum = 1;
1957     HasRC = true;
1958     break;
1959   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtsi2sd64:
1960   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtsi2ss32:
1961   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtsi2ss64:
1962   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2sd64:
1963   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2ss32:
1964   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2ss64:
1965     ArgNum = 2;
1966     HasRC = true;
1967     break;
1968   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtdq2ps512_mask:
1969   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtudq2ps512_mask:
1970   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2ps512_mask:
1971   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2qq512_mask:
1972   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2uqq512_mask:
1973   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtps2qq512_mask:
1974   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtps2uqq512_mask:
1975   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtqq2pd512_mask:
1976   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtqq2ps512_mask:
1977   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtuqq2pd512_mask:
1978   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtuqq2ps512_mask:
1979   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sqrtpd512_mask:
1980   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sqrtps512_mask:
1981     ArgNum = 3;
1982     HasRC = true;
1983     break;
1984   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addpd512_mask:
1985   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addps512_mask:
1986   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divpd512_mask:
1987   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divps512_mask:
1988   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulpd512_mask:
1989   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulps512_mask:
1990   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subpd512_mask:
1991   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subps512_mask:
1992   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addss_round_mask:
1993   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addsd_round_mask:
1994   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divss_round_mask:
1995   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divsd_round_mask:
1996   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulss_round_mask:
1997   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulsd_round_mask:
1998   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subss_round_mask:
1999   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subsd_round_mask:
2000   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefpd512_mask:
2001   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefps512_mask:
2002   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefsd_round_mask:
2003   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefss_round_mask:
2004   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantpd512_mask:
2005   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantps512_mask:
2006   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtsd2ss_round_mask:
2007   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sqrtsd_round_mask:
2008   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sqrtss_round_mask:
2009   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd512_mask:
2010   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd512_mask3:
2011   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd512_maskz:
2012   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps512_mask:
2013   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps512_mask3:
2014   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps512_maskz:
2015   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd512_mask:
2016   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd512_mask3:
2017   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd512_maskz:
2018   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps512_mask:
2019   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps512_mask3:
2020   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps512_maskz:
2021   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubpd512_mask3:
2022   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubps512_mask3:
2023   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddpd512_mask3:
2024   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddps512_mask3:
2025   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmaddpd512_mask:
2026   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmaddps512_mask:
2027   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubpd512_mask:
2028   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubpd512_mask3:
2029   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubps512_mask:
2030   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubps512_mask3:
2031   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd3_mask:
2032   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd3_maskz:
2033   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd3_mask3:
2034   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddss3_mask:
2035   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddss3_maskz:
2036   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddss3_mask3:
2037     ArgNum = 4;
2038     HasRC = true;
2039     break;
2040   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantsd_round_mask:
2041   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantss_round_mask:
2042     ArgNum = 5;
2043     HasRC = true;
2044     break;
2045   }
2046 
2047   llvm::APSInt Result;
2048 
2049   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
2050   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
2051   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
2052     return false;
2053 
2054   // Check constant-ness first.
2055   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
2056     return true;
2057 
2058   // Make sure rounding mode is either ROUND_CUR_DIRECTION or ROUND_NO_EXC bit
2059   // is set. If the intrinsic has rounding control(bits 1:0), make sure its only
2060   // combined with ROUND_NO_EXC.
2061   if (Result == 4/*ROUND_CUR_DIRECTION*/ ||
2062       Result == 8/*ROUND_NO_EXC*/ ||
2063       (HasRC && Result.getZExtValue() >= 8 && Result.getZExtValue() <= 11))
2064     return false;
2065 
2066   return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_x86_builtin_invalid_rounding)
2067     << Arg->getSourceRange();
2068 }
2069 
2070 // Check if the gather/scatter scale is legal.
2071 bool Sema::CheckX86BuiltinGatherScatterScale(unsigned BuiltinID,
2072                                              CallExpr *TheCall) {
2073   unsigned ArgNum = 0;
2074   switch (BuiltinID) {
2075   default:
2076     return false;
2077   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherpfdpd:
2078   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherpfdps:
2079   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherpfqpd:
2080   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherpfqps:
2081   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterpfdpd:
2082   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterpfdps:
2083   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterpfqpd:
2084   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterpfqps:
2085     ArgNum = 3;
2086     break;
2087   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherd_pd:
2088   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherd_pd256:
2089   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherq_pd:
2090   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherq_pd256:
2091   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherd_ps:
2092   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherd_ps256:
2093   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherq_ps:
2094   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherq_ps256:
2095   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherd_q:
2096   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherd_q256:
2097   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherq_q:
2098   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherq_q256:
2099   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherd_d:
2100   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherd_d256:
2101   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherq_d:
2102   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherq_d256:
2103   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3div2df:
2104   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3div2di:
2105   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3div4df:
2106   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3div4di:
2107   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3div4sf:
2108   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3div4si:
2109   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3div8sf:
2110   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3div8si:
2111   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3siv2df:
2112   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3siv2di:
2113   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3siv4df:
2114   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3siv4di:
2115   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3siv4sf:
2116   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3siv4si:
2117   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3siv8sf:
2118   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3siv8si:
2119   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gathersiv8df:
2120   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gathersiv16sf:
2121   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherdiv8df:
2122   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherdiv16sf:
2123   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gathersiv8di:
2124   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gathersiv16si:
2125   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherdiv8di:
2126   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherdiv16si:
2127   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv2df:
2128   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv2di:
2129   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv4df:
2130   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv4di:
2131   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv4sf:
2132   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv4si:
2133   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv8sf:
2134   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv8si:
2135   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv2df:
2136   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv2di:
2137   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv4df:
2138   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv4di:
2139   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv4sf:
2140   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv4si:
2141   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv8sf:
2142   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv8si:
2143   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv8df:
2144   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv16sf:
2145   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv8df:
2146   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv16sf:
2147   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv8di:
2148   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv16si:
2149   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv8di:
2150   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv16si:
2151     ArgNum = 4;
2152     break;
2153   }
2154 
2155   llvm::APSInt Result;
2156 
2157   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
2158   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
2159   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
2160     return false;
2161 
2162   // Check constant-ness first.
2163   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
2164     return true;
2165 
2166   if (Result == 1 || Result == 2 || Result == 4 || Result == 8)
2167     return false;
2168 
2169   return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_x86_builtin_invalid_scale)
2170     << Arg->getSourceRange();
2171 }
2172 
2173 bool Sema::CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
2174   if (BuiltinID == X86::BI__builtin_cpu_supports)
2175     return SemaBuiltinCpuSupports(*this, TheCall);
2176 
2177   if (BuiltinID == X86::BI__builtin_cpu_is)
2178     return SemaBuiltinCpuIs(*this, TheCall);
2179 
2180   // If the intrinsic has rounding or SAE make sure its valid.
2181   if (CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(BuiltinID, TheCall))
2182     return true;
2183 
2184   // If the intrinsic has a gather/scatter scale immediate make sure its valid.
2185   if (CheckX86BuiltinGatherScatterScale(BuiltinID, TheCall))
2186     return true;
2187 
2188   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
2189   // range check them here.
2190   int i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
2191   switch (BuiltinID) {
2192   default:
2193     return false;
2194   case X86::BI_mm_prefetch:
2195     i = 1; l = 0; u = 3;
2196     break;
2197   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sha1rnds4:
2198   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f32x4_256_mask:
2199   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f64x2_256_mask:
2200   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i32x4_256_mask:
2201   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i64x2_256_mask:
2202     i = 2; l = 0; u = 3;
2203     break;
2204   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd:
2205   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd256:
2206   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps:
2207   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps256:
2208     i = 3; l = 0; u = 3;
2209     break;
2210   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb128_mask:
2211   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw128_mask:
2212   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd128_mask:
2213   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq128_mask:
2214   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb256_mask:
2215   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw256_mask:
2216   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd256_mask:
2217   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq256_mask:
2218   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb512_mask:
2219   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw512_mask:
2220   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd512_mask:
2221   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq512_mask:
2222   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb128_mask:
2223   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw128_mask:
2224   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd128_mask:
2225   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq128_mask:
2226   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb256_mask:
2227   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw256_mask:
2228   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd256_mask:
2229   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq256_mask:
2230   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb512_mask:
2231   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw512_mask:
2232   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd512_mask:
2233   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq512_mask:
2234   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomub:
2235   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomuw:
2236   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomud:
2237   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomuq:
2238   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomb:
2239   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomw:
2240   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomd:
2241   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomq:
2242     i = 2; l = 0; u = 7;
2243     break;
2244   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundps:
2245   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundpd:
2246   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundps256:
2247   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundpd256:
2248     i = 1; l = 0; u = 15;
2249     break;
2250   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundss:
2251   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundsd:
2252   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd128_mask:
2253   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd256_mask:
2254   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd512_mask:
2255   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps128_mask:
2256   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps256_mask:
2257   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps512_mask:
2258   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantsd_round_mask:
2259   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantss_round_mask:
2260     i = 2; l = 0; u = 15;
2261     break;
2262   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps:
2263   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss:
2264   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd:
2265   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd:
2266   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps256:
2267   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd256:
2268   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps128_mask:
2269   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd128_mask:
2270   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps256_mask:
2271   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd256_mask:
2272   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps512_mask:
2273   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd512_mask:
2274   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd_mask:
2275   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss_mask:
2276     i = 2; l = 0; u = 31;
2277     break;
2278   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xabort:
2279     i = 0; l = -128; u = 255;
2280     break;
2281   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pshufw:
2282   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_aeskeygenassist128:
2283     i = 1; l = -128; u = 255;
2284     break;
2285   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtps2ph:
2286   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtps2ph256:
2287   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_128_mask:
2288   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_128_mask:
2289   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_256_mask:
2290   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_256_mask:
2291   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_mask:
2292   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_mask:
2293   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd128_mask:
2294   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd256_mask:
2295   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd512_mask:
2296   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps128_mask:
2297   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps256_mask:
2298   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps512_mask:
2299   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold512_mask:
2300   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq512_mask:
2301   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold128_mask:
2302   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold256_mask:
2303   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq128_mask:
2304   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq256_mask:
2305   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prord128_mask:
2306   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prord256_mask:
2307   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prorq128_mask:
2308   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prorq256_mask:
2309   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd128_mask:
2310   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd256_mask:
2311   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps128_mask:
2312   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps256_mask:
2313   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps512_mask:
2314   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd512_mask:
2315   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasssd_mask:
2316   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassss_mask:
2317     i = 1; l = 0; u = 255;
2318     break;
2319   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr:
2320   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertps128:
2321   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dpps:
2322   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dppd:
2323   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dpps256:
2324   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mpsadbw128:
2325   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mpsadbw256:
2326   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistrm128:
2327   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistri128:
2328   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistria128:
2329   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistric128:
2330   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistrio128:
2331   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistris128:
2332   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistriz128:
2333   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pclmulqdq128:
2334   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_pd256:
2335   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_ps256:
2336   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_si256:
2337   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_permti256:
2338     i = 2; l = -128; u = 255;
2339     break;
2340   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr128:
2341   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr256:
2342   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr512_mask:
2343   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomisd:
2344   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomiss:
2345   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f32x4_mask:
2346   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f64x2_mask:
2347   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i32x4_mask:
2348   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i64x2_mask:
2349   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw128_mask:
2350   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw256_mask:
2351   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw512_mask:
2352     i = 2; l = 0; u = 255;
2353     break;
2354   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_mask:
2355   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_maskz:
2356   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_mask:
2357   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_maskz:
2358   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_mask:
2359   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_maskz:
2360   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_mask:
2361   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_maskz:
2362   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd128_mask:
2363   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd128_maskz:
2364   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd256_mask:
2365   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd256_maskz:
2366   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps128_mask:
2367   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps128_maskz:
2368   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps256_mask:
2369   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps256_maskz:
2370   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd512_mask:
2371   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd512_maskz:
2372   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq512_mask:
2373   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq512_maskz:
2374   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd128_mask:
2375   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd128_maskz:
2376   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd256_mask:
2377   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd256_maskz:
2378   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq128_mask:
2379   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq128_maskz:
2380   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq256_mask:
2381   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq256_maskz:
2382     i = 3; l = 0; u = 255;
2383     break;
2384   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherpfdpd:
2385   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherpfdps:
2386   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherpfqpd:
2387   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherpfqps:
2388   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterpfdpd:
2389   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterpfdps:
2390   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterpfqpd:
2391   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterpfqps:
2392     i = 4; l = 2; u = 3;
2393     break;
2394   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestrm128:
2395   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestri128:
2396   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestria128:
2397   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestric128:
2398   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestrio128:
2399   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestris128:
2400   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestriz128:
2401     i = 4; l = -128; u = 255;
2402     break;
2403   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalesd_round_mask:
2404   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaless_round_mask:
2405     i = 4; l = 0; u = 255;
2406     break;
2407   }
2408   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
2409 }
2410 
2411 /// Given a FunctionDecl's FormatAttr, attempts to populate the FomatStringInfo
2412 /// parameter with the FormatAttr's correct format_idx and firstDataArg.
2413 /// Returns true when the format fits the function and the FormatStringInfo has
2414 /// been populated.
2415 bool Sema::getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
2416                                FormatStringInfo *FSI) {
2417   FSI->HasVAListArg = Format->getFirstArg() == 0;
2418   FSI->FormatIdx = Format->getFormatIdx() - 1;
2419   FSI->FirstDataArg = FSI->HasVAListArg ? 0 : Format->getFirstArg() - 1;
2420 
2421   // The way the format attribute works in GCC, the implicit this argument
2422   // of member functions is counted. However, it doesn't appear in our own
2423   // lists, so decrement format_idx in that case.
2424   if (IsCXXMember) {
2425     if(FSI->FormatIdx == 0)
2426       return false;
2427     --FSI->FormatIdx;
2428     if (FSI->FirstDataArg != 0)
2429       --FSI->FirstDataArg;
2430   }
2431   return true;
2432 }
2433 
2434 /// Checks if a the given expression evaluates to null.
2435 ///
2436 /// \brief Returns true if the value evaluates to null.
2437 static bool CheckNonNullExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *Expr) {
2438   // If the expression has non-null type, it doesn't evaluate to null.
2439   if (auto nullability
2440         = Expr->IgnoreImplicit()->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2441     if (*nullability == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
2442       return false;
2443   }
2444 
2445   // As a special case, transparent unions initialized with zero are
2446   // considered null for the purposes of the nonnull attribute.
2447   if (const RecordType *UT = Expr->getType()->getAsUnionType()) {
2448     if (UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
2449       if (const CompoundLiteralExpr *CLE =
2450           dyn_cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Expr))
2451         if (const InitListExpr *ILE =
2452             dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CLE->getInitializer()))
2453           Expr = ILE->getInit(0);
2454   }
2455 
2456   bool Result;
2457   return (!Expr->isValueDependent() &&
2458           Expr->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, S.Context) &&
2459           !Result);
2460 }
2461 
2462 static void CheckNonNullArgument(Sema &S,
2463                                  const Expr *ArgExpr,
2464                                  SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
2465   if (CheckNonNullExpr(S, ArgExpr))
2466     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(CallSiteLoc, ArgExpr,
2467            S.PDiag(diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange());
2468 }
2469 
2470 bool Sema::GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx) {
2471   FormatStringInfo FSI;
2472   if ((GetFormatStringType(Format) == FST_NSString) &&
2473       getFormatStringInfo(Format, false, &FSI)) {
2474     Idx = FSI.FormatIdx;
2475     return true;
2476   }
2477   return false;
2478 }
2479 /// \brief Diagnose use of %s directive in an NSString which is being passed
2480 /// as formatting string to formatting method.
2481 static void
2482 DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInCFAPI(Sema &S,
2483                                         const NamedDecl *FDecl,
2484                                         Expr **Args,
2485                                         unsigned NumArgs) {
2486   unsigned Idx = 0;
2487   bool Format = false;
2488   ObjCStringFormatFamily SFFamily = FDecl->getObjCFStringFormattingFamily();
2489   if (SFFamily == ObjCStringFormatFamily::SFF_CFString) {
2490     Idx = 2;
2491     Format = true;
2492   }
2493   else
2494     for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
2495       if (S.GetFormatNSStringIdx(I, Idx)) {
2496         Format = true;
2497         break;
2498       }
2499     }
2500   if (!Format || NumArgs <= Idx)
2501     return;
2502   const Expr *FormatExpr = Args[Idx];
2503   if (const CStyleCastExpr *CSCE = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(FormatExpr))
2504     FormatExpr = CSCE->getSubExpr();
2505   const StringLiteral *FormatString;
2506   if (const ObjCStringLiteral *OSL =
2507       dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(FormatExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
2508     FormatString = OSL->getString();
2509   else
2510     FormatString = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(FormatExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
2511   if (!FormatString)
2512     return;
2513   if (S.FormatStringHasSArg(FormatString)) {
2514     S.Diag(FormatExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_cdirective_format_string)
2515       << "%s" << 1 << 1;
2516     S.Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
2517       << FDecl->getDeclName();
2518   }
2519 }
2520 
2521 /// Determine whether the given type has a non-null nullability annotation.
2522 static bool isNonNullType(ASTContext &ctx, QualType type) {
2523   if (auto nullability = type->getNullability(ctx))
2524     return *nullability == NullabilityKind::NonNull;
2525 
2526   return false;
2527 }
2528 
2529 static void CheckNonNullArguments(Sema &S,
2530                                   const NamedDecl *FDecl,
2531                                   const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2532                                   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2533                                   SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
2534   assert((FDecl || Proto) && "Need a function declaration or prototype");
2535 
2536   // Check the attributes attached to the method/function itself.
2537   llvm::SmallBitVector NonNullArgs;
2538   if (FDecl) {
2539     // Handle the nonnull attribute on the function/method declaration itself.
2540     for (const auto *NonNull : FDecl->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
2541       if (!NonNull->args_size()) {
2542         // Easy case: all pointer arguments are nonnull.
2543         for (const auto *Arg : Args)
2544           if (S.isValidPointerAttrType(Arg->getType()))
2545             CheckNonNullArgument(S, Arg, CallSiteLoc);
2546         return;
2547       }
2548 
2549       for (unsigned Val : NonNull->args()) {
2550         if (Val >= Args.size())
2551           continue;
2552         if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2553           NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2554         NonNullArgs.set(Val);
2555       }
2556     }
2557   }
2558 
2559   if (FDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(FDecl) || isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl))) {
2560     // Handle the nonnull attribute on the parameters of the
2561     // function/method.
2562     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*> parms;
2563     if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl))
2564       parms = FD->parameters();
2565     else
2566       parms = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)->parameters();
2567 
2568     unsigned ParamIndex = 0;
2569     for (ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*>::iterator I = parms.begin(), E = parms.end();
2570          I != E; ++I, ++ParamIndex) {
2571       const ParmVarDecl *PVD = *I;
2572       if (PVD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() ||
2573           isNonNullType(S.Context, PVD->getType())) {
2574         if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2575           NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2576 
2577         NonNullArgs.set(ParamIndex);
2578       }
2579     }
2580   } else {
2581     // If we have a non-function, non-method declaration but no
2582     // function prototype, try to dig out the function prototype.
2583     if (!Proto) {
2584       if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(FDecl)) {
2585         QualType type = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2586         if (auto pointerType = type->getAs<PointerType>())
2587           type = pointerType->getPointeeType();
2588         else if (auto blockType = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
2589           type = blockType->getPointeeType();
2590         // FIXME: data member pointers?
2591 
2592         // Dig out the function prototype, if there is one.
2593         Proto = type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2594       }
2595     }
2596 
2597     // Fill in non-null argument information from the nullability
2598     // information on the parameter types (if we have them).
2599     if (Proto) {
2600       unsigned Index = 0;
2601       for (auto paramType : Proto->getParamTypes()) {
2602         if (isNonNullType(S.Context, paramType)) {
2603           if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2604             NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2605 
2606           NonNullArgs.set(Index);
2607         }
2608 
2609         ++Index;
2610       }
2611     }
2612   }
2613 
2614   // Check for non-null arguments.
2615   for (unsigned ArgIndex = 0, ArgIndexEnd = NonNullArgs.size();
2616        ArgIndex != ArgIndexEnd; ++ArgIndex) {
2617     if (NonNullArgs[ArgIndex])
2618       CheckNonNullArgument(S, Args[ArgIndex], CallSiteLoc);
2619   }
2620 }
2621 
2622 /// Handles the checks for format strings, non-POD arguments to vararg
2623 /// functions, NULL arguments passed to non-NULL parameters, and diagnose_if
2624 /// attributes.
2625 void Sema::checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2626                      const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2627                      bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc,
2628                      SourceRange Range, VariadicCallType CallType) {
2629   // FIXME: We should check as much as we can in the template definition.
2630   if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
2631     return;
2632 
2633   // Printf and scanf checking.
2634   llvm::SmallBitVector CheckedVarArgs;
2635   if (FDecl) {
2636     for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
2637       // Only create vector if there are format attributes.
2638       CheckedVarArgs.resize(Args.size());
2639 
2640       CheckFormatArguments(I, Args, IsMemberFunction, CallType, Loc, Range,
2641                            CheckedVarArgs);
2642     }
2643   }
2644 
2645   // Refuse POD arguments that weren't caught by the format string
2646   // checks above.
2647   auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(FDecl);
2648   if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply &&
2649       (!FD || FD->getBuiltinID() != Builtin::BI__noop)) {
2650     unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams()
2651                        : FDecl && isa<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)
2652                            ? cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)->getNumParams()
2653                        : FDecl && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)
2654                            ? cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)->param_size()
2655                        : 0;
2656 
2657     for (unsigned ArgIdx = NumParams; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
2658       // Args[ArgIdx] can be null in malformed code.
2659       if (const Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx]) {
2660         if (CheckedVarArgs.empty() || !CheckedVarArgs[ArgIdx])
2661           checkVariadicArgument(Arg, CallType);
2662       }
2663     }
2664   }
2665 
2666   if (FDecl || Proto) {
2667     CheckNonNullArguments(*this, FDecl, Proto, Args, Loc);
2668 
2669     // Type safety checking.
2670     if (FDecl) {
2671       for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>())
2672         CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(I, Args.data());
2673     }
2674   }
2675 
2676   if (FD)
2677     diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(FD, ThisArg, Args, Loc);
2678 }
2679 
2680 /// CheckConstructorCall - Check a constructor call for correctness and safety
2681 /// properties not enforced by the C type system.
2682 void Sema::CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
2683                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2684                                 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2685                                 SourceLocation Loc) {
2686   VariadicCallType CallType =
2687     Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicConstructor : VariadicDoesNotApply;
2688   checkCall(FDecl, Proto, /*ThisArg=*/nullptr, Args, /*IsMemberFunction=*/true,
2689             Loc, SourceRange(), CallType);
2690 }
2691 
2692 /// CheckFunctionCall - Check a direct function call for various correctness
2693 /// and safety properties not strictly enforced by the C type system.
2694 bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
2695                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2696   bool IsMemberOperatorCall = isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(TheCall) &&
2697                               isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl);
2698   bool IsMemberFunction = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall) ||
2699                           IsMemberOperatorCall;
2700   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto,
2701                                                   TheCall->getCallee());
2702   Expr** Args = TheCall->getArgs();
2703   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
2704 
2705   Expr *ImplicitThis = nullptr;
2706   if (IsMemberOperatorCall) {
2707     // If this is a call to a member operator, hide the first argument
2708     // from checkCall.
2709     // FIXME: Our choice of AST representation here is less than ideal.
2710     ImplicitThis = Args[0];
2711     ++Args;
2712     --NumArgs;
2713   } else if (IsMemberFunction)
2714     ImplicitThis =
2715         cast<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall)->getImplicitObjectArgument();
2716 
2717   checkCall(FDecl, Proto, ImplicitThis, llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs),
2718             IsMemberFunction, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2719             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2720 
2721   IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
2722   // None of the checks below are needed for functions that don't have
2723   // simple names (e.g., C++ conversion functions).
2724   if (!FnInfo)
2725     return false;
2726 
2727   CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(TheCall, FDecl);
2728   CheckMaxUnsignedZero(TheCall, FDecl);
2729 
2730   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1)
2731     DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInCFAPI(*this, FDecl, Args, NumArgs);
2732 
2733   unsigned CMId = FDecl->getMemoryFunctionKind();
2734   if (CMId == 0)
2735     return false;
2736 
2737   // Handle memory setting and copying functions.
2738   if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcpy || CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcat)
2739     CheckStrlcpycatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
2740   else if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrncat)
2741     CheckStrncatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
2742   else
2743     CheckMemaccessArguments(TheCall, CMId, FnInfo);
2744 
2745   return false;
2746 }
2747 
2748 bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation lbrac,
2749                                ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args) {
2750   VariadicCallType CallType =
2751       Method->isVariadic() ? VariadicMethod : VariadicDoesNotApply;
2752 
2753   checkCall(Method, nullptr, /*ThisArg=*/nullptr, Args,
2754             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, lbrac, Method->getSourceRange(),
2755             CallType);
2756 
2757   return false;
2758 }
2759 
2760 bool Sema::CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
2761                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2762   QualType Ty;
2763   if (const auto *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NDecl))
2764     Ty = V->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2765   else if (const auto *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(NDecl))
2766     Ty = F->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2767   else
2768     return false;
2769 
2770   if (!Ty->isBlockPointerType() && !Ty->isFunctionPointerType() &&
2771       !Ty->isFunctionProtoType())
2772     return false;
2773 
2774   VariadicCallType CallType;
2775   if (!Proto || !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2776     CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply;
2777   } else if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) {
2778     CallType = VariadicBlock;
2779   } else { // Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
2780     CallType = VariadicFunction;
2781   }
2782 
2783   checkCall(NDecl, Proto, /*ThisArg=*/nullptr,
2784             llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()),
2785             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2786             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2787 
2788   return false;
2789 }
2790 
2791 /// Checks function calls when a FunctionDecl or a NamedDecl is not available,
2792 /// such as function pointers returned from functions.
2793 bool Sema::CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2794   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, Proto,
2795                                                   TheCall->getCallee());
2796   checkCall(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, Proto, /*ThisArg=*/nullptr,
2797             llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()),
2798             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2799             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2800 
2801   return false;
2802 }
2803 
2804 static bool isValidOrderingForOp(int64_t Ordering, AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
2805   if (!llvm::isValidAtomicOrderingCABI(Ordering))
2806     return false;
2807 
2808   auto OrderingCABI = (llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI)Ordering;
2809   switch (Op) {
2810   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
2811   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_init:
2812     llvm_unreachable("There is no ordering argument for an init");
2813 
2814   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
2815   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_load:
2816   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
2817   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
2818     return OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::release &&
2819            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acq_rel;
2820 
2821   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
2822   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_store:
2823   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
2824   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
2825     return OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::consume &&
2826            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acquire &&
2827            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acq_rel;
2828 
2829   default:
2830     return true;
2831   }
2832 }
2833 
2834 ExprResult Sema::SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
2835                                          AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
2836   CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
2837   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
2838 
2839   // All the non-OpenCL operations take one of the following forms.
2840   // The OpenCL operations take the __c11 forms with one extra argument for
2841   // synchronization scope.
2842   enum {
2843     // C    __c11_atomic_init(A *, C)
2844     Init,
2845     // C    __c11_atomic_load(A *, int)
2846     Load,
2847     // void __atomic_load(A *, CP, int)
2848     LoadCopy,
2849     // void __atomic_store(A *, CP, int)
2850     Copy,
2851     // C    __c11_atomic_add(A *, M, int)
2852     Arithmetic,
2853     // C    __atomic_exchange_n(A *, CP, int)
2854     Xchg,
2855     // void __atomic_exchange(A *, C *, CP, int)
2856     GNUXchg,
2857     // bool __c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong(A *, C *, CP, int, int)
2858     C11CmpXchg,
2859     // bool __atomic_compare_exchange(A *, C *, CP, bool, int, int)
2860     GNUCmpXchg
2861   } Form = Init;
2862   const unsigned NumForm = GNUCmpXchg + 1;
2863   const unsigned NumArgs[] = { 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6 };
2864   const unsigned NumVals[] = { 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3 };
2865   // where:
2866   //   C is an appropriate type,
2867   //   A is volatile _Atomic(C) for __c11 builtins and is C for GNU builtins,
2868   //   CP is C for __c11 builtins and GNU _n builtins and is C * otherwise,
2869   //   M is C if C is an integer, and ptrdiff_t if C is a pointer, and
2870   //   the int parameters are for orderings.
2871 
2872   static_assert(sizeof(NumArgs)/sizeof(NumArgs[0]) == NumForm
2873       && sizeof(NumVals)/sizeof(NumVals[0]) == NumForm,
2874       "need to update code for modified forms");
2875   static_assert(AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init == 0 &&
2876                     AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor + 1 ==
2877                         AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load,
2878                 "need to update code for modified C11 atomics");
2879   bool IsOpenCL = Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_init &&
2880                   Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_max;
2881   bool IsC11 = (Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init &&
2882                Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor) ||
2883                IsOpenCL;
2884   bool IsN = Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n ||
2885              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n ||
2886              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n ||
2887              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n;
2888   bool IsAddSub = false;
2889 
2890   switch (Op) {
2891   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
2892   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_init:
2893     Form = Init;
2894     break;
2895 
2896   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
2897   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_load:
2898   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
2899     Form = Load;
2900     break;
2901 
2902   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
2903     Form = LoadCopy;
2904     break;
2905 
2906   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
2907   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_store:
2908   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
2909   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
2910     Form = Copy;
2911     break;
2912 
2913   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_add:
2914   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_sub:
2915   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_add:
2916   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_sub:
2917   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_min:
2918   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_max:
2919   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_add:
2920   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_sub:
2921   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_add_fetch:
2922   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_sub_fetch:
2923     IsAddSub = true;
2924     // Fall through.
2925   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_and:
2926   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_or:
2927   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor:
2928   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_and:
2929   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_or:
2930   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_xor:
2931   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_and:
2932   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_or:
2933   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_xor:
2934   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_nand:
2935   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_and_fetch:
2936   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_or_fetch:
2937   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_xor_fetch:
2938   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_nand_fetch:
2939     Form = Arithmetic;
2940     break;
2941 
2942   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_exchange:
2943   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_exchange:
2944   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n:
2945     Form = Xchg;
2946     break;
2947 
2948   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange:
2949     Form = GNUXchg;
2950     break;
2951 
2952   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
2953   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
2954   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
2955   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
2956     Form = C11CmpXchg;
2957     break;
2958 
2959   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange:
2960   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n:
2961     Form = GNUCmpXchg;
2962     break;
2963   }
2964 
2965   unsigned AdjustedNumArgs = NumArgs[Form];
2966   if (IsOpenCL && Op != AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_init)
2967     ++AdjustedNumArgs;
2968   // Check we have the right number of arguments.
2969   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < AdjustedNumArgs) {
2970     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2971       << 0 << AdjustedNumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2972       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2973     return ExprError();
2974   } else if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > AdjustedNumArgs) {
2975     Diag(TheCall->getArg(AdjustedNumArgs)->getLocStart(),
2976          diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2977       << 0 << AdjustedNumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2978       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2979     return ExprError();
2980   }
2981 
2982   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic operation.
2983   Expr *Ptr = TheCall->getArg(0);
2984   ExprResult ConvertedPtr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Ptr);
2985   if (ConvertedPtr.isInvalid())
2986     return ExprError();
2987 
2988   Ptr = ConvertedPtr.get();
2989   const PointerType *pointerType = Ptr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
2990   if (!pointerType) {
2991     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
2992       << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2993     return ExprError();
2994   }
2995 
2996   // For a __c11 builtin, this should be a pointer to an _Atomic type.
2997   QualType AtomTy = pointerType->getPointeeType(); // 'A'
2998   QualType ValType = AtomTy; // 'C'
2999   if (IsC11) {
3000     if (!AtomTy->isAtomicType()) {
3001       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic)
3002         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3003       return ExprError();
3004     }
3005     if (AtomTy.isConstQualified() ||
3006         AtomTy.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
3007       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_atomic)
3008           << (AtomTy.isConstQualified() ? 0 : 1) << Ptr->getType()
3009           << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3010       return ExprError();
3011     }
3012     ValType = AtomTy->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
3013   } else if (Form != Load && Form != LoadCopy) {
3014     if (ValType.isConstQualified()) {
3015       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_pointer)
3016         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3017       return ExprError();
3018     }
3019   }
3020 
3021   // For an arithmetic operation, the implied arithmetic must be well-formed.
3022   if (Form == Arithmetic) {
3023     // gcc does not enforce these rules for GNU atomics, but we do so for sanity.
3024     if (IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
3025       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
3026         << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3027       return ExprError();
3028     }
3029     if (!IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType()) {
3030       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_bitwise_needs_atomic_int)
3031         << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3032       return ExprError();
3033     }
3034     if (IsC11 && ValType->isPointerType() &&
3035         RequireCompleteType(Ptr->getLocStart(), ValType->getPointeeType(),
3036                             diag::err_incomplete_type)) {
3037       return ExprError();
3038     }
3039   } else if (IsN && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
3040     // For __atomic_*_n operations, the value type must be a scalar integral or
3041     // pointer type which is 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 bytes in length.
3042     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
3043       << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3044     return ExprError();
3045   }
3046 
3047   if (!IsC11 && !AtomTy.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context) &&
3048       !AtomTy->isScalarType()) {
3049     // For GNU atomics, require a trivially-copyable type. This is not part of
3050     // the GNU atomics specification, but we enforce it for sanity.
3051     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_trivial_copy)
3052       << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3053     return ExprError();
3054   }
3055 
3056   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
3057   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
3058   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
3059     // okay
3060     break;
3061 
3062   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
3063   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
3064   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
3065     // FIXME: Can this happen? By this point, ValType should be known
3066     // to be trivially copyable.
3067     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
3068       << ValType << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3069     return ExprError();
3070   }
3071 
3072   // atomic_fetch_or takes a pointer to a volatile 'A'.  We shouldn't let the
3073   // volatile-ness of the pointee-type inject itself into the result or the
3074   // other operands. Similarly atomic_load can take a pointer to a const 'A'.
3075   ValType.removeLocalVolatile();
3076   ValType.removeLocalConst();
3077   QualType ResultType = ValType;
3078   if (Form == Copy || Form == LoadCopy || Form == GNUXchg ||
3079       Form == Init)
3080     ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
3081   else if (Form == C11CmpXchg || Form == GNUCmpXchg)
3082     ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
3083 
3084   // The type of a parameter passed 'by value'. In the GNU atomics, such
3085   // arguments are actually passed as pointers.
3086   QualType ByValType = ValType; // 'CP'
3087   if (!IsC11 && !IsN)
3088     ByValType = Ptr->getType();
3089 
3090   // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
3091   // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly.  Walk
3092   // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
3093   for (unsigned i = 1; i != TheCall->getNumArgs(); ++i) {
3094     QualType Ty;
3095     if (i < NumVals[Form] + 1) {
3096       switch (i) {
3097       case 1:
3098         // The second argument is the non-atomic operand. For arithmetic, this
3099         // is always passed by value, and for a compare_exchange it is always
3100         // passed by address. For the rest, GNU uses by-address and C11 uses
3101         // by-value.
3102         assert(Form != Load);
3103         if (Form == Init || (Form == Arithmetic && ValType->isIntegerType()))
3104           Ty = ValType;
3105         else if (Form == Copy || Form == Xchg)
3106           Ty = ByValType;
3107         else if (Form == Arithmetic)
3108           Ty = Context.getPointerDiffType();
3109         else {
3110           Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(i);
3111           // Treat this argument as _Nonnull as we want to show a warning if
3112           // NULL is passed into it.
3113           CheckNonNullArgument(*this, ValArg, DRE->getLocStart());
3114           unsigned AS = 0;
3115           // Keep address space of non-atomic pointer type.
3116           if (const PointerType *PtrTy =
3117                   ValArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
3118             AS = PtrTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
3119           }
3120           Ty = Context.getPointerType(
3121               Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(ValType.getUnqualifiedType(), AS));
3122         }
3123         break;
3124       case 2:
3125         // The third argument to compare_exchange / GNU exchange is a
3126         // (pointer to a) desired value.
3127         Ty = ByValType;
3128         break;
3129       case 3:
3130         // The fourth argument to GNU compare_exchange is a 'weak' flag.
3131         Ty = Context.BoolTy;
3132         break;
3133       }
3134     } else {
3135       // The order(s) and scope are always converted to int.
3136       Ty = Context.IntTy;
3137     }
3138 
3139     InitializedEntity Entity =
3140         InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Ty, false);
3141     ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
3142     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
3143     if (Arg.isInvalid())
3144       return true;
3145     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
3146   }
3147 
3148   // Permute the arguments into a 'consistent' order.
3149   SmallVector<Expr*, 5> SubExprs;
3150   SubExprs.push_back(Ptr);
3151   switch (Form) {
3152   case Init:
3153     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal1() has a special case for this atomic.
3154     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
3155     break;
3156   case Load:
3157     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Order
3158     break;
3159   case LoadCopy:
3160   case Copy:
3161   case Arithmetic:
3162   case Xchg:
3163     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Order
3164     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
3165     break;
3166   case GNUXchg:
3167     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal2() has a special case for this atomic.
3168     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
3169     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
3170     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
3171     break;
3172   case C11CmpXchg:
3173     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
3174     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
3175     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // OrderFail
3176     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
3177     break;
3178   case GNUCmpXchg:
3179     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // Order
3180     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
3181     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(5)); // OrderFail
3182     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
3183     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Weak
3184     break;
3185   }
3186 
3187   if (SubExprs.size() >= 2 && Form != Init) {
3188     llvm::APSInt Result(32);
3189     if (SubExprs[1]->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context) &&
3190         !isValidOrderingForOp(Result.getSExtValue(), Op))
3191       Diag(SubExprs[1]->getLocStart(),
3192            diag::warn_atomic_op_has_invalid_memory_order)
3193           << SubExprs[1]->getSourceRange();
3194   }
3195 
3196   if (auto ScopeModel = AtomicExpr::getScopeModel(Op)) {
3197     auto *Scope = TheCall->getArg(TheCall->getNumArgs() - 1);
3198     llvm::APSInt Result(32);
3199     if (Scope->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context) &&
3200         !ScopeModel->isValid(Result.getZExtValue())) {
3201       Diag(Scope->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_has_invalid_synch_scope)
3202           << Scope->getSourceRange();
3203     }
3204     SubExprs.push_back(Scope);
3205   }
3206 
3207   AtomicExpr *AE = new (Context) AtomicExpr(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
3208                                             SubExprs, ResultType, Op,
3209                                             TheCall->getRParenLoc());
3210 
3211   if ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load ||
3212        Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store ||
3213        Op == AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_load ||
3214        Op == AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_store ) &&
3215       Context.AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(AE))
3216     Diag(AE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_load_store_uses_lib)
3217         << ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load ||
3218             Op == AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_load)
3219                 ? 0 : 1);
3220 
3221   return AE;
3222 }
3223 
3224 /// checkBuiltinArgument - Given a call to a builtin function, perform
3225 /// normal type-checking on the given argument, updating the call in
3226 /// place.  This is useful when a builtin function requires custom
3227 /// type-checking for some of its arguments but not necessarily all of
3228 /// them.
3229 ///
3230 /// Returns true on error.
3231 static bool checkBuiltinArgument(Sema &S, CallExpr *E, unsigned ArgIndex) {
3232   FunctionDecl *Fn = E->getDirectCallee();
3233   assert(Fn && "builtin call without direct callee!");
3234 
3235   ParmVarDecl *Param = Fn->getParamDecl(ArgIndex);
3236   InitializedEntity Entity =
3237     InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Param);
3238 
3239   ExprResult Arg = E->getArg(0);
3240   Arg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
3241   if (Arg.isInvalid())
3242     return true;
3243 
3244   E->setArg(ArgIndex, Arg.get());
3245   return false;
3246 }
3247 
3248 /// SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded - We have a call to a function like
3249 /// __sync_fetch_and_add, which is an overloaded function based on the pointer
3250 /// type of its first argument.  The main ActOnCallExpr routines have already
3251 /// promoted the types of arguments because all of these calls are prototyped as
3252 /// void(...).
3253 ///
3254 /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
3255 /// builtins,
3256 ExprResult
3257 Sema::SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
3258   CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
3259   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
3260   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
3261 
3262   // Ensure that we have at least one argument to do type inference from.
3263   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) {
3264     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3265       << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3266       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
3267     return ExprError();
3268   }
3269 
3270   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic builtin.  This should always be
3271   // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
3272   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
3273   // casts here.
3274   // FIXME: We don't allow floating point scalars as input.
3275   Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
3276   ExprResult FirstArgResult = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg);
3277   if (FirstArgResult.isInvalid())
3278     return ExprError();
3279   FirstArg = FirstArgResult.get();
3280   TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg);
3281 
3282   const PointerType *pointerType = FirstArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
3283   if (!pointerType) {
3284     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
3285       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3286     return ExprError();
3287   }
3288 
3289   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
3290   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
3291       !ValType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3292     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr)
3293       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3294     return ExprError();
3295   }
3296 
3297   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
3298   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
3299   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
3300     // okay
3301     break;
3302 
3303   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
3304   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
3305   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
3306     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
3307       << ValType << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3308     return ExprError();
3309   }
3310 
3311   // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
3312   ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
3313 
3314   // The majority of builtins return a value, but a few have special return
3315   // types, so allow them to override appropriately below.
3316   QualType ResultType = ValType;
3317 
3318   // We need to figure out which concrete builtin this maps onto.  For example,
3319   // __sync_fetch_and_add with a 2 byte object turns into
3320   // __sync_fetch_and_add_2.
3321 #define BUILTIN_ROW(x) \
3322   { Builtin::BI##x##_1, Builtin::BI##x##_2, Builtin::BI##x##_4, \
3323     Builtin::BI##x##_8, Builtin::BI##x##_16 }
3324 
3325   static const unsigned BuiltinIndices[][5] = {
3326     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_add),
3327     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_sub),
3328     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_or),
3329     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_and),
3330     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_xor),
3331     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_nand),
3332 
3333     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_add_and_fetch),
3334     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_sub_and_fetch),
3335     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_and_and_fetch),
3336     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_or_and_fetch),
3337     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_xor_and_fetch),
3338     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_nand_and_fetch),
3339 
3340     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_val_compare_and_swap),
3341     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap),
3342     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_test_and_set),
3343     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_release),
3344     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_swap)
3345   };
3346 #undef BUILTIN_ROW
3347 
3348   // Determine the index of the size.
3349   unsigned SizeIndex;
3350   switch (Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ValType).getQuantity()) {
3351   case 1: SizeIndex = 0; break;
3352   case 2: SizeIndex = 1; break;
3353   case 4: SizeIndex = 2; break;
3354   case 8: SizeIndex = 3; break;
3355   case 16: SizeIndex = 4; break;
3356   default:
3357     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size)
3358       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3359     return ExprError();
3360   }
3361 
3362   // Each of these builtins has one pointer argument, followed by some number of
3363   // values (0, 1 or 2) followed by a potentially empty varags list of stuff
3364   // that we ignore.  Find out which row of BuiltinIndices to read from as well
3365   // as the number of fixed args.
3366   unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
3367   unsigned BuiltinIndex, NumFixed = 1;
3368   bool WarnAboutSemanticsChange = false;
3369   switch (BuiltinID) {
3370   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown overloaded atomic builtin!");
3371   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
3372   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
3373   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
3374   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
3375   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
3376   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
3377     BuiltinIndex = 0;
3378     break;
3379 
3380   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
3381   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
3382   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
3383   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
3384   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
3385   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
3386     BuiltinIndex = 1;
3387     break;
3388 
3389   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
3390   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
3391   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
3392   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
3393   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
3394   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
3395     BuiltinIndex = 2;
3396     break;
3397 
3398   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
3399   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
3400   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
3401   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
3402   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
3403   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
3404     BuiltinIndex = 3;
3405     break;
3406 
3407   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
3408   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
3409   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
3410   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
3411   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
3412   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
3413     BuiltinIndex = 4;
3414     break;
3415 
3416   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand:
3417   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_1:
3418   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_2:
3419   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_4:
3420   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_8:
3421   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_16:
3422     BuiltinIndex = 5;
3423     WarnAboutSemanticsChange = true;
3424     break;
3425 
3426   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
3427   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
3428   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
3429   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
3430   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
3431   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
3432     BuiltinIndex = 6;
3433     break;
3434 
3435   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
3436   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
3437   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
3438   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
3439   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
3440   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
3441     BuiltinIndex = 7;
3442     break;
3443 
3444   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
3445   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
3446   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
3447   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
3448   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
3449   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
3450     BuiltinIndex = 8;
3451     break;
3452 
3453   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
3454   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
3455   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
3456   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
3457   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
3458   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
3459     BuiltinIndex = 9;
3460     break;
3461 
3462   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
3463   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
3464   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
3465   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
3466   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
3467   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
3468     BuiltinIndex = 10;
3469     break;
3470 
3471   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch:
3472   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_1:
3473   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_2:
3474   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_4:
3475   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_8:
3476   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_16:
3477     BuiltinIndex = 11;
3478     WarnAboutSemanticsChange = true;
3479     break;
3480 
3481   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
3482   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
3483   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
3484   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
3485   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
3486   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
3487     BuiltinIndex = 12;
3488     NumFixed = 2;
3489     break;
3490 
3491   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
3492   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
3493   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
3494   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
3495   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
3496   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
3497     BuiltinIndex = 13;
3498     NumFixed = 2;
3499     ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
3500     break;
3501 
3502   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
3503   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
3504   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
3505   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
3506   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
3507   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
3508     BuiltinIndex = 14;
3509     break;
3510 
3511   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
3512   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
3513   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
3514   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
3515   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
3516   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
3517     BuiltinIndex = 15;
3518     NumFixed = 0;
3519     ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
3520     break;
3521 
3522   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
3523   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
3524   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
3525   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
3526   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
3527   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
3528     BuiltinIndex = 16;
3529     break;
3530   }
3531 
3532   // Now that we know how many fixed arguments we expect, first check that we
3533   // have at least that many.
3534   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1+NumFixed) {
3535     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3536       << 0 << 1+NumFixed << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3537       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
3538     return ExprError();
3539   }
3540 
3541   if (WarnAboutSemanticsChange) {
3542     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_sync_fetch_and_nand_semantics_change)
3543       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
3544   }
3545 
3546   // Get the decl for the concrete builtin from this, we can tell what the
3547   // concrete integer type we should convert to is.
3548   unsigned NewBuiltinID = BuiltinIndices[BuiltinIndex][SizeIndex];
3549   const char *NewBuiltinName = Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(NewBuiltinID);
3550   FunctionDecl *NewBuiltinDecl;
3551   if (NewBuiltinID == BuiltinID)
3552     NewBuiltinDecl = FDecl;
3553   else {
3554     // Perform builtin lookup to avoid redeclaring it.
3555     DeclarationName DN(&Context.Idents.get(NewBuiltinName));
3556     LookupResult Res(*this, DN, DRE->getLocStart(), LookupOrdinaryName);
3557     LookupName(Res, TUScope, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/true);
3558     assert(Res.getFoundDecl());
3559     NewBuiltinDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Res.getFoundDecl());
3560     if (!NewBuiltinDecl)
3561       return ExprError();
3562   }
3563 
3564   // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
3565   // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly.  Walk
3566   // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
3567   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFixed; ++i) {
3568     ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i+1);
3569 
3570     // GCC does an implicit conversion to the pointer or integer ValType.  This
3571     // can fail in some cases (1i -> int**), check for this error case now.
3572     // Initialize the argument.
3573     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
3574                                                    ValType, /*consume*/ false);
3575     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
3576     if (Arg.isInvalid())
3577       return ExprError();
3578 
3579     // Okay, we have something that *can* be converted to the right type.  Check
3580     // to see if there is a potentially weird extension going on here.  This can
3581     // happen when you do an atomic operation on something like an char* and
3582     // pass in 42.  The 42 gets converted to char.  This is even more strange
3583     // for things like 45.123 -> char, etc.
3584     // FIXME: Do this check.
3585     TheCall->setArg(i+1, Arg.get());
3586   }
3587 
3588   ASTContext& Context = this->getASTContext();
3589 
3590   // Create a new DeclRefExpr to refer to the new decl.
3591   DeclRefExpr* NewDRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(
3592       Context,
3593       DRE->getQualifierLoc(),
3594       SourceLocation(),
3595       NewBuiltinDecl,
3596       /*enclosing*/ false,
3597       DRE->getLocation(),
3598       Context.BuiltinFnTy,
3599       DRE->getValueKind());
3600 
3601   // Set the callee in the CallExpr.
3602   // FIXME: This loses syntactic information.
3603   QualType CalleePtrTy = Context.getPointerType(NewBuiltinDecl->getType());
3604   ExprResult PromotedCall = ImpCastExprToType(NewDRE, CalleePtrTy,
3605                                               CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr);
3606   TheCall->setCallee(PromotedCall.get());
3607 
3608   // Change the result type of the call to match the original value type. This
3609   // is arbitrary, but the codegen for these builtins ins design to handle it
3610   // gracefully.
3611   TheCall->setType(ResultType);
3612 
3613   return TheCallResult;
3614 }
3615 
3616 /// SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded - We have a call to
3617 /// __builtin_nontemporal_store or __builtin_nontemporal_load, which is an
3618 /// overloaded function based on the pointer type of its last argument.
3619 ///
3620 /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
3621 /// builtins.
3622 ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
3623   CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
3624   DeclRefExpr *DRE =
3625       cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
3626   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
3627   unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
3628   assert((BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store ||
3629           BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_load) &&
3630          "Unexpected nontemporal load/store builtin!");
3631   bool isStore = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store;
3632   unsigned numArgs = isStore ? 2 : 1;
3633 
3634   // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments.
3635   if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, numArgs))
3636     return ExprError();
3637 
3638   // Inspect the last argument of the nontemporal builtin.  This should always
3639   // be a pointer type, from which we imply the type of the memory access.
3640   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
3641   // casts here.
3642   Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(numArgs - 1);
3643   ExprResult PointerArgResult =
3644       DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg);
3645 
3646   if (PointerArgResult.isInvalid())
3647     return ExprError();
3648   PointerArg = PointerArgResult.get();
3649   TheCall->setArg(numArgs - 1, PointerArg);
3650 
3651   const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
3652   if (!pointerType) {
3653     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_nontemporal_builtin_must_be_pointer)
3654         << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
3655     return ExprError();
3656   }
3657 
3658   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
3659 
3660   // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
3661   ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
3662   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
3663       !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType() &&
3664       !ValType->isVectorType()) {
3665     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(),
3666          diag::err_nontemporal_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr_or_vector)
3667         << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
3668     return ExprError();
3669   }
3670 
3671   if (!isStore) {
3672     TheCall->setType(ValType);
3673     return TheCallResult;
3674   }
3675 
3676   ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
3677   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
3678       Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false);
3679   ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg);
3680   if (ValArg.isInvalid())
3681     return ExprError();
3682 
3683   TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get());
3684   TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy);
3685   return TheCallResult;
3686 }
3687 
3688 /// CheckObjCString - Checks that the argument to the builtin
3689 /// CFString constructor is correct
3690 /// Note: It might also make sense to do the UTF-16 conversion here (would
3691 /// simplify the backend).
3692 bool Sema::CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg) {
3693   Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
3694   StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
3695 
3696   if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
3697     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant)
3698       << Arg->getSourceRange();
3699     return true;
3700   }
3701 
3702   if (Literal->containsNonAsciiOrNull()) {
3703     StringRef String = Literal->getString();
3704     unsigned NumBytes = String.size();
3705     SmallVector<llvm::UTF16, 128> ToBuf(NumBytes);
3706     const llvm::UTF8 *FromPtr = (const llvm::UTF8 *)String.data();
3707     llvm::UTF16 *ToPtr = &ToBuf[0];
3708 
3709     llvm::ConversionResult Result =
3710         llvm::ConvertUTF8toUTF16(&FromPtr, FromPtr + NumBytes, &ToPtr,
3711                                  ToPtr + NumBytes, llvm::strictConversion);
3712     // Check for conversion failure.
3713     if (Result != llvm::conversionOK)
3714       Diag(Arg->getLocStart(),
3715            diag::warn_cfstring_truncated) << Arg->getSourceRange();
3716   }
3717   return false;
3718 }
3719 
3720 /// CheckObjCString - Checks that the format string argument to the os_log()
3721 /// and os_trace() functions is correct, and converts it to const char *.
3722 ExprResult Sema::CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg) {
3723   Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
3724   auto *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
3725   if (!Literal) {
3726     if (auto *ObjcLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(Arg)) {
3727       Literal = ObjcLiteral->getString();
3728     }
3729   }
3730 
3731   if (!Literal || (!Literal->isAscii() && !Literal->isUTF8())) {
3732     return ExprError(
3733         Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_os_log_format_not_string_constant)
3734         << Arg->getSourceRange());
3735   }
3736 
3737   ExprResult Result(Literal);
3738   QualType ResultTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy.withConst());
3739   InitializedEntity Entity =
3740       InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, ResultTy, false);
3741   Result = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Result);
3742   return Result;
3743 }
3744 
3745 /// Check that the user is calling the appropriate va_start builtin for the
3746 /// target and calling convention.
3747 static bool checkVAStartABI(Sema &S, unsigned BuiltinID, Expr *Fn) {
3748   const llvm::Triple &TT = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
3749   bool IsX64 = TT.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64;
3750   bool IsAArch64 = TT.getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64;
3751   bool IsWindows = TT.isOSWindows();
3752   bool IsMSVAStart = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_ms_va_start;
3753   if (IsX64 || IsAArch64) {
3754     clang::CallingConv CC = CC_C;
3755     if (const FunctionDecl *FD = S.getCurFunctionDecl())
3756       CC = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv();
3757     if (IsMSVAStart) {
3758       // Don't allow this in System V ABI functions.
3759       if (CC == CC_X86_64SysV || (!IsWindows && CC != CC_Win64))
3760         return S.Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
3761                       diag::err_ms_va_start_used_in_sysv_function);
3762     } else {
3763       // On x86-64/AArch64 Unix, don't allow this in Win64 ABI functions.
3764       // On x64 Windows, don't allow this in System V ABI functions.
3765       // (Yes, that means there's no corresponding way to support variadic
3766       // System V ABI functions on Windows.)
3767       if ((IsWindows && CC == CC_X86_64SysV) ||
3768           (!IsWindows && CC == CC_Win64))
3769         return S.Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
3770                       diag::err_va_start_used_in_wrong_abi_function)
3771                << !IsWindows;
3772     }
3773     return false;
3774   }
3775 
3776   if (IsMSVAStart)
3777     return S.Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_x64_aarch64_only);
3778   return false;
3779 }
3780 
3781 static bool checkVAStartIsInVariadicFunction(Sema &S, Expr *Fn,
3782                                              ParmVarDecl **LastParam = nullptr) {
3783   // Determine whether the current function, block, or obj-c method is variadic
3784   // and get its parameter list.
3785   bool IsVariadic = false;
3786   ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params;
3787   DeclContext *Caller = S.CurContext;
3788   if (auto *Block = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(Caller)) {
3789     IsVariadic = Block->isVariadic();
3790     Params = Block->parameters();
3791   } else if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Caller)) {
3792     IsVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
3793     Params = FD->parameters();
3794   } else if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Caller)) {
3795     IsVariadic = MD->isVariadic();
3796     // FIXME: This isn't correct for methods (results in bogus warning).
3797     Params = MD->parameters();
3798   } else if (isa<CapturedDecl>(Caller)) {
3799     // We don't support va_start in a CapturedDecl.
3800     S.Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_captured_stmt);
3801     return true;
3802   } else {
3803     // This must be some other declcontext that parses exprs.
3804     S.Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_outside_function);
3805     return true;
3806   }
3807 
3808   if (!IsVariadic) {
3809     S.Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_fixed_function);
3810     return true;
3811   }
3812 
3813   if (LastParam)
3814     *LastParam = Params.empty() ? nullptr : Params.back();
3815 
3816   return false;
3817 }
3818 
3819 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_va_start' or '__builtin_ms_va_start'
3820 /// for validity.  Emit an error and return true on failure; return false
3821 /// on success.
3822 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStart(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
3823   Expr *Fn = TheCall->getCallee();
3824 
3825   if (checkVAStartABI(*this, BuiltinID, Fn))
3826     return true;
3827 
3828   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) {
3829     Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3830          diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3831       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3832       << Fn->getSourceRange()
3833       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3834                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3835     return true;
3836   }
3837 
3838   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) {
3839     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3840       diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3841       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs();
3842   }
3843 
3844   // Type-check the first argument normally.
3845   if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0))
3846     return true;
3847 
3848   // Check that the current function is variadic, and get its last parameter.
3849   ParmVarDecl *LastParam;
3850   if (checkVAStartIsInVariadicFunction(*this, Fn, &LastParam))
3851     return true;
3852 
3853   // Verify that the second argument to the builtin is the last argument of the
3854   // current function or method.
3855   bool SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = false;
3856   const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3857 
3858   // These are valid if SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument is false after the next
3859   // block.
3860   QualType Type;
3861   SourceLocation ParamLoc;
3862   bool IsCRegister = false;
3863 
3864   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
3865     if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
3866       SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = PV == LastParam;
3867 
3868       Type = PV->getType();
3869       ParamLoc = PV->getLocation();
3870       IsCRegister =
3871           PV->getStorageClass() == SC_Register && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3872     }
3873   }
3874 
3875   if (!SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument)
3876     Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
3877          diag::warn_second_arg_of_va_start_not_last_named_param);
3878   else if (IsCRegister || Type->isReferenceType() ||
3879            Type->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float) || [=] {
3880              // Promotable integers are UB, but enumerations need a bit of
3881              // extra checking to see what their promotable type actually is.
3882              if (!Type->isPromotableIntegerType())
3883                return false;
3884              if (!Type->isEnumeralType())
3885                return true;
3886              const EnumDecl *ED = Type->getAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
3887              return !(ED &&
3888                       Context.typesAreCompatible(ED->getPromotionType(), Type));
3889            }()) {
3890     unsigned Reason = 0;
3891     if (Type->isReferenceType())  Reason = 1;
3892     else if (IsCRegister)         Reason = 2;
3893     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::warn_va_start_type_is_undefined) << Reason;
3894     Diag(ParamLoc, diag::note_parameter_type) << Type;
3895   }
3896 
3897   TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy);
3898   return false;
3899 }
3900 
3901 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call) {
3902   // void __va_start(va_list *ap, const char *named_addr, size_t slot_size,
3903   //                 const char *named_addr);
3904 
3905   Expr *Func = Call->getCallee();
3906 
3907   if (Call->getNumArgs() < 3)
3908     return Diag(Call->getLocEnd(),
3909                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3910            << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << Call->getNumArgs();
3911 
3912   // Type-check the first argument normally.
3913   if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, Call, 0))
3914     return true;
3915 
3916   // Check that the current function is variadic.
3917   if (checkVAStartIsInVariadicFunction(*this, Func))
3918     return true;
3919 
3920   const struct {
3921     unsigned ArgNo;
3922     QualType Type;
3923   } ArgumentTypes[] = {
3924     { 1, Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy.withConst()) },
3925     { 2, Context.getSizeType() },
3926   };
3927 
3928   for (const auto &AT : ArgumentTypes) {
3929     const Expr *Arg = Call->getArg(AT.ArgNo)->IgnoreParens();
3930     if (Arg->getType().getCanonicalType() == AT.Type.getCanonicalType())
3931       continue;
3932     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
3933       << Arg->getType() << AT.Type << 1 /* different class */
3934       << 0 /* qualifier difference */ << 3 /* parameter mismatch */
3935       << AT.ArgNo + 1 << Arg->getType() << AT.Type;
3936   }
3937 
3938   return false;
3939 }
3940 
3941 /// SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare - Handle functions like __builtin_isgreater and
3942 /// friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
3943 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3944   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
3945     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3946       << 0 << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
3947   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2)
3948     return Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3949                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3950       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3951       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3952                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3953 
3954   ExprResult OrigArg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
3955   ExprResult OrigArg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
3956 
3957   // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common
3958   // type.
3959   QualType Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(OrigArg0, OrigArg1, false);
3960   if (OrigArg0.isInvalid() || OrigArg1.isInvalid())
3961     return true;
3962 
3963   // Make sure any conversions are pushed back into the call; this is
3964   // type safe since unordered compare builtins are declared as "_Bool
3965   // foo(...)".
3966   TheCall->setArg(0, OrigArg0.get());
3967   TheCall->setArg(1, OrigArg1.get());
3968 
3969   if (OrigArg0.get()->isTypeDependent() || OrigArg1.get()->isTypeDependent())
3970     return false;
3971 
3972   // If the common type isn't a real floating type, then the arguments were
3973   // invalid for this operation.
3974   if (Res.isNull() || !Res->isRealFloatingType())
3975     return Diag(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(),
3976                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare)
3977       << OrigArg0.get()->getType() << OrigArg1.get()->getType()
3978       << SourceRange(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), OrigArg1.get()->getLocEnd());
3979 
3980   return false;
3981 }
3982 
3983 /// SemaBuiltinSemaBuiltinFPClassification - Handle functions like
3984 /// __builtin_isnan and friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have
3985 /// to check everything. We expect the last argument to be a floating point
3986 /// value.
3987 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs) {
3988   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs)
3989     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3990       << 0 << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
3991   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs)
3992     return Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
3993                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3994       << 0 /*function call*/ << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3995       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
3996                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3997 
3998   Expr *OrigArg = TheCall->getArg(NumArgs-1);
3999 
4000   if (OrigArg->isTypeDependent())
4001     return false;
4002 
4003   // This operation requires a non-_Complex floating-point number.
4004   if (!OrigArg->getType()->isRealFloatingType())
4005     return Diag(OrigArg->getLocStart(),
4006                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp)
4007       << OrigArg->getType() << OrigArg->getSourceRange();
4008 
4009   // If this is an implicit conversion from float -> float or double, remove it.
4010   if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(OrigArg)) {
4011     // Only remove standard FloatCasts, leaving other casts inplace
4012     if (Cast->getCastKind() == CK_FloatingCast) {
4013       Expr *CastArg = Cast->getSubExpr();
4014       if (CastArg->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
4015           assert((Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
4016                   Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) &&
4017                "promotion from float to either float or double is the only expected cast here");
4018         Cast->setSubExpr(nullptr);
4019         TheCall->setArg(NumArgs-1, CastArg);
4020       }
4021     }
4022   }
4023 
4024   return false;
4025 }
4026 
4027 // Customized Sema Checking for VSX builtins that have the following signature:
4028 // vector [...] builtinName(vector [...], vector [...], const int);
4029 // Which takes the same type of vectors (any legal vector type) for the first
4030 // two arguments and takes compile time constant for the third argument.
4031 // Example builtins are :
4032 // vector double vec_xxpermdi(vector double, vector double, int);
4033 // vector short vec_xxsldwi(vector short, vector short, int);
4034 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVSX(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4035   unsigned ExpectedNumArgs = 3;
4036   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs)
4037     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
4038                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
4039            << 0 /*function call*/ <<  ExpectedNumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
4040            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4041 
4042   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > ExpectedNumArgs)
4043     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
4044                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
4045            << 0 /*function call*/ << ExpectedNumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
4046            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4047 
4048   // Check the third argument is a compile time constant
4049   llvm::APSInt Value;
4050   if(!TheCall->getArg(2)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context))
4051     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
4052                 diag::err_vsx_builtin_nonconstant_argument)
4053            << 3 /* argument index */ << TheCall->getDirectCallee()
4054            << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
4055                           TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocEnd());
4056 
4057   QualType Arg1Ty = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
4058   QualType Arg2Ty = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType();
4059 
4060   // Check the type of argument 1 and argument 2 are vectors.
4061   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc = TheCall->getLocStart();
4062   if ((!Arg1Ty->isVectorType() && !Arg1Ty->isDependentType()) ||
4063       (!Arg2Ty->isVectorType() && !Arg2Ty->isDependentType())) {
4064     return Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_vec_builtin_non_vector)
4065            << TheCall->getDirectCallee()
4066            << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
4067                           TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
4068   }
4069 
4070   // Check the first two arguments are the same type.
4071   if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Arg1Ty, Arg2Ty)) {
4072     return Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_vec_builtin_incompatible_vector)
4073            << TheCall->getDirectCallee()
4074            << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
4075                           TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
4076   }
4077 
4078   // When default clang type checking is turned off and the customized type
4079   // checking is used, the returning type of the function must be explicitly
4080   // set. Otherwise it is _Bool by default.
4081   TheCall->setType(Arg1Ty);
4082 
4083   return false;
4084 }
4085 
4086 /// SemaBuiltinShuffleVector - Handle __builtin_shufflevector.
4087 // This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
4088 ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4089   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
4090     return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
4091                           diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
4092                      << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
4093                      << TheCall->getSourceRange());
4094 
4095   // Determine which of the following types of shufflevector we're checking:
4096   // 1) unary, vector mask: (lhs, mask)
4097   // 2) binary, scalar mask: (lhs, rhs, index, ..., index)
4098   QualType resType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
4099   unsigned numElements = 0;
4100 
4101   if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isTypeDependent() &&
4102       !TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent()) {
4103     QualType LHSType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
4104     QualType RHSType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType();
4105 
4106     if (!LHSType->isVectorType() || !RHSType->isVectorType())
4107       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
4108                             diag::err_vec_builtin_non_vector)
4109                        << TheCall->getDirectCallee()
4110                        << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
4111                                       TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
4112 
4113     numElements = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
4114     unsigned numResElements = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2;
4115 
4116     // Check to see if we have a call with 2 vector arguments, the unary shuffle
4117     // with mask.  If so, verify that RHS is an integer vector type with the
4118     // same number of elts as lhs.
4119     if (TheCall->getNumArgs() == 2) {
4120       if (!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
4121           RHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() != numElements)
4122         return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
4123                               diag::err_vec_builtin_incompatible_vector)
4124                          << TheCall->getDirectCallee()
4125                          << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
4126                                         TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
4127     } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSType, RHSType)) {
4128       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
4129                             diag::err_vec_builtin_incompatible_vector)
4130                        << TheCall->getDirectCallee()
4131                        << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
4132                                       TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
4133     } else if (numElements != numResElements) {
4134       QualType eltType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
4135       resType = Context.getVectorType(eltType, numResElements,
4136                                       VectorType::GenericVector);
4137     }
4138   }
4139 
4140   for (unsigned i = 2; i < TheCall->getNumArgs(); i++) {
4141     if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
4142         TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
4143       continue;
4144 
4145     llvm::APSInt Result(32);
4146     if (!TheCall->getArg(i)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
4147       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
4148                             diag::err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument)
4149                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
4150 
4151     // Allow -1 which will be translated to undef in the IR.
4152     if (Result.isSigned() && Result.isAllOnesValue())
4153       continue;
4154 
4155     if (Result.getActiveBits() > 64 || Result.getZExtValue() >= numElements*2)
4156       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
4157                             diag::err_shufflevector_argument_too_large)
4158                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
4159   }
4160 
4161   SmallVector<Expr*, 32> exprs;
4162 
4163   for (unsigned i = 0, e = TheCall->getNumArgs(); i != e; i++) {
4164     exprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(i));
4165     TheCall->setArg(i, nullptr);
4166   }
4167 
4168   return new (Context) ShuffleVectorExpr(Context, exprs, resType,
4169                                          TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
4170                                          TheCall->getRParenLoc());
4171 }
4172 
4173 /// SemaConvertVectorExpr - Handle __builtin_convertvector
4174 ExprResult Sema::SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4175                                        SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4176                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4177   ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
4178   ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
4179   QualType DstTy = TInfo->getType();
4180   QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
4181 
4182   if (!SrcTy->isVectorType() && !SrcTy->isDependentType())
4183     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
4184                           diag::err_convertvector_non_vector)
4185                      << E->getSourceRange());
4186   if (!DstTy->isVectorType() && !DstTy->isDependentType())
4187     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
4188                           diag::err_convertvector_non_vector_type));
4189 
4190   if (!SrcTy->isDependentType() && !DstTy->isDependentType()) {
4191     unsigned SrcElts = SrcTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
4192     unsigned DstElts = DstTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
4193     if (SrcElts != DstElts)
4194       return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
4195                             diag::err_convertvector_incompatible_vector)
4196                        << E->getSourceRange());
4197   }
4198 
4199   return new (Context)
4200       ConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
4201 }
4202 
4203 /// SemaBuiltinPrefetch - Handle __builtin_prefetch.
4204 // This is declared to take (const void*, ...) and can take two
4205 // optional constant int args.
4206 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4207   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
4208 
4209   if (NumArgs > 3)
4210     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
4211              diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
4212              << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
4213              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4214 
4215   // Argument 0 is checked for us and the remaining arguments must be
4216   // constant integers.
4217   for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs; ++i)
4218     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, 0, i == 1 ? 1 : 3))
4219       return true;
4220 
4221   return false;
4222 }
4223 
4224 /// SemaBuiltinAssume - Handle __assume (MS Extension).
4225 // __assume does not evaluate its arguments, and should warn if its argument
4226 // has side effects.
4227 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4228   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
4229   if (Arg->isInstantiationDependent()) return false;
4230 
4231   if (Arg->HasSideEffects(Context))
4232     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::warn_assume_side_effects)
4233       << Arg->getSourceRange()
4234       << cast<FunctionDecl>(TheCall->getCalleeDecl())->getIdentifier();
4235 
4236   return false;
4237 }
4238 
4239 /// Handle __builtin_alloca_with_align. This is declared
4240 /// as (size_t, size_t) where the second size_t must be a power of 2 greater
4241 /// than 8.
4242 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4243   // The alignment must be a constant integer.
4244   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
4245 
4246   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
4247   if (!Arg->isTypeDependent() && !Arg->isValueDependent()) {
4248     if (const auto *UE =
4249             dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
4250       if (UE->getKind() == UETT_AlignOf)
4251         Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::warn_alloca_align_alignof)
4252           << Arg->getSourceRange();
4253 
4254     llvm::APSInt Result = Arg->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Context);
4255 
4256     if (!Result.isPowerOf2())
4257       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
4258                   diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two)
4259            << Arg->getSourceRange();
4260 
4261     if (Result < Context.getCharWidth())
4262       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_alignment_too_small)
4263            << (unsigned)Context.getCharWidth()
4264            << Arg->getSourceRange();
4265 
4266     if (Result > INT32_MAX)
4267       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_alignment_too_big)
4268            << INT32_MAX
4269            << Arg->getSourceRange();
4270   }
4271 
4272   return false;
4273 }
4274 
4275 /// Handle __builtin_assume_aligned. This is declared
4276 /// as (const void*, size_t, ...) and can take one optional constant int arg.
4277 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4278   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
4279 
4280   if (NumArgs > 3)
4281     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
4282              diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
4283              << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
4284              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4285 
4286   // The alignment must be a constant integer.
4287   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
4288 
4289   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
4290   if (!Arg->isTypeDependent() && !Arg->isValueDependent()) {
4291     llvm::APSInt Result;
4292     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
4293       return true;
4294 
4295     if (!Result.isPowerOf2())
4296       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
4297                   diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two)
4298            << Arg->getSourceRange();
4299   }
4300 
4301   if (NumArgs > 2) {
4302     ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(2));
4303     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
4304       Context.getSizeType(), false);
4305     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
4306     if (Arg.isInvalid()) return true;
4307     TheCall->setArg(2, Arg.get());
4308   }
4309 
4310   return false;
4311 }
4312 
4313 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4314   unsigned BuiltinID =
4315       cast<FunctionDecl>(TheCall->getCalleeDecl())->getBuiltinID();
4316   bool IsSizeCall = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format_buffer_size;
4317 
4318   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
4319   unsigned NumRequiredArgs = IsSizeCall ? 1 : 2;
4320   if (NumArgs < NumRequiredArgs) {
4321     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
4322            << 0 /* function call */ << NumRequiredArgs << NumArgs
4323            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4324   }
4325   if (NumArgs >= NumRequiredArgs + 0x100) {
4326     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
4327                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
4328            << 0 /* function call */ << (NumRequiredArgs + 0xff) << NumArgs
4329            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4330   }
4331   unsigned i = 0;
4332 
4333   // For formatting call, check buffer arg.
4334   if (!IsSizeCall) {
4335     ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(i));
4336     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
4337         Context, Context.VoidPtrTy, false);
4338     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
4339     if (Arg.isInvalid())
4340       return true;
4341     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
4342     i++;
4343   }
4344 
4345   // Check string literal arg.
4346   unsigned FormatIdx = i;
4347   {
4348     ExprResult Arg = CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(TheCall->getArg(i));
4349     if (Arg.isInvalid())
4350       return true;
4351     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
4352     i++;
4353   }
4354 
4355   // Make sure variadic args are scalar.
4356   unsigned FirstDataArg = i;
4357   while (i < NumArgs) {
4358     ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(
4359         TheCall->getArg(i), VariadicFunction, nullptr);
4360     if (Arg.isInvalid())
4361       return true;
4362     CharUnits ArgSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Arg.get()->getType());
4363     if (ArgSize.getQuantity() >= 0x100) {
4364       return Diag(Arg.get()->getLocEnd(), diag::err_os_log_argument_too_big)
4365              << i << (int)ArgSize.getQuantity() << 0xff
4366              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4367     }
4368     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
4369     i++;
4370   }
4371 
4372   // Check formatting specifiers. NOTE: We're only doing this for the non-size
4373   // call to avoid duplicate diagnostics.
4374   if (!IsSizeCall) {
4375     llvm::SmallBitVector CheckedVarArgs(NumArgs, false);
4376     ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs());
4377     bool Success = CheckFormatArguments(
4378         Args, /*HasVAListArg*/ false, FormatIdx, FirstDataArg, FST_OSLog,
4379         VariadicFunction, TheCall->getLocStart(), SourceRange(),
4380         CheckedVarArgs);
4381     if (!Success)
4382       return true;
4383   }
4384 
4385   if (IsSizeCall) {
4386     TheCall->setType(Context.getSizeType());
4387   } else {
4388     TheCall->setType(Context.VoidPtrTy);
4389   }
4390   return false;
4391 }
4392 
4393 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4394 /// TheCall is a constant expression.
4395 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
4396                                   llvm::APSInt &Result) {
4397   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4398   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
4399   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
4400 
4401   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) return false;
4402 
4403   if (!Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
4404     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_constant_integer_arg_type)
4405                 << FDecl->getDeclName() <<  Arg->getSourceRange();
4406 
4407   return false;
4408 }
4409 
4410 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4411 /// TheCall is a constant expression in the range [Low, High].
4412 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
4413                                        int Low, int High) {
4414   llvm::APSInt Result;
4415 
4416   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
4417   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4418   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
4419     return false;
4420 
4421   // Check constant-ness first.
4422   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
4423     return true;
4424 
4425   if (Result.getSExtValue() < Low || Result.getSExtValue() > High)
4426     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
4427       << Low << High << Arg->getSourceRange();
4428 
4429   return false;
4430 }
4431 
4432 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4433 /// TheCall is a constant expression is a multiple of Num..
4434 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
4435                                           unsigned Num) {
4436   llvm::APSInt Result;
4437 
4438   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
4439   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4440   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
4441     return false;
4442 
4443   // Check constant-ness first.
4444   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
4445     return true;
4446 
4447   if (Result.getSExtValue() % Num != 0)
4448     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_not_multiple)
4449       << Num << Arg->getSourceRange();
4450 
4451   return false;
4452 }
4453 
4454 /// SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4455 /// TheCall is an ARM/AArch64 special register string literal.
4456 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
4457                                     int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum,
4458                                     bool AllowName) {
4459   bool IsARMBuiltin = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
4460                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64 ||
4461                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
4462                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
4463                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
4464                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp;
4465   bool IsAArch64Builtin = BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
4466                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64 ||
4467                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
4468                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
4469                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
4470                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp;
4471   assert((IsARMBuiltin || IsAArch64Builtin) && "Unexpected ARM builtin.");
4472 
4473   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
4474   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4475   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
4476     return false;
4477 
4478   // Check if the argument is a string literal.
4479   if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
4480     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_expr_not_string_literal)
4481            << Arg->getSourceRange();
4482 
4483   // Check the type of special register given.
4484   StringRef Reg = cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())->getString();
4485   SmallVector<StringRef, 6> Fields;
4486   Reg.split(Fields, ":");
4487 
4488   if (Fields.size() != ExpectedFieldNum && !(AllowName && Fields.size() == 1))
4489     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_arm_invalid_specialreg)
4490            << Arg->getSourceRange();
4491 
4492   // If the string is the name of a register then we cannot check that it is
4493   // valid here but if the string is of one the forms described in ACLE then we
4494   // can check that the supplied fields are integers and within the valid
4495   // ranges.
4496   if (Fields.size() > 1) {
4497     bool FiveFields = Fields.size() == 5;
4498 
4499     bool ValidString = true;
4500     if (IsARMBuiltin) {
4501       ValidString &= Fields[0].startswith_lower("cp") ||
4502                      Fields[0].startswith_lower("p");
4503       if (ValidString)
4504         Fields[0] =
4505           Fields[0].drop_front(Fields[0].startswith_lower("cp") ? 2 : 1);
4506 
4507       ValidString &= Fields[2].startswith_lower("c");
4508       if (ValidString)
4509         Fields[2] = Fields[2].drop_front(1);
4510 
4511       if (FiveFields) {
4512         ValidString &= Fields[3].startswith_lower("c");
4513         if (ValidString)
4514           Fields[3] = Fields[3].drop_front(1);
4515       }
4516     }
4517 
4518     SmallVector<int, 5> Ranges;
4519     if (FiveFields)
4520       Ranges.append({IsAArch64Builtin ? 1 : 15, 7, 15, 15, 7});
4521     else
4522       Ranges.append({15, 7, 15});
4523 
4524     for (unsigned i=0; i<Fields.size(); ++i) {
4525       int IntField;
4526       ValidString &= !Fields[i].getAsInteger(10, IntField);
4527       ValidString &= (IntField >= 0 && IntField <= Ranges[i]);
4528     }
4529 
4530     if (!ValidString)
4531       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_arm_invalid_specialreg)
4532              << Arg->getSourceRange();
4533 
4534   } else if (IsAArch64Builtin && Fields.size() == 1) {
4535     // If the register name is one of those that appear in the condition below
4536     // and the special register builtin being used is one of the write builtins,
4537     // then we require that the argument provided for writing to the register
4538     // is an integer constant expression. This is because it will be lowered to
4539     // an MSR (immediate) instruction, so we need to know the immediate at
4540     // compile time.
4541     if (TheCall->getNumArgs() != 2)
4542       return false;
4543 
4544     std::string RegLower = Reg.lower();
4545     if (RegLower != "spsel" && RegLower != "daifset" && RegLower != "daifclr" &&
4546         RegLower != "pan" && RegLower != "uao")
4547       return false;
4548 
4549     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 15);
4550   }
4551 
4552   return false;
4553 }
4554 
4555 /// SemaBuiltinLongjmp - Handle __builtin_longjmp(void *env[5], int val).
4556 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_longjmp and
4557 /// that val is a constant 1.
4558 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4559   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasSjLjLowering())
4560     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_unsupported)
4561              << SourceRange(TheCall->getLocStart(), TheCall->getLocEnd());
4562 
4563   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
4564   llvm::APSInt Result;
4565 
4566   // TODO: This is less than ideal. Overload this to take a value.
4567   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
4568     return true;
4569 
4570   if (Result != 1)
4571     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val)
4572              << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
4573 
4574   return false;
4575 }
4576 
4577 /// SemaBuiltinSetjmp - Handle __builtin_setjmp(void *env[5]).
4578 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_setjmp.
4579 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4580   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasSjLjLowering())
4581     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_setjmp_unsupported)
4582              << SourceRange(TheCall->getLocStart(), TheCall->getLocEnd());
4583   return false;
4584 }
4585 
4586 namespace {
4587 class UncoveredArgHandler {
4588   enum { Unknown = -1, AllCovered = -2 };
4589   signed FirstUncoveredArg;
4590   SmallVector<const Expr *, 4> DiagnosticExprs;
4591 
4592 public:
4593   UncoveredArgHandler() : FirstUncoveredArg(Unknown) { }
4594 
4595   bool hasUncoveredArg() const {
4596     return (FirstUncoveredArg >= 0);
4597   }
4598 
4599   unsigned getUncoveredArg() const {
4600     assert(hasUncoveredArg() && "no uncovered argument");
4601     return FirstUncoveredArg;
4602   }
4603 
4604   void setAllCovered() {
4605     // A string has been found with all arguments covered, so clear out
4606     // the diagnostics.
4607     DiagnosticExprs.clear();
4608     FirstUncoveredArg = AllCovered;
4609   }
4610 
4611   void Update(signed NewFirstUncoveredArg, const Expr *StrExpr) {
4612     assert(NewFirstUncoveredArg >= 0 && "Outside range");
4613 
4614     // Don't update if a previous string covers all arguments.
4615     if (FirstUncoveredArg == AllCovered)
4616       return;
4617 
4618     // UncoveredArgHandler tracks the highest uncovered argument index
4619     // and with it all the strings that match this index.
4620     if (NewFirstUncoveredArg == FirstUncoveredArg)
4621       DiagnosticExprs.push_back(StrExpr);
4622     else if (NewFirstUncoveredArg > FirstUncoveredArg) {
4623       DiagnosticExprs.clear();
4624       DiagnosticExprs.push_back(StrExpr);
4625       FirstUncoveredArg = NewFirstUncoveredArg;
4626     }
4627   }
4628 
4629   void Diagnose(Sema &S, bool IsFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgExpr);
4630 };
4631 
4632 enum StringLiteralCheckType {
4633   SLCT_NotALiteral,
4634   SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
4635   SLCT_CheckedLiteral
4636 };
4637 } // end anonymous namespace
4638 
4639 static void sumOffsets(llvm::APSInt &Offset, llvm::APSInt Addend,
4640                                      BinaryOperatorKind BinOpKind,
4641                                      bool AddendIsRight) {
4642   unsigned BitWidth = Offset.getBitWidth();
4643   unsigned AddendBitWidth = Addend.getBitWidth();
4644   // There might be negative interim results.
4645   if (Addend.isUnsigned()) {
4646     Addend = Addend.zext(++AddendBitWidth);
4647     Addend.setIsSigned(true);
4648   }
4649   // Adjust the bit width of the APSInts.
4650   if (AddendBitWidth > BitWidth) {
4651     Offset = Offset.sext(AddendBitWidth);
4652     BitWidth = AddendBitWidth;
4653   } else if (BitWidth > AddendBitWidth) {
4654     Addend = Addend.sext(BitWidth);
4655   }
4656 
4657   bool Ov = false;
4658   llvm::APSInt ResOffset = Offset;
4659   if (BinOpKind == BO_Add)
4660     ResOffset = Offset.sadd_ov(Addend, Ov);
4661   else {
4662     assert(AddendIsRight && BinOpKind == BO_Sub &&
4663            "operator must be add or sub with addend on the right");
4664     ResOffset = Offset.ssub_ov(Addend, Ov);
4665   }
4666 
4667   // We add an offset to a pointer here so we should support an offset as big as
4668   // possible.
4669   if (Ov) {
4670     assert(BitWidth <= UINT_MAX / 2 && "index (intermediate) result too big");
4671     Offset = Offset.sext(2 * BitWidth);
4672     sumOffsets(Offset, Addend, BinOpKind, AddendIsRight);
4673     return;
4674   }
4675 
4676   Offset = ResOffset;
4677 }
4678 
4679 namespace {
4680 // This is a wrapper class around StringLiteral to support offsetted string
4681 // literals as format strings. It takes the offset into account when returning
4682 // the string and its length or the source locations to display notes correctly.
4683 class FormatStringLiteral {
4684   const StringLiteral *FExpr;
4685   int64_t Offset;
4686 
4687  public:
4688   FormatStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *fexpr, int64_t Offset = 0)
4689       : FExpr(fexpr), Offset(Offset) {}
4690 
4691   StringRef getString() const {
4692     return FExpr->getString().drop_front(Offset);
4693   }
4694 
4695   unsigned getByteLength() const {
4696     return FExpr->getByteLength() - getCharByteWidth() * Offset;
4697   }
4698   unsigned getLength() const { return FExpr->getLength() - Offset; }
4699   unsigned getCharByteWidth() const { return FExpr->getCharByteWidth(); }
4700 
4701   StringLiteral::StringKind getKind() const { return FExpr->getKind(); }
4702 
4703   QualType getType() const { return FExpr->getType(); }
4704 
4705   bool isAscii() const { return FExpr->isAscii(); }
4706   bool isWide() const { return FExpr->isWide(); }
4707   bool isUTF8() const { return FExpr->isUTF8(); }
4708   bool isUTF16() const { return FExpr->isUTF16(); }
4709   bool isUTF32() const { return FExpr->isUTF32(); }
4710   bool isPascal() const { return FExpr->isPascal(); }
4711 
4712   SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(
4713       unsigned ByteNo, const SourceManager &SM, const LangOptions &Features,
4714       const TargetInfo &Target, unsigned *StartToken = nullptr,
4715       unsigned *StartTokenByteOffset = nullptr) const {
4716     return FExpr->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo + Offset, SM, Features, Target,
4717                                     StartToken, StartTokenByteOffset);
4718   }
4719 
4720   SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
4721     return FExpr->getLocStart().getLocWithOffset(Offset);
4722   }
4723   SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return FExpr->getLocEnd(); }
4724 };
4725 }  // end anonymous namespace
4726 
4727 static void CheckFormatString(Sema &S, const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr,
4728                               const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
4729                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4730                               bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
4731                               unsigned firstDataArg,
4732                               Sema::FormatStringType Type,
4733                               bool inFunctionCall,
4734                               Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
4735                               llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
4736                               UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg);
4737 
4738 // Determine if an expression is a string literal or constant string.
4739 // If this function returns false on the arguments to a function expecting a
4740 // format string, we will usually need to emit a warning.
4741 // True string literals are then checked by CheckFormatString.
4742 static StringLiteralCheckType
4743 checkFormatStringExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *E, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4744                       bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
4745                       unsigned firstDataArg, Sema::FormatStringType Type,
4746                       Sema::VariadicCallType CallType, bool InFunctionCall,
4747                       llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
4748                       UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg,
4749                       llvm::APSInt Offset) {
4750  tryAgain:
4751   assert(Offset.isSigned() && "invalid offset");
4752 
4753   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4754     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4755 
4756   E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
4757 
4758   if (E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
4759     // Technically -Wformat-nonliteral does not warn about this case.
4760     // The behavior of printf and friends in this case is implementation
4761     // dependent.  Ideally if the format string cannot be null then
4762     // it should have a 'nonnull' attribute in the function prototype.
4763     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4764 
4765   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
4766   case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
4767   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
4768     // The expression is a literal if both sub-expressions were, and it was
4769     // completely checked only if both sub-expressions were checked.
4770     const AbstractConditionalOperator *C =
4771         cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E);
4772 
4773     // Determine whether it is necessary to check both sub-expressions, for
4774     // example, because the condition expression is a constant that can be
4775     // evaluated at compile time.
4776     bool CheckLeft = true, CheckRight = true;
4777 
4778     bool Cond;
4779     if (C->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Cond, S.getASTContext())) {
4780       if (Cond)
4781         CheckRight = false;
4782       else
4783         CheckLeft = false;
4784     }
4785 
4786     // We need to maintain the offsets for the right and the left hand side
4787     // separately to check if every possible indexed expression is a valid
4788     // string literal. They might have different offsets for different string
4789     // literals in the end.
4790     StringLiteralCheckType Left;
4791     if (!CheckLeft)
4792       Left = SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4793     else {
4794       Left = checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getTrueExpr(), Args,
4795                                    HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
4796                                    Type, CallType, InFunctionCall,
4797                                    CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset);
4798       if (Left == SLCT_NotALiteral || !CheckRight) {
4799         return Left;
4800       }
4801     }
4802 
4803     StringLiteralCheckType Right =
4804         checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getFalseExpr(), Args,
4805                               HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
4806                               Type, CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs,
4807                               UncoveredArg, Offset);
4808 
4809     return (CheckLeft && Left < Right) ? Left : Right;
4810   }
4811 
4812   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
4813     E = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
4814     goto tryAgain;
4815   }
4816 
4817   case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass:
4818     if (const Expr *src = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)->getSourceExpr()) {
4819       E = src;
4820       goto tryAgain;
4821     }
4822     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4823 
4824   case Stmt::PredefinedExprClass:
4825     // While __func__, etc., are technically not string literals, they
4826     // cannot contain format specifiers and thus are not a security
4827     // liability.
4828     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4829 
4830   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
4831     const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
4832 
4833     // As an exception, do not flag errors for variables binding to
4834     // const string literals.
4835     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
4836       bool isConstant = false;
4837       QualType T = DR->getType();
4838 
4839       if (const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4840         isConstant = AT->getElementType().isConstant(S.Context);
4841       } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4842         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context) &&
4843                      PT->getPointeeType().isConstant(S.Context);
4844       } else if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4845         // In ObjC, there is usually no "const ObjectPointer" type,
4846         // so don't check if the pointee type is constant.
4847         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context);
4848       }
4849 
4850       if (isConstant) {
4851         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer()) {
4852           // Look through initializers like const char c[] = { "foo" }
4853           if (const InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
4854             if (InitList->isStringLiteralInit())
4855               Init = InitList->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4856           }
4857           return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Init, Args,
4858                                        HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4859                                        firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
4860                                        /*InFunctionCall*/ false, CheckedVarArgs,
4861                                        UncoveredArg, Offset);
4862         }
4863       }
4864 
4865       // For vprintf* functions (i.e., HasVAListArg==true), we add a
4866       // special check to see if the format string is a function parameter
4867       // of the function calling the printf function.  If the function
4868       // has an attribute indicating it is a printf-like function, then we
4869       // should suppress warnings concerning non-literals being used in a call
4870       // to a vprintf function.  For example:
4871       //
4872       // void
4873       // logmessage(char const *fmt __attribute__ (format (printf, 1, 2)), ...){
4874       //      va_list ap;
4875       //      va_start(ap, fmt);
4876       //      vprintf(fmt, ap);  // Do NOT emit a warning about "fmt".
4877       //      ...
4878       // }
4879       if (HasVAListArg) {
4880         if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
4881           if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
4882             int PVIndex = PV->getFunctionScopeIndex() + 1;
4883             for (const auto *PVFormat : ND->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
4884               // adjust for implicit parameter
4885               if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
4886                 if (MD->isInstance())
4887                   ++PVIndex;
4888               // We also check if the formats are compatible.
4889               // We can't pass a 'scanf' string to a 'printf' function.
4890               if (PVIndex == PVFormat->getFormatIdx() &&
4891                   Type == S.GetFormatStringType(PVFormat))
4892                 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4893             }
4894           }
4895         }
4896       }
4897     }
4898 
4899     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4900   }
4901 
4902   case Stmt::CallExprClass:
4903   case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass: {
4904     const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E);
4905     if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) {
4906       if (const FormatArgAttr *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
4907         unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
4908         if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
4909           if (MD->isInstance())
4910             --ArgIndex;
4911         const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
4912 
4913         return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args,
4914                                      HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
4915                                      Type, CallType, InFunctionCall,
4916                                      CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset);
4917       } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
4918         unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID();
4919         if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
4920             BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString) {
4921           const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(0);
4922           return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args,
4923                                        HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4924                                        firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
4925                                        InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs,
4926                                        UncoveredArg, Offset);
4927         }
4928       }
4929     }
4930 
4931     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4932   }
4933   case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass: {
4934     const auto *ME = cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E);
4935     if (const auto *ND = ME->getMethodDecl()) {
4936       if (const auto *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
4937         unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
4938         const Expr *Arg = ME->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
4939         return checkFormatStringExpr(
4940             S, Arg, Args, HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg, Type,
4941             CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset);
4942       }
4943     }
4944 
4945     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4946   }
4947   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
4948   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: {
4949     const StringLiteral *StrE = nullptr;
4950 
4951     if (const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCFExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E))
4952       StrE = ObjCFExpr->getString();
4953     else
4954       StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4955 
4956     if (StrE) {
4957       if (Offset.isNegative() || Offset > StrE->getLength()) {
4958         // TODO: It would be better to have an explicit warning for out of
4959         // bounds literals.
4960         return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4961       }
4962       FormatStringLiteral FStr(StrE, Offset.sextOrTrunc(64).getSExtValue());
4963       CheckFormatString(S, &FStr, E, Args, HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4964                         firstDataArg, Type, InFunctionCall, CallType,
4965                         CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
4966       return SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
4967     }
4968 
4969     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4970   }
4971   case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
4972     llvm::APSInt LResult;
4973     llvm::APSInt RResult;
4974 
4975     const BinaryOperator *BinOp = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
4976 
4977     // A string literal + an int offset is still a string literal.
4978     if (BinOp->isAdditiveOp()) {
4979       bool LIsInt = BinOp->getLHS()->EvaluateAsInt(LResult, S.Context);
4980       bool RIsInt = BinOp->getRHS()->EvaluateAsInt(RResult, S.Context);
4981 
4982       if (LIsInt != RIsInt) {
4983         BinaryOperatorKind BinOpKind = BinOp->getOpcode();
4984 
4985         if (LIsInt) {
4986           if (BinOpKind == BO_Add) {
4987             sumOffsets(Offset, LResult, BinOpKind, RIsInt);
4988             E = BinOp->getRHS();
4989             goto tryAgain;
4990           }
4991         } else {
4992           sumOffsets(Offset, RResult, BinOpKind, RIsInt);
4993           E = BinOp->getLHS();
4994           goto tryAgain;
4995         }
4996       }
4997     }
4998 
4999     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
5000   }
5001   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5002     const UnaryOperator *UnaOp = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
5003     auto ASE = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(UnaOp->getSubExpr());
5004     if (UnaOp->getOpcode() == clang::UO_AddrOf && ASE) {
5005       llvm::APSInt IndexResult;
5006       if (ASE->getRHS()->EvaluateAsInt(IndexResult, S.Context)) {
5007         sumOffsets(Offset, IndexResult, BO_Add, /*RHS is int*/ true);
5008         E = ASE->getBase();
5009         goto tryAgain;
5010       }
5011     }
5012 
5013     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
5014   }
5015 
5016   default:
5017     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
5018   }
5019 }
5020 
5021 Sema::FormatStringType Sema::GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format) {
5022   return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatStringType>(Format->getType()->getName())
5023       .Case("scanf", FST_Scanf)
5024       .Cases("printf", "printf0", FST_Printf)
5025       .Cases("NSString", "CFString", FST_NSString)
5026       .Case("strftime", FST_Strftime)
5027       .Case("strfmon", FST_Strfmon)
5028       .Cases("kprintf", "cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", FST_Kprintf)
5029       .Case("freebsd_kprintf", FST_FreeBSDKPrintf)
5030       .Case("os_trace", FST_OSLog)
5031       .Case("os_log", FST_OSLog)
5032       .Default(FST_Unknown);
5033 }
5034 
5035 /// CheckFormatArguments - Check calls to printf and scanf (and similar
5036 /// functions) for correct use of format strings.
5037 /// Returns true if a format string has been fully checked.
5038 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
5039                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
5040                                 bool IsCXXMember,
5041                                 VariadicCallType CallType,
5042                                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5043                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
5044   FormatStringInfo FSI;
5045   if (getFormatStringInfo(Format, IsCXXMember, &FSI))
5046     return CheckFormatArguments(Args, FSI.HasVAListArg, FSI.FormatIdx,
5047                                 FSI.FirstDataArg, GetFormatStringType(Format),
5048                                 CallType, Loc, Range, CheckedVarArgs);
5049   return false;
5050 }
5051 
5052 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
5053                                 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
5054                                 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
5055                                 VariadicCallType CallType,
5056                                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5057                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
5058   // CHECK: printf/scanf-like function is called with no format string.
5059   if (format_idx >= Args.size()) {
5060     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_format_string) << Range;
5061     return false;
5062   }
5063 
5064   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr = Args[format_idx]->IgnoreParenCasts();
5065 
5066   // CHECK: format string is not a string literal.
5067   //
5068   // Dynamically generated format strings are difficult to
5069   // automatically vet at compile time.  Requiring that format strings
5070   // are string literals: (1) permits the checking of format strings by
5071   // the compiler and thereby (2) can practically remove the source of
5072   // many format string exploits.
5073 
5074   // Format string can be either ObjC string (e.g. @"%d") or
5075   // C string (e.g. "%d")
5076   // ObjC string uses the same format specifiers as C string, so we can use
5077   // the same format string checking logic for both ObjC and C strings.
5078   UncoveredArgHandler UncoveredArg;
5079   StringLiteralCheckType CT =
5080       checkFormatStringExpr(*this, OrigFormatExpr, Args, HasVAListArg,
5081                             format_idx, firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
5082                             /*IsFunctionCall*/ true, CheckedVarArgs,
5083                             UncoveredArg,
5084                             /*no string offset*/ llvm::APSInt(64, false) = 0);
5085 
5086   // Generate a diagnostic where an uncovered argument is detected.
5087   if (UncoveredArg.hasUncoveredArg()) {
5088     unsigned ArgIdx = UncoveredArg.getUncoveredArg() + firstDataArg;
5089     assert(ArgIdx < Args.size() && "ArgIdx outside bounds");
5090     UncoveredArg.Diagnose(*this, /*IsFunctionCall*/true, Args[ArgIdx]);
5091   }
5092 
5093   if (CT != SLCT_NotALiteral)
5094     // Literal format string found, check done!
5095     return CT == SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
5096 
5097   // Strftime is particular as it always uses a single 'time' argument,
5098   // so it is safe to pass a non-literal string.
5099   if (Type == FST_Strftime)
5100     return false;
5101 
5102   // Do not emit diag when the string param is a macro expansion and the
5103   // format is either NSString or CFString. This is a hack to prevent
5104   // diag when using the NSLocalizedString and CFCopyLocalizedString macros
5105   // which are usually used in place of NS and CF string literals.
5106   SourceLocation FormatLoc = Args[format_idx]->getLocStart();
5107   if (Type == FST_NSString && SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(FormatLoc))
5108     return false;
5109 
5110   // If there are no arguments specified, warn with -Wformat-security, otherwise
5111   // warn only with -Wformat-nonliteral.
5112   if (Args.size() == firstDataArg) {
5113     Diag(FormatLoc, diag::warn_format_nonliteral_noargs)
5114       << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
5115     switch (Type) {
5116     default:
5117       break;
5118     case FST_Kprintf:
5119     case FST_FreeBSDKPrintf:
5120     case FST_Printf:
5121       Diag(FormatLoc, diag::note_format_security_fixit)
5122         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FormatLoc, "\"%s\", ");
5123       break;
5124     case FST_NSString:
5125       Diag(FormatLoc, diag::note_format_security_fixit)
5126         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FormatLoc, "@\"%@\", ");
5127       break;
5128     }
5129   } else {
5130     Diag(FormatLoc, diag::warn_format_nonliteral)
5131       << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
5132   }
5133   return false;
5134 }
5135 
5136 namespace {
5137 class CheckFormatHandler : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler {
5138 protected:
5139   Sema &S;
5140   const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr;
5141   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr;
5142   const Sema::FormatStringType FSType;
5143   const unsigned FirstDataArg;
5144   const unsigned NumDataArgs;
5145   const char *Beg; // Start of format string.
5146   const bool HasVAListArg;
5147   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args;
5148   unsigned FormatIdx;
5149   llvm::SmallBitVector CoveredArgs;
5150   bool usesPositionalArgs;
5151   bool atFirstArg;
5152   bool inFunctionCall;
5153   Sema::VariadicCallType CallType;
5154   llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs;
5155   UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg;
5156 
5157 public:
5158   CheckFormatHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
5159                      const Expr *origFormatExpr,
5160                      const Sema::FormatStringType type, unsigned firstDataArg,
5161                      unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
5162                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, unsigned formatIdx,
5163                      bool inFunctionCall, Sema::VariadicCallType callType,
5164                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
5165                      UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
5166       : S(s), FExpr(fexpr), OrigFormatExpr(origFormatExpr), FSType(type),
5167         FirstDataArg(firstDataArg), NumDataArgs(numDataArgs), Beg(beg),
5168         HasVAListArg(hasVAListArg), Args(Args), FormatIdx(formatIdx),
5169         usesPositionalArgs(false), atFirstArg(true),
5170         inFunctionCall(inFunctionCall), CallType(callType),
5171         CheckedVarArgs(CheckedVarArgs), UncoveredArg(UncoveredArg) {
5172     CoveredArgs.resize(numDataArgs);
5173     CoveredArgs.reset();
5174   }
5175 
5176   void DoneProcessing();
5177 
5178   void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
5179                                  unsigned specifierLen) override;
5180 
5181   void HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
5182                            const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
5183                            const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
5184                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
5185                            unsigned DiagID);
5186 
5187   void HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
5188                     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
5189                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5190 
5191   void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
5192                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
5193                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5194 
5195   void HandlePosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override;
5196 
5197   void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startSpecifier,
5198                              unsigned specifierLen,
5199                              analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) override;
5200 
5201   void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override;
5202 
5203   void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) override;
5204 
5205   template <typename Range>
5206   static void
5207   EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool inFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
5208                        const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
5209                        bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
5210                        ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
5211 
5212 protected:
5213   bool HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, SourceLocation Loc,
5214                                         const char *startSpec,
5215                                         unsigned specifierLen,
5216                                         const char *csStart, unsigned csLen);
5217 
5218   void HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
5219                                          const char *startSpec,
5220                                          unsigned specifierLen);
5221 
5222   SourceRange getFormatStringRange();
5223   CharSourceRange getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier,
5224                                     unsigned specifierLen);
5225   SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(const char *x);
5226 
5227   const Expr *getDataArg(unsigned i) const;
5228 
5229   bool CheckNumArgs(const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
5230                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
5231                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
5232                     unsigned argIndex);
5233 
5234   template <typename Range>
5235   void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
5236                             bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
5237                             ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
5238 };
5239 } // end anonymous namespace
5240 
5241 SourceRange CheckFormatHandler::getFormatStringRange() {
5242   return OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
5243 }
5244 
5245 CharSourceRange CheckFormatHandler::
5246 getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
5247   SourceLocation Start = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier);
5248   SourceLocation End   = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier + specifierLen - 1);
5249 
5250   // Advance the end SourceLocation by one due to half-open ranges.
5251   End = End.getLocWithOffset(1);
5252 
5253   return CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Start, End);
5254 }
5255 
5256 SourceLocation CheckFormatHandler::getLocationOfByte(const char *x) {
5257   return FExpr->getLocationOfByte(x - Beg, S.getSourceManager(),
5258                                   S.getLangOpts(), S.Context.getTargetInfo());
5259 }
5260 
5261 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
5262                                                    unsigned specifierLen){
5263   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_incomplete_specifier),
5264                        getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
5265                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5266                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5267 }
5268 
5269 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
5270     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
5271     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
5272     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID) {
5273   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5274 
5275   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
5276   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
5277 
5278   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
5279   Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
5280   if (FixedLM) {
5281     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
5282                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
5283                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5284                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5285 
5286     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
5287       << FixedLM->toString()
5288       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
5289 
5290   } else {
5291     FixItHint Hint;
5292     if (DiagID == diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
5293       Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LMRange);
5294 
5295     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
5296                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
5297                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5298                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5299                          Hint);
5300   }
5301 }
5302 
5303 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
5304     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
5305     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
5306   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5307 
5308   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
5309   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
5310 
5311   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
5312   Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
5313   if (FixedLM) {
5314     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
5315                            << LM.toString() << 0,
5316                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
5317                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5318                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5319 
5320     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
5321       << FixedLM->toString()
5322       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
5323 
5324   } else {
5325     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
5326                            << LM.toString() << 0,
5327                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
5328                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5329                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5330   }
5331 }
5332 
5333 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
5334     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
5335     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
5336   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5337 
5338   // See if we know how to fix this conversion specifier.
5339   Optional<ConversionSpecifier> FixedCS = CS.getStandardSpecifier();
5340   if (FixedCS) {
5341     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
5342                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
5343                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5344                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5345                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5346 
5347     CharSourceRange CSRange = getSpecifierRange(CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
5348     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
5349       << FixedCS->toString()
5350       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CSRange, FixedCS->toString());
5351   } else {
5352     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
5353                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
5354                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5355                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5356                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5357   }
5358 }
5359 
5360 void CheckFormatHandler::HandlePosition(const char *startPos,
5361                                         unsigned posLen) {
5362   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_positional_arg),
5363                                getLocationOfByte(startPos),
5364                                /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5365                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
5366 }
5367 
5368 void
5369 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen,
5370                                      analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) {
5371   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier)
5372                          << (unsigned) p,
5373                        getLocationOfByte(startPos), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5374                        getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
5375 }
5376 
5377 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos,
5378                                             unsigned posLen) {
5379   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_zero_positional_specifier),
5380                                getLocationOfByte(startPos),
5381                                /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5382                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
5383 }
5384 
5385 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) {
5386   if (!isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr)) {
5387     // The presence of a null character is likely an error.
5388     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5389       S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char),
5390       getLocationOfByte(nullCharacter), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5391       getFormatStringRange());
5392   }
5393 }
5394 
5395 // Note that this may return NULL if there was an error parsing or building
5396 // one of the argument expressions.
5397 const Expr *CheckFormatHandler::getDataArg(unsigned i) const {
5398   return Args[FirstDataArg + i];
5399 }
5400 
5401 void CheckFormatHandler::DoneProcessing() {
5402   // Does the number of data arguments exceed the number of
5403   // format conversions in the format string?
5404   if (!HasVAListArg) {
5405       // Find any arguments that weren't covered.
5406     CoveredArgs.flip();
5407     signed notCoveredArg = CoveredArgs.find_first();
5408     if (notCoveredArg >= 0) {
5409       assert((unsigned)notCoveredArg < NumDataArgs);
5410       UncoveredArg.Update(notCoveredArg, OrigFormatExpr);
5411     } else {
5412       UncoveredArg.setAllCovered();
5413     }
5414   }
5415 }
5416 
5417 void UncoveredArgHandler::Diagnose(Sema &S, bool IsFunctionCall,
5418                                    const Expr *ArgExpr) {
5419   assert(hasUncoveredArg() && DiagnosticExprs.size() > 0 &&
5420          "Invalid state");
5421 
5422   if (!ArgExpr)
5423     return;
5424 
5425   SourceLocation Loc = ArgExpr->getLocStart();
5426 
5427   if (S.getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(Loc))
5428     return;
5429 
5430   PartialDiagnostic PDiag = S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_data_arg_not_used);
5431   for (auto E : DiagnosticExprs)
5432     PDiag << E->getSourceRange();
5433 
5434   CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5435                                   S, IsFunctionCall, DiagnosticExprs[0],
5436                                   PDiag, Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5437                                   DiagnosticExprs[0]->getSourceRange());
5438 }
5439 
5440 bool
5441 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex,
5442                                                      SourceLocation Loc,
5443                                                      const char *startSpec,
5444                                                      unsigned specifierLen,
5445                                                      const char *csStart,
5446                                                      unsigned csLen) {
5447   bool keepGoing = true;
5448   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
5449     // Consider the argument coverered, even though the specifier doesn't
5450     // make sense.
5451     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5452   }
5453   else {
5454     // If argIndex exceeds the number of data arguments we
5455     // don't issue a warning because that is just a cascade of warnings (and
5456     // they may have intended '%%' anyway). We don't want to continue processing
5457     // the format string after this point, however, as we will like just get
5458     // gibberish when trying to match arguments.
5459     keepGoing = false;
5460   }
5461 
5462   StringRef Specifier(csStart, csLen);
5463 
5464   // If the specifier in non-printable, it could be the first byte of a UTF-8
5465   // sequence. In that case, print the UTF-8 code point. If not, print the byte
5466   // hex value.
5467   std::string CodePointStr;
5468   if (!llvm::sys::locale::isPrint(*csStart)) {
5469     llvm::UTF32 CodePoint;
5470     const llvm::UTF8 **B = reinterpret_cast<const llvm::UTF8 **>(&csStart);
5471     const llvm::UTF8 *E =
5472         reinterpret_cast<const llvm::UTF8 *>(csStart + csLen);
5473     llvm::ConversionResult Result =
5474         llvm::convertUTF8Sequence(B, E, &CodePoint, llvm::strictConversion);
5475 
5476     if (Result != llvm::conversionOK) {
5477       unsigned char FirstChar = *csStart;
5478       CodePoint = (llvm::UTF32)FirstChar;
5479     }
5480 
5481     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(CodePointStr);
5482     if (CodePoint < 256)
5483       OS << "\\x" << llvm::format("%02x", CodePoint);
5484     else if (CodePoint <= 0xFFFF)
5485       OS << "\\u" << llvm::format("%04x", CodePoint);
5486     else
5487       OS << "\\U" << llvm::format("%08x", CodePoint);
5488     OS.flush();
5489     Specifier = CodePointStr;
5490   }
5491 
5492   EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5493       S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_conversion) << Specifier, Loc,
5494       /*IsStringLocation*/ true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
5495 
5496   return keepGoing;
5497 }
5498 
5499 void
5500 CheckFormatHandler::HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
5501                                                       const char *startSpec,
5502                                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
5503   EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5504     S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args),
5505     Loc, /*isStringLoc*/true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
5506 }
5507 
5508 bool
5509 CheckFormatHandler::CheckNumArgs(
5510   const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
5511   const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
5512   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned argIndex) {
5513 
5514   if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
5515     PartialDiagnostic PDiag = FS.usesPositionalArg()
5516       ? (S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args)
5517            << (argIndex+1) << NumDataArgs)
5518       : S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_insufficient_data_args);
5519     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5520       PDiag, getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5521       getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5522 
5523     // Since more arguments than conversion tokens are given, by extension
5524     // all arguments are covered, so mark this as so.
5525     UncoveredArg.setAllCovered();
5526     return false;
5527   }
5528   return true;
5529 }
5530 
5531 template<typename Range>
5532 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
5533                                               SourceLocation Loc,
5534                                               bool IsStringLocation,
5535                                               Range StringRange,
5536                                               ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
5537   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S, inFunctionCall, Args[FormatIdx], PDiag,
5538                        Loc, IsStringLocation, StringRange, FixIt);
5539 }
5540 
5541 /// \brief If the format string is not within the funcion call, emit a note
5542 /// so that the function call and string are in diagnostic messages.
5543 ///
5544 /// \param InFunctionCall if true, the format string is within the function
5545 /// call and only one diagnostic message will be produced.  Otherwise, an
5546 /// extra note will be emitted pointing to location of the format string.
5547 ///
5548 /// \param ArgumentExpr the expression that is passed as the format string
5549 /// argument in the function call.  Used for getting locations when two
5550 /// diagnostics are emitted.
5551 ///
5552 /// \param PDiag the callee should already have provided any strings for the
5553 /// diagnostic message.  This function only adds locations and fixits
5554 /// to diagnostics.
5555 ///
5556 /// \param Loc primary location for diagnostic.  If two diagnostics are
5557 /// required, one will be at Loc and a new SourceLocation will be created for
5558 /// the other one.
5559 ///
5560 /// \param IsStringLocation if true, Loc points to the format string should be
5561 /// used for the note.  Otherwise, Loc points to the argument list and will
5562 /// be used with PDiag.
5563 ///
5564 /// \param StringRange some or all of the string to highlight.  This is
5565 /// templated so it can accept either a CharSourceRange or a SourceRange.
5566 ///
5567 /// \param FixIt optional fix it hint for the format string.
5568 template <typename Range>
5569 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5570     Sema &S, bool InFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
5571     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsStringLocation,
5572     Range StringRange, ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
5573   if (InFunctionCall) {
5574     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &D = S.Diag(Loc, PDiag);
5575     D << StringRange;
5576     D << FixIt;
5577   } else {
5578     S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc() : Loc, PDiag)
5579       << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange();
5580 
5581     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Note =
5582       S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? Loc : StringRange.getBegin(),
5583              diag::note_format_string_defined);
5584 
5585     Note << StringRange;
5586     Note << FixIt;
5587   }
5588 }
5589 
5590 //===--- CHECK: Printf format string checking ------------------------------===//
5591 
5592 namespace {
5593 class CheckPrintfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
5594 public:
5595   CheckPrintfHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
5596                      const Expr *origFormatExpr,
5597                      const Sema::FormatStringType type, unsigned firstDataArg,
5598                      unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjC, const char *beg,
5599                      bool hasVAListArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
5600                      unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
5601                      Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
5602                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
5603                      UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
5604       : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, type, firstDataArg,
5605                            numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args, formatIdx,
5606                            inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
5607                            UncoveredArg) {}
5608 
5609   bool isObjCContext() const { return FSType == Sema::FST_NSString; }
5610 
5611   /// Returns true if '%@' specifiers are allowed in the format string.
5612   bool allowsObjCArg() const {
5613     return FSType == Sema::FST_NSString || FSType == Sema::FST_OSLog ||
5614            FSType == Sema::FST_OSTrace;
5615   }
5616 
5617   bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
5618                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5619                                       const char *startSpecifier,
5620                                       unsigned specifierLen) override;
5621 
5622   bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5623                              const char *startSpecifier,
5624                              unsigned specifierLen) override;
5625   bool checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5626                        const char *StartSpecifier,
5627                        unsigned SpecifierLen,
5628                        const Expr *E);
5629 
5630   bool HandleAmount(const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k,
5631                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5632   void HandleInvalidAmount(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5633                            const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
5634                            unsigned type,
5635                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5636   void HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5637                   const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5638                   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5639   void HandleIgnoredFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5640                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
5641                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5642                          const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5643   bool checkForCStrMembers(const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT,
5644                            const Expr *E);
5645 
5646   void HandleEmptyObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5647                                    unsigned flagLen) override;
5648 
5649   void HandleInvalidObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5650                                             unsigned flagLen) override;
5651 
5652   void HandleObjCFlagsWithNonObjCConversion(const char *flagsStart,
5653                                            const char *flagsEnd,
5654                                            const char *conversionPosition)
5655                                              override;
5656 };
5657 } // end anonymous namespace
5658 
5659 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
5660                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5661                                       const char *startSpecifier,
5662                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
5663   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5664     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5665 
5666   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
5667                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5668                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5669                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
5670 }
5671 
5672 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleAmount(
5673                                const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt,
5674                                unsigned k, const char *startSpecifier,
5675                                unsigned specifierLen) {
5676   if (Amt.hasDataArgument()) {
5677     if (!HasVAListArg) {
5678       unsigned argIndex = Amt.getArgIndex();
5679       if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
5680         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg)
5681                                << k,
5682                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5683                              /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5684                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5685         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit
5686         // spurious errors.
5687         return false;
5688       }
5689 
5690       // Type check the data argument.  It should be an 'int'.
5691       // Although not in conformance with C99, we also allow the argument to be
5692       // an 'unsigned int' as that is a reasonably safe case.  GCC also
5693       // doesn't emit a warning for that case.
5694       CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5695       const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
5696       if (!Arg)
5697         return false;
5698 
5699       QualType T = Arg->getType();
5700 
5701       const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = Amt.getArgType(S.Context);
5702       assert(AT.isValid());
5703 
5704       if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, T)) {
5705         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type)
5706                                << k << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5707                                << T << Arg->getSourceRange(),
5708                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5709                              /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5710                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5711         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit
5712         // spurious errors.
5713         return false;
5714       }
5715     }
5716   }
5717   return true;
5718 }
5719 
5720 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidAmount(
5721                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5722                                       const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
5723                                       unsigned type,
5724                                       const char *startSpecifier,
5725                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
5726   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5727     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5728 
5729   FixItHint fixit =
5730     Amt.getHowSpecified() == analyze_printf::OptionalAmount::Constant
5731       ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
5732                                  Amt.getConstantLength()))
5733       : FixItHint();
5734 
5735   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount)
5736                          << type << CS.toString(),
5737                        getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5738                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5739                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5740                        fixit);
5741 }
5742 
5743 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5744                                     const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5745                                     const char *startSpecifier,
5746                                     unsigned specifierLen) {
5747   // Warn about pointless flag with a fixit removal.
5748   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5749     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5750   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_flag)
5751                          << flag.toString() << CS.toString(),
5752                        getLocationOfByte(flag.getPosition()),
5753                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5754                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5755                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5756                          getSpecifierRange(flag.getPosition(), 1)));
5757 }
5758 
5759 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleIgnoredFlag(
5760                                 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5761                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
5762                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5763                                 const char *startSpecifier,
5764                                 unsigned specifierLen) {
5765   // Warn about ignored flag with a fixit removal.
5766   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_ignored_flag)
5767                          << ignoredFlag.toString() << flag.toString(),
5768                        getLocationOfByte(ignoredFlag.getPosition()),
5769                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5770                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5771                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5772                          getSpecifierRange(ignoredFlag.getPosition(), 1)));
5773 }
5774 
5775 //  void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
5776 //                            bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
5777 //                            ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
5778 
5779 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleEmptyObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5780                                                      unsigned flagLen) {
5781   // Warn about an empty flag.
5782   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_empty_objc_flag),
5783                        getLocationOfByte(startFlag),
5784                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5785                        getSpecifierRange(startFlag, flagLen));
5786 }
5787 
5788 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5789                                                        unsigned flagLen) {
5790   // Warn about an invalid flag.
5791   auto Range = getSpecifierRange(startFlag, flagLen);
5792   StringRef flag(startFlag, flagLen);
5793   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_invalid_objc_flag) << flag,
5794                       getLocationOfByte(startFlag),
5795                       /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5796                       Range, FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range));
5797 }
5798 
5799 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleObjCFlagsWithNonObjCConversion(
5800     const char *flagsStart, const char *flagsEnd, const char *conversionPosition) {
5801     // Warn about using '[...]' without a '@' conversion.
5802     auto Range = getSpecifierRange(flagsStart, flagsEnd - flagsStart + 1);
5803     auto diag = diag::warn_printf_ObjCflags_without_ObjCConversion;
5804     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag) << StringRef(conversionPosition, 1),
5805                          getLocationOfByte(conversionPosition),
5806                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5807                          Range, FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range));
5808 }
5809 
5810 // Determines if the specified is a C++ class or struct containing
5811 // a member with the specified name and kind (e.g. a CXXMethodDecl named
5812 // "c_str()").
5813 template<typename MemberKind>
5814 static llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1>
5815 CXXRecordMembersNamed(StringRef Name, Sema &S, QualType Ty) {
5816   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
5817   llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> Results;
5818 
5819   if (!RT)
5820     return Results;
5821   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
5822   if (!RD || !RD->getDefinition())
5823     return Results;
5824 
5825   LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get(Name), SourceLocation(),
5826                  Sema::LookupMemberName);
5827   R.suppressDiagnostics();
5828 
5829   // We just need to include all members of the right kind turned up by the
5830   // filter, at this point.
5831   if (S.LookupQualifiedName(R, RT->getDecl()))
5832     for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5833       NamedDecl *decl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
5834       if (MemberKind *FK = dyn_cast<MemberKind>(decl))
5835         Results.insert(FK);
5836     }
5837   return Results;
5838 }
5839 
5840 /// Check if we could call '.c_str()' on an object.
5841 ///
5842 /// FIXME: This returns the wrong results in some cases (if cv-qualifiers don't
5843 /// allow the call, or if it would be ambiguous).
5844 bool Sema::hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E) {
5845   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
5846   MethodSet Results =
5847       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", *this, E->getType());
5848   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
5849        MI != ME; ++MI)
5850     if ((*MI)->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0)
5851       return true;
5852   return false;
5853 }
5854 
5855 // Check if a (w)string was passed when a (w)char* was needed, and offer a
5856 // better diagnostic if so. AT is assumed to be valid.
5857 // Returns true when a c_str() conversion method is found.
5858 bool CheckPrintfHandler::checkForCStrMembers(
5859     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT, const Expr *E) {
5860   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
5861 
5862   MethodSet Results =
5863       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", S, E->getType());
5864 
5865   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
5866        MI != ME; ++MI) {
5867     const CXXMethodDecl *Method = *MI;
5868     if (Method->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0 &&
5869         AT.matchesType(S.Context, Method->getReturnType())) {
5870       // FIXME: Suggest parens if the expression needs them.
5871       SourceLocation EndLoc = S.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
5872       S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_printf_c_str)
5873           << "c_str()"
5874           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ".c_str()");
5875       return true;
5876     }
5877   }
5878 
5879   return false;
5880 }
5881 
5882 bool
5883 CheckPrintfHandler::HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier
5884                                             &FS,
5885                                           const char *startSpecifier,
5886                                           unsigned specifierLen) {
5887   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5888   using namespace analyze_printf;
5889   const PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5890 
5891   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
5892     if (atFirstArg) {
5893         atFirstArg = false;
5894         usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
5895     }
5896     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
5897       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5898                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5899       return false;
5900     }
5901   }
5902 
5903   // First check if the field width, precision, and conversion specifier
5904   // have matching data arguments.
5905   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
5906                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
5907     return false;
5908   }
5909 
5910   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
5911                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
5912     return false;
5913   }
5914 
5915   if (!CS.consumesDataArgument()) {
5916     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
5917     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point.
5918     return true;
5919   }
5920 
5921   // Consume the argument.
5922   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
5923   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
5924     // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
5925     // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
5926     // function if we encounter some other error.
5927     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5928   }
5929 
5930   // FreeBSD kernel extensions.
5931   if (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDbArg ||
5932       CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDDArg) {
5933     // We need at least two arguments.
5934     if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex + 1))
5935       return false;
5936 
5937     // Claim the second argument.
5938     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex + 1);
5939 
5940     // Type check the first argument (int for %b, pointer for %D)
5941     const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
5942     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT =
5943       (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDbArg) ?
5944         ArgType(S.Context.IntTy) : ArgType::CPointerTy;
5945     if (AT.isValid() && !AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
5946       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5947         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
5948         << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
5949         << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
5950         Ex->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5951         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5952 
5953     // Type check the second argument (char * for both %b and %D)
5954     Ex = getDataArg(argIndex + 1);
5955     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT2 = ArgType::CStrTy;
5956     if (AT2.isValid() && !AT2.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
5957       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5958         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
5959         << AT2.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
5960         << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
5961         Ex->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5962         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5963 
5964      return true;
5965   }
5966 
5967   // Check for using an Objective-C specific conversion specifier
5968   // in a non-ObjC literal.
5969   if (!allowsObjCArg() && CS.isObjCArg()) {
5970     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
5971                                                   specifierLen);
5972   }
5973 
5974   // %P can only be used with os_log.
5975   if (FSType != Sema::FST_OSLog && CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::PArg) {
5976     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
5977                                                   specifierLen);
5978   }
5979 
5980   // %n is not allowed with os_log.
5981   if (FSType == Sema::FST_OSLog && CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::nArg) {
5982     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_os_log_format_narg),
5983                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5984                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5985                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5986 
5987     return true;
5988   }
5989 
5990   // Only scalars are allowed for os_trace.
5991   if (FSType == Sema::FST_OSTrace &&
5992       (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::PArg ||
5993        CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::sArg ||
5994        CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::ObjCObjArg)) {
5995     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
5996                                                   specifierLen);
5997   }
5998 
5999   // Check for use of public/private annotation outside of os_log().
6000   if (FSType != Sema::FST_OSLog) {
6001     if (FS.isPublic().isSet()) {
6002       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_annotation)
6003                                << "public",
6004                            getLocationOfByte(FS.isPublic().getPosition()),
6005                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
6006                            getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6007     }
6008     if (FS.isPrivate().isSet()) {
6009       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_annotation)
6010                                << "private",
6011                            getLocationOfByte(FS.isPrivate().getPosition()),
6012                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
6013                            getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6014     }
6015   }
6016 
6017   // Check for invalid use of field width
6018   if (!FS.hasValidFieldWidth()) {
6019     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
6020         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6021   }
6022 
6023   // Check for invalid use of precision
6024   if (!FS.hasValidPrecision()) {
6025     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
6026         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6027   }
6028 
6029   // Precision is mandatory for %P specifier.
6030   if (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::PArg &&
6031       FS.getPrecision().getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::NotSpecified) {
6032     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_P_no_precision),
6033                          getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
6034                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
6035                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6036   }
6037 
6038   // Check each flag does not conflict with any other component.
6039   if (!FS.hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix())
6040     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasThousandsGrouping(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6041   if (!FS.hasValidLeadingZeros())
6042     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6043   if (!FS.hasValidPlusPrefix())
6044     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasPlusPrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6045   if (!FS.hasValidSpacePrefix())
6046     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6047   if (!FS.hasValidAlternativeForm())
6048     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasAlternativeForm(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6049   if (!FS.hasValidLeftJustified())
6050     HandleFlag(FS, FS.isLeftJustified(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6051 
6052   // Check that flags are not ignored by another flag
6053   if (FS.hasSpacePrefix() && FS.hasPlusPrefix()) // ' ' ignored by '+'
6054     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), FS.hasPlusPrefix(),
6055         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6056   if (FS.hasLeadingZeros() && FS.isLeftJustified()) // '0' ignored by '-'
6057     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), FS.isLeftJustified(),
6058             startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6059 
6060   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
6061   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
6062     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6063                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
6064   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
6065     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6066   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
6067     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6068                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
6069 
6070   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
6071     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6072 
6073   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
6074   if (HasVAListArg)
6075     return true;
6076 
6077   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
6078     return false;
6079 
6080   const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
6081   if (!Arg)
6082     return true;
6083 
6084   return checkFormatExpr(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, Arg);
6085 }
6086 
6087 static bool requiresParensToAddCast(const Expr *E) {
6088   // FIXME: We should have a general way to reason about operator
6089   // precedence and whether parens are actually needed here.
6090   // Take care of a few common cases where they aren't.
6091   const Expr *Inside = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
6092   if (const PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(Inside))
6093     Inside = POE->getSyntacticForm()->IgnoreImpCasts();
6094 
6095   switch (Inside->getStmtClass()) {
6096   case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass:
6097   case Stmt::CallExprClass:
6098   case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
6099   case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
6100   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
6101   case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
6102   case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
6103   case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
6104   case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
6105   case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
6106   case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
6107   case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
6108   case Stmt::ObjCEncodeExprClass:
6109   case Stmt::ObjCIvarRefExprClass:
6110   case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass:
6111   case Stmt::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass:
6112   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
6113   case Stmt::ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass:
6114   case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
6115   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass:
6116   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass:
6117     return false;
6118   default:
6119     return true;
6120   }
6121 }
6122 
6123 static std::pair<QualType, StringRef>
6124 shouldNotPrintDirectly(const ASTContext &Context,
6125                        QualType IntendedTy,
6126                        const Expr *E) {
6127   // Use a 'while' to peel off layers of typedefs.
6128   QualType TyTy = IntendedTy;
6129   while (const TypedefType *UserTy = TyTy->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
6130     StringRef Name = UserTy->getDecl()->getName();
6131     QualType CastTy = llvm::StringSwitch<QualType>(Name)
6132       .Case("CFIndex", Context.LongTy)
6133       .Case("NSInteger", Context.LongTy)
6134       .Case("NSUInteger", Context.UnsignedLongTy)
6135       .Case("SInt32", Context.IntTy)
6136       .Case("UInt32", Context.UnsignedIntTy)
6137       .Default(QualType());
6138 
6139     if (!CastTy.isNull())
6140       return std::make_pair(CastTy, Name);
6141 
6142     TyTy = UserTy->desugar();
6143   }
6144 
6145   // Strip parens if necessary.
6146   if (const ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
6147     return shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
6148                                   PE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
6149                                   PE->getSubExpr());
6150 
6151   // If this is a conditional expression, then its result type is constructed
6152   // via usual arithmetic conversions and thus there might be no necessary
6153   // typedef sugar there.  Recurse to operands to check for NSInteger &
6154   // Co. usage condition.
6155   if (const ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6156     QualType TrueTy, FalseTy;
6157     StringRef TrueName, FalseName;
6158 
6159     std::tie(TrueTy, TrueName) =
6160       shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
6161                              CO->getTrueExpr()->getType(),
6162                              CO->getTrueExpr());
6163     std::tie(FalseTy, FalseName) =
6164       shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
6165                              CO->getFalseExpr()->getType(),
6166                              CO->getFalseExpr());
6167 
6168     if (TrueTy == FalseTy)
6169       return std::make_pair(TrueTy, TrueName);
6170     else if (TrueTy.isNull())
6171       return std::make_pair(FalseTy, FalseName);
6172     else if (FalseTy.isNull())
6173       return std::make_pair(TrueTy, TrueName);
6174   }
6175 
6176   return std::make_pair(QualType(), StringRef());
6177 }
6178 
6179 bool
6180 CheckPrintfHandler::checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
6181                                     const char *StartSpecifier,
6182                                     unsigned SpecifierLen,
6183                                     const Expr *E) {
6184   using namespace analyze_format_string;
6185   using namespace analyze_printf;
6186   // Now type check the data expression that matches the
6187   // format specifier.
6188   const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context, isObjCContext());
6189   if (!AT.isValid())
6190     return true;
6191 
6192   QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
6193   while (const TypeOfExprType *TET = dyn_cast<TypeOfExprType>(ExprTy)) {
6194     ExprTy = TET->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType();
6195   }
6196 
6197   analyze_printf::ArgType::MatchKind match = AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy);
6198 
6199   if (match == analyze_printf::ArgType::Match) {
6200     return true;
6201   }
6202 
6203   // Look through argument promotions for our error message's reported type.
6204   // This includes the integral and floating promotions, but excludes array
6205   // and function pointer decay; seeing that an argument intended to be a
6206   // string has type 'char [6]' is probably more confusing than 'char *'.
6207   if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
6208     if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
6209         ICE->getCastKind() == CK_FloatingCast) {
6210       E = ICE->getSubExpr();
6211       ExprTy = E->getType();
6212 
6213       // Check if we didn't match because of an implicit cast from a 'char'
6214       // or 'short' to an 'int'.  This is done because printf is a varargs
6215       // function.
6216       if (ICE->getType() == S.Context.IntTy ||
6217           ICE->getType() == S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) {
6218         // All further checking is done on the subexpression.
6219         if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy))
6220           return true;
6221       }
6222     }
6223   } else if (const CharacterLiteral *CL = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(E)) {
6224     // Special case for 'a', which has type 'int' in C.
6225     // Note, however, that we do /not/ want to treat multibyte constants like
6226     // 'MooV' as characters! This form is deprecated but still exists.
6227     if (ExprTy == S.Context.IntTy)
6228       if (llvm::isUIntN(S.Context.getCharWidth(), CL->getValue()))
6229         ExprTy = S.Context.CharTy;
6230   }
6231 
6232   // Look through enums to their underlying type.
6233   bool IsEnum = false;
6234   if (auto EnumTy = ExprTy->getAs<EnumType>()) {
6235     ExprTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6236     IsEnum = true;
6237   }
6238 
6239   // %C in an Objective-C context prints a unichar, not a wchar_t.
6240   // If the argument is an integer of some kind, believe the %C and suggest
6241   // a cast instead of changing the conversion specifier.
6242   QualType IntendedTy = ExprTy;
6243   if (isObjCContext() &&
6244       FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::CArg) {
6245     if (ExprTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() &&
6246         !ExprTy->isCharType()) {
6247       // 'unichar' is defined as a typedef of unsigned short, but we should
6248       // prefer using the typedef if it is visible.
6249       IntendedTy = S.Context.UnsignedShortTy;
6250 
6251       // While we are here, check if the value is an IntegerLiteral that happens
6252       // to be within the valid range.
6253       if (const IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E)) {
6254         const llvm::APInt &V = IL->getValue();
6255         if (V.getActiveBits() <= S.Context.getTypeSize(IntendedTy))
6256           return true;
6257       }
6258 
6259       LookupResult Result(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("unichar"), E->getLocStart(),
6260                           Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
6261       if (S.LookupName(Result, S.getCurScope())) {
6262         NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
6263         if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(ND))
6264           if (TD->getUnderlyingType() == IntendedTy)
6265             IntendedTy = S.Context.getTypedefType(TD);
6266       }
6267     }
6268   }
6269 
6270   // Special-case some of Darwin's platform-independence types by suggesting
6271   // casts to primitive types that are known to be large enough.
6272   bool ShouldNotPrintDirectly = false; StringRef CastTyName;
6273   if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
6274     QualType CastTy;
6275     std::tie(CastTy, CastTyName) = shouldNotPrintDirectly(S.Context, IntendedTy, E);
6276     if (!CastTy.isNull()) {
6277       IntendedTy = CastTy;
6278       ShouldNotPrintDirectly = true;
6279     }
6280   }
6281 
6282   // We may be able to offer a FixItHint if it is a supported type.
6283   PrintfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
6284   bool success =
6285       fixedFS.fixType(IntendedTy, S.getLangOpts(), S.Context, isObjCContext());
6286 
6287   if (success) {
6288     // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier
6289     SmallString<16> buf;
6290     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
6291     fixedFS.toString(os);
6292 
6293     CharSourceRange SpecRange = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen);
6294 
6295     if (IntendedTy == ExprTy && !ShouldNotPrintDirectly) {
6296       unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
6297       if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
6298         diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
6299       }
6300       // In this case, the specifier is wrong and should be changed to match
6301       // the argument.
6302       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag)
6303                                << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6304                                << IntendedTy << IsEnum << E->getSourceRange(),
6305                            E->getLocStart(),
6306                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false, SpecRange,
6307                            FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
6308     } else {
6309       // The canonical type for formatting this value is different from the
6310       // actual type of the expression. (This occurs, for example, with Darwin's
6311       // NSInteger on 32-bit platforms, where it is typedef'd as 'int', but
6312       // should be printed as 'long' for 64-bit compatibility.)
6313       // Rather than emitting a normal format/argument mismatch, we want to
6314       // add a cast to the recommended type (and correct the format string
6315       // if necessary).
6316       SmallString<16> CastBuf;
6317       llvm::raw_svector_ostream CastFix(CastBuf);
6318       CastFix << "(";
6319       IntendedTy.print(CastFix, S.Context.getPrintingPolicy());
6320       CastFix << ")";
6321 
6322       SmallVector<FixItHint,4> Hints;
6323       if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy))
6324         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
6325 
6326       if (const CStyleCastExpr *CCast = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E)) {
6327         // If there's already a cast present, just replace it.
6328         SourceRange CastRange(CCast->getLParenLoc(), CCast->getRParenLoc());
6329         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CastRange, CastFix.str()));
6330 
6331       } else if (!requiresParensToAddCast(E)) {
6332         // If the expression has high enough precedence,
6333         // just write the C-style cast.
6334         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
6335                                                    CastFix.str()));
6336       } else {
6337         // Otherwise, add parens around the expression as well as the cast.
6338         CastFix << "(";
6339         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
6340                                                    CastFix.str()));
6341 
6342         SourceLocation After = S.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
6343         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(After, ")"));
6344       }
6345 
6346       if (ShouldNotPrintDirectly) {
6347         // The expression has a type that should not be printed directly.
6348         // We extract the name from the typedef because we don't want to show
6349         // the underlying type in the diagnostic.
6350         StringRef Name;
6351         if (const TypedefType *TypedefTy = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(ExprTy))
6352           Name = TypedefTy->getDecl()->getName();
6353         else
6354           Name = CastTyName;
6355         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_argument_needs_cast)
6356                                << Name << IntendedTy << IsEnum
6357                                << E->getSourceRange(),
6358                              E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation=*/false,
6359                              SpecRange, Hints);
6360       } else {
6361         // In this case, the expression could be printed using a different
6362         // specifier, but we've decided that the specifier is probably correct
6363         // and we should cast instead. Just use the normal warning message.
6364         EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6365           S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
6366             << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy << IsEnum
6367             << E->getSourceRange(),
6368           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
6369           SpecRange, Hints);
6370       }
6371     }
6372   } else {
6373     const CharSourceRange &CSR = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier,
6374                                                    SpecifierLen);
6375     // Since the warning for passing non-POD types to variadic functions
6376     // was deferred until now, we emit a warning for non-POD
6377     // arguments here.
6378     switch (S.isValidVarArgType(ExprTy)) {
6379     case Sema::VAK_Valid:
6380     case Sema::VAK_ValidInCXX11: {
6381       unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
6382       if (match == analyze_printf::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
6383         diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
6384       }
6385 
6386       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6387           S.PDiag(diag) << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy
6388                         << IsEnum << CSR << E->getSourceRange(),
6389           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/ false, CSR);
6390       break;
6391     }
6392     case Sema::VAK_Undefined:
6393     case Sema::VAK_MSVCUndefined:
6394       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6395         S.PDiag(diag::warn_non_pod_vararg_with_format_string)
6396           << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6397           << ExprTy
6398           << CallType
6399           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6400           << CSR
6401           << E->getSourceRange(),
6402         E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
6403       checkForCStrMembers(AT, E);
6404       break;
6405 
6406     case Sema::VAK_Invalid:
6407       if (ExprTy->isObjCObjectType())
6408         EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6409           S.PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg_format)
6410             << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6411             << ExprTy
6412             << CallType
6413             << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6414             << CSR
6415             << E->getSourceRange(),
6416           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
6417       else
6418         // FIXME: If this is an initializer list, suggest removing the braces
6419         // or inserting a cast to the target type.
6420         S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg_format)
6421           << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << ExprTy << CallType
6422           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6423           << E->getSourceRange();
6424       break;
6425     }
6426 
6427     assert(FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex() < CheckedVarArgs.size() &&
6428            "format string specifier index out of range");
6429     CheckedVarArgs[FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex()] = true;
6430   }
6431 
6432   return true;
6433 }
6434 
6435 //===--- CHECK: Scanf format string checking ------------------------------===//
6436 
6437 namespace {
6438 class CheckScanfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
6439 public:
6440   CheckScanfHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
6441                     const Expr *origFormatExpr, Sema::FormatStringType type,
6442                     unsigned firstDataArg, unsigned numDataArgs,
6443                     const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
6444                     ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, unsigned formatIdx,
6445                     bool inFunctionCall, Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
6446                     llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
6447                     UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
6448       : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, type, firstDataArg,
6449                            numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args, formatIdx,
6450                            inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
6451                            UncoveredArg) {}
6452 
6453   bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6454                             const char *startSpecifier,
6455                             unsigned specifierLen) override;
6456 
6457   bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
6458           const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6459           const char *startSpecifier,
6460           unsigned specifierLen) override;
6461 
6462   void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end) override;
6463 };
6464 } // end anonymous namespace
6465 
6466 void CheckScanfHandler::HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start,
6467                                                  const char *end) {
6468   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete),
6469                        getLocationOfByte(end), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
6470                        getSpecifierRange(start, end - start));
6471 }
6472 
6473 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
6474                                         const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6475                                         const char *startSpecifier,
6476                                         unsigned specifierLen) {
6477 
6478   const analyze_scanf::ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS =
6479     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
6480 
6481   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
6482                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
6483                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6484                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
6485 }
6486 
6487 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleScanfSpecifier(
6488                                        const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6489                                        const char *startSpecifier,
6490                                        unsigned specifierLen) {
6491   using namespace analyze_scanf;
6492   using namespace analyze_format_string;
6493 
6494   const ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
6495 
6496   // Handle case where '%' and '*' don't consume an argument.  These shouldn't
6497   // be used to decide if we are using positional arguments consistently.
6498   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
6499     if (atFirstArg) {
6500       atFirstArg = false;
6501       usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
6502     }
6503     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
6504       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
6505                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6506       return false;
6507     }
6508   }
6509 
6510   // Check if the field with is non-zero.
6511   const OptionalAmount &Amt = FS.getFieldWidth();
6512   if (Amt.getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::Constant) {
6513     if (Amt.getConstantAmount() == 0) {
6514       const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
6515                                                    Amt.getConstantLength());
6516       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_nonzero_width),
6517                            getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
6518                            /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
6519                            FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
6520     }
6521   }
6522 
6523   if (!FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
6524     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
6525     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point.
6526     return true;
6527   }
6528 
6529   // Consume the argument.
6530   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
6531   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
6532       // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
6533       // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
6534       // function if we encounter some other error.
6535     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
6536   }
6537 
6538   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
6539   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
6540     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6541                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
6542   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
6543     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6544   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
6545     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6546                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
6547 
6548   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
6549     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6550 
6551   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
6552   if (HasVAListArg)
6553     return true;
6554 
6555   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
6556     return false;
6557 
6558   // Check that the argument type matches the format specifier.
6559   const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
6560   if (!Ex)
6561     return true;
6562 
6563   const analyze_format_string::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context);
6564 
6565   if (!AT.isValid()) {
6566     return true;
6567   }
6568 
6569   analyze_format_string::ArgType::MatchKind match =
6570       AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType());
6571   if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::Match) {
6572     return true;
6573   }
6574 
6575   ScanfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
6576   bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), Ex->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(),
6577                                  S.getLangOpts(), S.Context);
6578 
6579   unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
6580   if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
6581     diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
6582   }
6583 
6584   if (success) {
6585     // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier.
6586     SmallString<128> buf;
6587     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
6588     fixedFS.toString(os);
6589 
6590     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6591         S.PDiag(diag) << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6592                       << Ex->getType() << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
6593         Ex->getLocStart(),
6594         /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
6595         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
6596         FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
6597             getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), os.str()));
6598   } else {
6599     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag)
6600                              << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6601                              << Ex->getType() << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
6602                          Ex->getLocStart(),
6603                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
6604                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6605   }
6606 
6607   return true;
6608 }
6609 
6610 static void CheckFormatString(Sema &S, const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr,
6611                               const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
6612                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
6613                               bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
6614                               unsigned firstDataArg,
6615                               Sema::FormatStringType Type,
6616                               bool inFunctionCall,
6617                               Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
6618                               llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
6619                               UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg) {
6620   // CHECK: is the format string a wide literal?
6621   if (!FExpr->isAscii() && !FExpr->isUTF8()) {
6622     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6623       S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
6624       S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_string_is_wide_literal), FExpr->getLocStart(),
6625       /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
6626     return;
6627   }
6628 
6629   // Str - The format string.  NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
6630   StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
6631   const char *Str = StrRef.data();
6632   // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration.
6633   const ConstantArrayType *T =
6634     S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType());
6635   assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!");
6636   size_t TypeSize = T->getSize().getZExtValue();
6637   size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size());
6638   const unsigned numDataArgs = Args.size() - firstDataArg;
6639 
6640   // Emit a warning if the string literal is truncated and does not contain an
6641   // embedded null character.
6642   if (TypeSize <= StrRef.size() &&
6643       StrRef.substr(0, TypeSize).find('\0') == StringRef::npos) {
6644     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6645         S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
6646         S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_not_null_terminated),
6647         FExpr->getLocStart(),
6648         /*IsStringLocation=*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
6649     return;
6650   }
6651 
6652   // CHECK: empty format string?
6653   if (StrLen == 0 && numDataArgs > 0) {
6654     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6655       S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
6656       S.PDiag(diag::warn_empty_format_string), FExpr->getLocStart(),
6657       /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
6658     return;
6659   }
6660 
6661   if (Type == Sema::FST_Printf || Type == Sema::FST_NSString ||
6662       Type == Sema::FST_FreeBSDKPrintf || Type == Sema::FST_OSLog ||
6663       Type == Sema::FST_OSTrace) {
6664     CheckPrintfHandler H(
6665         S, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, Type, firstDataArg, numDataArgs,
6666         (Type == Sema::FST_NSString || Type == Sema::FST_OSTrace), Str,
6667         HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx, inFunctionCall, CallType,
6668         CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
6669 
6670     if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
6671                                                   S.getLangOpts(),
6672                                                   S.Context.getTargetInfo(),
6673                                             Type == Sema::FST_FreeBSDKPrintf))
6674       H.DoneProcessing();
6675   } else if (Type == Sema::FST_Scanf) {
6676     CheckScanfHandler H(S, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, Type, firstDataArg,
6677                         numDataArgs, Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx,
6678                         inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
6679 
6680     if (!analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
6681                                                  S.getLangOpts(),
6682                                                  S.Context.getTargetInfo()))
6683       H.DoneProcessing();
6684   } // TODO: handle other formats
6685 }
6686 
6687 bool Sema::FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr) {
6688   // Str - The format string.  NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
6689   StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
6690   const char *Str = StrRef.data();
6691   // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration.
6692   const ConstantArrayType *T = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType());
6693   assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!");
6694   size_t TypeSize = T->getSize().getZExtValue();
6695   size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size());
6696   return analyze_format_string::ParseFormatStringHasSArg(Str, Str + StrLen,
6697                                                          getLangOpts(),
6698                                                          Context.getTargetInfo());
6699 }
6700 
6701 //===--- CHECK: Warn on use of wrong absolute value function. -------------===//
6702 
6703 // Returns the related absolute value function that is larger, of 0 if one
6704 // does not exist.
6705 static unsigned getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(unsigned AbsFunction) {
6706   switch (AbsFunction) {
6707   default:
6708     return 0;
6709 
6710   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6711     return Builtin::BI__builtin_labs;
6712   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6713     return Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs;
6714   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6715     return 0;
6716 
6717   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6718     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs;
6719   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6720     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl;
6721   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6722     return 0;
6723 
6724   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6725     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs;
6726   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6727     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl;
6728   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6729     return 0;
6730 
6731   case Builtin::BIabs:
6732     return Builtin::BIlabs;
6733   case Builtin::BIlabs:
6734     return Builtin::BIllabs;
6735   case Builtin::BIllabs:
6736     return 0;
6737 
6738   case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6739     return Builtin::BIfabs;
6740   case Builtin::BIfabs:
6741     return Builtin::BIfabsl;
6742   case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6743     return 0;
6744 
6745   case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6746    return Builtin::BIcabs;
6747   case Builtin::BIcabs:
6748     return Builtin::BIcabsl;
6749   case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6750     return 0;
6751   }
6752 }
6753 
6754 // Returns the argument type of the absolute value function.
6755 static QualType getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(ASTContext &Context,
6756                                              unsigned AbsType) {
6757   if (AbsType == 0)
6758     return QualType();
6759 
6760   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error = ASTContext::GE_None;
6761   QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(AbsType, Error);
6762   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
6763     return QualType();
6764 
6765   const FunctionProtoType *FT = BuiltinType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6766   if (!FT)
6767     return QualType();
6768 
6769   if (FT->getNumParams() != 1)
6770     return QualType();
6771 
6772   return FT->getParamType(0);
6773 }
6774 
6775 // Returns the best absolute value function, or zero, based on type and
6776 // current absolute value function.
6777 static unsigned getBestAbsFunction(ASTContext &Context, QualType ArgType,
6778                                    unsigned AbsFunctionKind) {
6779   unsigned BestKind = 0;
6780   uint64_t ArgSize = Context.getTypeSize(ArgType);
6781   for (unsigned Kind = AbsFunctionKind; Kind != 0;
6782        Kind = getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(Kind)) {
6783     QualType ParamType = getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(Context, Kind);
6784     if (Context.getTypeSize(ParamType) >= ArgSize) {
6785       if (BestKind == 0)
6786         BestKind = Kind;
6787       else if (Context.hasSameType(ParamType, ArgType)) {
6788         BestKind = Kind;
6789         break;
6790       }
6791     }
6792   }
6793   return BestKind;
6794 }
6795 
6796 enum AbsoluteValueKind {
6797   AVK_Integer,
6798   AVK_Floating,
6799   AVK_Complex
6800 };
6801 
6802 static AbsoluteValueKind getAbsoluteValueKind(QualType T) {
6803   if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
6804     return AVK_Integer;
6805   if (T->isRealFloatingType())
6806     return AVK_Floating;
6807   if (T->isAnyComplexType())
6808     return AVK_Complex;
6809 
6810   llvm_unreachable("Type not integer, floating, or complex");
6811 }
6812 
6813 // Changes the absolute value function to a different type.  Preserves whether
6814 // the function is a builtin.
6815 static unsigned changeAbsFunction(unsigned AbsKind,
6816                                   AbsoluteValueKind ValueKind) {
6817   switch (ValueKind) {
6818   case AVK_Integer:
6819     switch (AbsKind) {
6820     default:
6821       return 0;
6822     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6823     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6824     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6825     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6826     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6827     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6828       return Builtin::BI__builtin_abs;
6829     case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6830     case Builtin::BIfabs:
6831     case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6832     case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6833     case Builtin::BIcabs:
6834     case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6835       return Builtin::BIabs;
6836     }
6837   case AVK_Floating:
6838     switch (AbsKind) {
6839     default:
6840       return 0;
6841     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6842     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6843     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6844     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6845     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6846     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6847       return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf;
6848     case Builtin::BIabs:
6849     case Builtin::BIlabs:
6850     case Builtin::BIllabs:
6851     case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6852     case Builtin::BIcabs:
6853     case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6854       return Builtin::BIfabsf;
6855     }
6856   case AVK_Complex:
6857     switch (AbsKind) {
6858     default:
6859       return 0;
6860     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6861     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6862     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6863     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6864     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6865     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6866       return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf;
6867     case Builtin::BIabs:
6868     case Builtin::BIlabs:
6869     case Builtin::BIllabs:
6870     case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6871     case Builtin::BIfabs:
6872     case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6873       return Builtin::BIcabsf;
6874     }
6875   }
6876   llvm_unreachable("Unable to convert function");
6877 }
6878 
6879 static unsigned getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
6880   const IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
6881   if (!FnInfo)
6882     return 0;
6883 
6884   switch (FDecl->getBuiltinID()) {
6885   default:
6886     return 0;
6887   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6888   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6889   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6890   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6891   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6892   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6893   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6894   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6895   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6896   case Builtin::BIabs:
6897   case Builtin::BIlabs:
6898   case Builtin::BIllabs:
6899   case Builtin::BIfabs:
6900   case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6901   case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6902   case Builtin::BIcabs:
6903   case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6904   case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6905     return FDecl->getBuiltinID();
6906   }
6907   llvm_unreachable("Unknown Builtin type");
6908 }
6909 
6910 // If the replacement is valid, emit a note with replacement function.
6911 // Additionally, suggest including the proper header if not already included.
6912 static void emitReplacement(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
6913                             unsigned AbsKind, QualType ArgType) {
6914   bool EmitHeaderHint = true;
6915   const char *HeaderName = nullptr;
6916   const char *FunctionName = nullptr;
6917   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !ArgType->isAnyComplexType()) {
6918     FunctionName = "std::abs";
6919     if (ArgType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6920       HeaderName = "cstdlib";
6921     } else if (ArgType->isRealFloatingType()) {
6922       HeaderName = "cmath";
6923     } else {
6924       llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type");
6925     }
6926 
6927     // Lookup all std::abs
6928     if (NamespaceDecl *Std = S.getStdNamespace()) {
6929       LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("abs"), Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName);
6930       R.suppressDiagnostics();
6931       S.LookupQualifiedName(R, Std);
6932 
6933       for (const auto *I : R) {
6934         const FunctionDecl *FDecl = nullptr;
6935         if (const UsingShadowDecl *UsingD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(I)) {
6936           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(UsingD->getTargetDecl());
6937         } else {
6938           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(I);
6939         }
6940         if (!FDecl)
6941           continue;
6942 
6943         // Found std::abs(), check that they are the right ones.
6944         if (FDecl->getNumParams() != 1)
6945           continue;
6946 
6947         // Check that the parameter type can handle the argument.
6948         QualType ParamType = FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
6949         if (getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType) == getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType) &&
6950             S.Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <=
6951                 S.Context.getTypeSize(ParamType)) {
6952           // Found a function, don't need the header hint.
6953           EmitHeaderHint = false;
6954           break;
6955         }
6956       }
6957     }
6958   } else {
6959     FunctionName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(AbsKind);
6960     HeaderName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(AbsKind);
6961 
6962     if (HeaderName) {
6963       DeclarationName DN(&S.Context.Idents.get(FunctionName));
6964       LookupResult R(S, DN, Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName);
6965       R.suppressDiagnostics();
6966       S.LookupName(R, S.getCurScope());
6967 
6968       if (R.isSingleResult()) {
6969         FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
6970         if (FD && FD->getBuiltinID() == AbsKind) {
6971           EmitHeaderHint = false;
6972         } else {
6973           return;
6974         }
6975       } else if (!R.empty()) {
6976         return;
6977       }
6978     }
6979   }
6980 
6981   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_replace_abs_function)
6982       << FunctionName << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Range, FunctionName);
6983 
6984   if (!HeaderName)
6985     return;
6986 
6987   if (!EmitHeaderHint)
6988     return;
6989 
6990   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) << HeaderName
6991                                                     << FunctionName;
6992 }
6993 
6994 template <std::size_t StrLen>
6995 static bool IsStdFunction(const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6996                           const char (&Str)[StrLen]) {
6997   if (!FDecl)
6998     return false;
6999   if (!FDecl->getIdentifier() || !FDecl->getIdentifier()->isStr(Str))
7000     return false;
7001   if (!FDecl->isInStdNamespace())
7002     return false;
7003 
7004   return true;
7005 }
7006 
7007 // Warn when using the wrong abs() function.
7008 void Sema::CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
7009                                       const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
7010   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1)
7011     return;
7012 
7013   unsigned AbsKind = getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(FDecl);
7014   bool IsStdAbs = IsStdFunction(FDecl, "abs");
7015   if (AbsKind == 0 && !IsStdAbs)
7016     return;
7017 
7018   QualType ArgType = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
7019   QualType ParamType = Call->getArg(0)->getType();
7020 
7021   // Unsigned types cannot be negative.  Suggest removing the absolute value
7022   // function call.
7023   if (ArgType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
7024     const char *FunctionName =
7025         IsStdAbs ? "std::abs" : Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(AbsKind);
7026     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_unsigned_abs) << ArgType << ParamType;
7027     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::note_remove_abs)
7028         << FunctionName
7029         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
7030     return;
7031   }
7032 
7033   // Taking the absolute value of a pointer is very suspicious, they probably
7034   // wanted to index into an array, dereference a pointer, call a function, etc.
7035   if (ArgType->isPointerType() || ArgType->canDecayToPointerType()) {
7036     unsigned DiagType = 0;
7037     if (ArgType->isFunctionType())
7038       DiagType = 1;
7039     else if (ArgType->isArrayType())
7040       DiagType = 2;
7041 
7042     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_pointer_abs) << DiagType << ArgType;
7043     return;
7044   }
7045 
7046   // std::abs has overloads which prevent most of the absolute value problems
7047   // from occurring.
7048   if (IsStdAbs)
7049     return;
7050 
7051   AbsoluteValueKind ArgValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType);
7052   AbsoluteValueKind ParamValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType);
7053 
7054   // The argument and parameter are the same kind.  Check if they are the right
7055   // size.
7056   if (ArgValueKind == ParamValueKind) {
7057     if (Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <= Context.getTypeSize(ParamType))
7058       return;
7059 
7060     unsigned NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, AbsKind);
7061     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_abs_too_small)
7062         << FDecl << ArgType << ParamType;
7063 
7064     if (NewAbsKind == 0)
7065       return;
7066 
7067     emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(),
7068                     Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType);
7069     return;
7070   }
7071 
7072   // ArgValueKind != ParamValueKind
7073   // The wrong type of absolute value function was used.  Attempt to find the
7074   // proper one.
7075   unsigned NewAbsKind = changeAbsFunction(AbsKind, ArgValueKind);
7076   NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, NewAbsKind);
7077   if (NewAbsKind == 0)
7078     return;
7079 
7080   Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_wrong_absolute_value_type)
7081       << FDecl << ParamValueKind << ArgValueKind;
7082 
7083   emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(),
7084                   Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType);
7085 }
7086 
7087 //===--- CHECK: Warn on use of std::max and unsigned zero. r---------------===//
7088 void Sema::CheckMaxUnsignedZero(const CallExpr *Call,
7089                                 const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
7090   if (!Call || !FDecl) return;
7091 
7092   // Ignore template specializations and macros.
7093   if (inTemplateInstantiation()) return;
7094   if (Call->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) return;
7095 
7096   // Only care about the one template argument, two function parameter std::max
7097   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2) return;
7098   if (!IsStdFunction(FDecl, "max")) return;
7099   const auto * ArgList = FDecl->getTemplateSpecializationArgs();
7100   if (!ArgList) return;
7101   if (ArgList->size() != 1) return;
7102 
7103   // Check that template type argument is unsigned integer.
7104   const auto& TA = ArgList->get(0);
7105   if (TA.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Type) return;
7106   QualType ArgType = TA.getAsType();
7107   if (!ArgType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) return;
7108 
7109   // See if either argument is a literal zero.
7110   auto IsLiteralZeroArg = [](const Expr* E) -> bool {
7111     const auto *MTE = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E);
7112     if (!MTE) return false;
7113     const auto *Num = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(MTE->GetTemporaryExpr());
7114     if (!Num) return false;
7115     if (Num->getValue() != 0) return false;
7116     return true;
7117   };
7118 
7119   const Expr *FirstArg = Call->getArg(0);
7120   const Expr *SecondArg = Call->getArg(1);
7121   const bool IsFirstArgZero = IsLiteralZeroArg(FirstArg);
7122   const bool IsSecondArgZero = IsLiteralZeroArg(SecondArg);
7123 
7124   // Only warn when exactly one argument is zero.
7125   if (IsFirstArgZero == IsSecondArgZero) return;
7126 
7127   SourceRange FirstRange = FirstArg->getSourceRange();
7128   SourceRange SecondRange = SecondArg->getSourceRange();
7129 
7130   SourceRange ZeroRange = IsFirstArgZero ? FirstRange : SecondRange;
7131 
7132   Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_max_unsigned_zero)
7133       << IsFirstArgZero << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange() << ZeroRange;
7134 
7135   // Deduce what parts to remove so that "std::max(0u, foo)" becomes "(foo)".
7136   SourceRange RemovalRange;
7137   if (IsFirstArgZero) {
7138     RemovalRange = SourceRange(FirstRange.getBegin(),
7139                                SecondRange.getBegin().getLocWithOffset(-1));
7140   } else {
7141     RemovalRange = SourceRange(getLocForEndOfToken(FirstRange.getEnd()),
7142                                SecondRange.getEnd());
7143   }
7144 
7145   Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::note_remove_max_call)
7146         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange())
7147         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemovalRange);
7148 }
7149 
7150 //===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===//
7151 
7152 /// \brief Takes the expression passed to the size_t parameter of functions
7153 /// such as memcmp, strncat, etc and warns if it's a comparison.
7154 ///
7155 /// This is to catch typos like `if (memcmp(&a, &b, sizeof(a) > 0))`.
7156 static bool CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(Sema &S, const Expr *E,
7157                                            IdentifierInfo *FnName,
7158                                            SourceLocation FnLoc,
7159                                            SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
7160   const BinaryOperator *Size = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7161   if (!Size)
7162     return false;
7163 
7164   // if E is binop and op is >, <, >=, <=, ==, &&, ||:
7165   if (!Size->isComparisonOp() && !Size->isEqualityOp() && !Size->isLogicalOp())
7166     return false;
7167 
7168   SourceRange SizeRange = Size->getSourceRange();
7169   S.Diag(Size->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_memsize_comparison)
7170       << SizeRange << FnName;
7171   S.Diag(FnLoc, diag::note_memsize_comparison_paren)
7172       << FnName << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
7173                        S.getLocForEndOfToken(Size->getLHS()->getLocEnd()), ")")
7174       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc);
7175   S.Diag(SizeRange.getBegin(), diag::note_memsize_comparison_cast_silence)
7176       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SizeRange.getBegin(), "(size_t)(")
7177       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(S.getLocForEndOfToken(SizeRange.getEnd()),
7178                                     ")");
7179 
7180   return true;
7181 }
7182 
7183 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is or contains a dynamic class type
7184 /// (e.g., whether it has a vtable).
7185 static const CXXRecordDecl *getContainedDynamicClass(QualType T,
7186                                                      bool &IsContained) {
7187   // Look through array types while ignoring qualifiers.
7188   const Type *Ty = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
7189   IsContained = false;
7190 
7191   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
7192   RD = RD ? RD->getDefinition() : nullptr;
7193   if (!RD || RD->isInvalidDecl())
7194     return nullptr;
7195 
7196   if (RD->isDynamicClass())
7197     return RD;
7198 
7199   // Check all the fields.  If any bases were dynamic, the class is dynamic.
7200   // It's impossible for a class to transitively contain itself by value, so
7201   // infinite recursion is impossible.
7202   for (auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
7203     bool SubContained;
7204     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD =
7205             getContainedDynamicClass(FD->getType(), SubContained)) {
7206       IsContained = true;
7207       return ContainedRD;
7208     }
7209   }
7210 
7211   return nullptr;
7212 }
7213 
7214 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument expression,
7215 /// otherwise returns NULL.
7216 static const Expr *getSizeOfExprArg(const Expr *E) {
7217   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
7218       dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
7219     if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf && !SizeOf->isArgumentType())
7220       return SizeOf->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7221 
7222   return nullptr;
7223 }
7224 
7225 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument type.
7226 static QualType getSizeOfArgType(const Expr *E) {
7227   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
7228       dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
7229     if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf)
7230       return SizeOf->getTypeOfArgument();
7231 
7232   return QualType();
7233 }
7234 
7235 /// \brief Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset().
7236 ///
7237 /// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified
7238 /// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', 'memmove', and 'memcmp'
7239 /// function calls.
7240 ///
7241 /// \param Call The call expression to diagnose.
7242 void Sema::CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7243                                    unsigned BId,
7244                                    IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
7245   assert(BId != 0);
7246 
7247   // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset.  Validate
7248   // we have enough arguments, and if not, abort further checking.
7249   unsigned ExpectedNumArgs =
7250       (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup || BId == Builtin::BIbzero ? 2 : 3);
7251   if (Call->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs)
7252     return;
7253 
7254   unsigned LastArg = (BId == Builtin::BImemset || BId == Builtin::BIbzero ||
7255                       BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
7256   unsigned LenArg =
7257       (BId == Builtin::BIbzero || BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
7258   const Expr *LenExpr = Call->getArg(LenArg)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7259 
7260   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenExpr, FnName,
7261                                      Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
7262     return;
7263 
7264   // We have special checking when the length is a sizeof expression.
7265   QualType SizeOfArgTy = getSizeOfArgType(LenExpr);
7266   const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenExpr);
7267   llvm::FoldingSetNodeID SizeOfArgID;
7268 
7269   // Although widely used, 'bzero' is not a standard function. Be more strict
7270   // with the argument types before allowing diagnostics and only allow the
7271   // form bzero(ptr, sizeof(...)).
7272   QualType FirstArgTy = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
7273   if (BId == Builtin::BIbzero && !FirstArgTy->getAs<PointerType>())
7274     return;
7275 
7276   for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) {
7277     const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7278     SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->getSourceRange();
7279 
7280     QualType DestTy = Dest->getType();
7281     QualType PointeeTy;
7282     if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
7283       PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType();
7284 
7285       // Never warn about void type pointers. This can be used to suppress
7286       // false positives.
7287       if (PointeeTy->isVoidType())
7288         continue;
7289 
7290       // Catch "memset(p, 0, sizeof(p))" -- needs to be sizeof(*p). Do this by
7291       // actually comparing the expressions for equality. Because computing the
7292       // expression IDs can be expensive, we only do this if the diagnostic is
7293       // enabled.
7294       if (SizeOfArg &&
7295           !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess,
7296                            SizeOfArg->getExprLoc())) {
7297         // We only compute IDs for expressions if the warning is enabled, and
7298         // cache the sizeof arg's ID.
7299         if (SizeOfArgID == llvm::FoldingSetNodeID())
7300           SizeOfArg->Profile(SizeOfArgID, Context, true);
7301         llvm::FoldingSetNodeID DestID;
7302         Dest->Profile(DestID, Context, true);
7303         if (DestID == SizeOfArgID) {
7304           // TODO: For strncpy() and friends, this could suggest sizeof(dst)
7305           //       over sizeof(src) as well.
7306           unsigned ActionIdx = 0; // Default is to suggest dereferencing.
7307           StringRef ReadableName = FnName->getName();
7308 
7309           if (const UnaryOperator *UnaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Dest))
7310             if (UnaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
7311               ActionIdx = 1; // If its an address-of operator, just remove it.
7312           if (!PointeeTy->isIncompleteType() &&
7313               (Context.getTypeSize(PointeeTy) == Context.getCharWidth()))
7314             ActionIdx = 2; // If the pointee's size is sizeof(char),
7315                            // suggest an explicit length.
7316 
7317           // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro
7318           // expansion.
7319           SourceLocation SL = SizeOfArg->getExprLoc();
7320           SourceRange DSR = Dest->getSourceRange();
7321           SourceRange SSR = SizeOfArg->getSourceRange();
7322           SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
7323 
7324           if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
7325             ReadableName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(SL, SM, LangOpts);
7326             SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
7327             DSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getBegin()),
7328                              SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getEnd()));
7329             SSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getBegin()),
7330                              SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getEnd()));
7331           }
7332 
7333           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
7334                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess)
7335                                 << ReadableName
7336                                 << PointeeTy
7337                                 << DestTy
7338                                 << DSR
7339                                 << SSR);
7340           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
7341                          PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess_note)
7342                                 << ActionIdx
7343                                 << SSR);
7344 
7345           break;
7346         }
7347       }
7348 
7349       // Also check for cases where the sizeof argument is the exact same
7350       // type as the memory argument, and where it points to a user-defined
7351       // record type.
7352       if (SizeOfArgTy != QualType()) {
7353         if (PointeeTy->isRecordType() &&
7354             Context.typesAreCompatible(SizeOfArgTy, DestTy)) {
7355           DiagRuntimeBehavior(LenExpr->getExprLoc(), Dest,
7356                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess)
7357                                 << FnName << SizeOfArgTy << ArgIdx
7358                                 << PointeeTy << Dest->getSourceRange()
7359                                 << LenExpr->getSourceRange());
7360           break;
7361         }
7362       }
7363     } else if (DestTy->isArrayType()) {
7364       PointeeTy = DestTy;
7365     }
7366 
7367     if (PointeeTy == QualType())
7368       continue;
7369 
7370     // Always complain about dynamic classes.
7371     bool IsContained;
7372     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD =
7373             getContainedDynamicClass(PointeeTy, IsContained)) {
7374 
7375       unsigned OperationType = 0;
7376       // "overwritten" if we're warning about the destination for any call
7377       // but memcmp; otherwise a verb appropriate to the call.
7378       if (ArgIdx != 0 || BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) {
7379         if (BId == Builtin::BImemcpy)
7380           OperationType = 1;
7381         else if(BId == Builtin::BImemmove)
7382           OperationType = 2;
7383         else if (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp)
7384           OperationType = 3;
7385       }
7386 
7387       DiagRuntimeBehavior(
7388         Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
7389         PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess)
7390           << (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp ? ArgIdx + 2 : ArgIdx)
7391           << FnName << IsContained << ContainedRD << OperationType
7392           << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
7393     } else if (PointeeTy.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
7394              BId != Builtin::BImemset)
7395       DiagRuntimeBehavior(
7396         Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
7397         PDiag(diag::warn_arc_object_memaccess)
7398           << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy
7399           << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
7400     else
7401       continue;
7402 
7403     DiagRuntimeBehavior(
7404       Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
7405       PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence)
7406         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)"));
7407     break;
7408   }
7409 }
7410 
7411 // A little helper routine: ignore addition and subtraction of integer literals.
7412 // This intentionally does not ignore all integer constant expressions because
7413 // we don't want to remove sizeof().
7414 static const Expr *ignoreLiteralAdditions(const Expr *Ex, ASTContext &Ctx) {
7415   Ex = Ex->IgnoreParenCasts();
7416 
7417   for (;;) {
7418     const BinaryOperator * BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex);
7419     if (!BO || !BO->isAdditiveOp())
7420       break;
7421 
7422     const Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7423     const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7424 
7425     if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(RHS))
7426       Ex = LHS;
7427     else if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(LHS))
7428       Ex = RHS;
7429     else
7430       break;
7431   }
7432 
7433   return Ex;
7434 }
7435 
7436 static bool isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(QualType Ty,
7437                                                       ASTContext &Context) {
7438   // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members.
7439   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
7440     // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1.
7441     if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1)
7442       return false;
7443   } else if (!Ty->isVariableArrayType()) {
7444     return false;
7445   }
7446   return true;
7447 }
7448 
7449 // Warn if the user has made the 'size' argument to strlcpy or strlcat
7450 // be the size of the source, instead of the destination.
7451 void Sema::CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7452                                     IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
7453 
7454   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments
7455   unsigned NumArgs = Call->getNumArgs();
7456   if ((NumArgs != 3) && (NumArgs != 4))
7457     return;
7458 
7459   const Expr *SrcArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(1), Context);
7460   const Expr *SizeArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(2), Context);
7461   const Expr *CompareWithSrc = nullptr;
7462 
7463   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, SizeArg, FnName,
7464                                      Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
7465     return;
7466 
7467   // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, sizeof(x))'
7468   if (const Expr *Ex = getSizeOfExprArg(SizeArg))
7469     CompareWithSrc = Ex;
7470   else {
7471     // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, strlen(x))'
7472     if (const CallExpr *SizeCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SizeArg)) {
7473       if (SizeCall->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BIstrlen &&
7474           SizeCall->getNumArgs() == 1)
7475         CompareWithSrc = ignoreLiteralAdditions(SizeCall->getArg(0), Context);
7476     }
7477   }
7478 
7479   if (!CompareWithSrc)
7480     return;
7481 
7482   // Determine if the argument to sizeof/strlen is equal to the source
7483   // argument.  In principle there's all kinds of things you could do
7484   // here, for instance creating an == expression and evaluating it with
7485   // EvaluateAsBooleanCondition, but this uses a more direct technique:
7486   const DeclRefExpr *SrcArgDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcArg);
7487   if (!SrcArgDRE)
7488     return;
7489 
7490   const DeclRefExpr *CompareWithSrcDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CompareWithSrc);
7491   if (!CompareWithSrcDRE ||
7492       SrcArgDRE->getDecl() != CompareWithSrcDRE->getDecl())
7493     return;
7494 
7495   const Expr *OriginalSizeArg = Call->getArg(2);
7496   Diag(CompareWithSrcDRE->getLocStart(), diag::warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
7497     << OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange() << FnName;
7498 
7499   // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a
7500   // pointer to an array).  This could be enhanced to handle some
7501   // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2'
7502   // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'.
7503   const Expr *DstArg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7504   if (!isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstArg->getType(), Context))
7505     return;
7506 
7507   SmallString<128> sizeString;
7508   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
7509   OS << "sizeof(";
7510   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
7511   OS << ")";
7512 
7513   Diag(OriginalSizeArg->getLocStart(), diag::note_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
7514     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange(),
7515                                     OS.str());
7516 }
7517 
7518 /// Check if two expressions refer to the same declaration.
7519 static bool referToTheSameDecl(const Expr *E1, const Expr *E2) {
7520   if (const DeclRefExpr *D1 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E1))
7521     if (const DeclRefExpr *D2 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E2))
7522       return D1->getDecl() == D2->getDecl();
7523   return false;
7524 }
7525 
7526 static const Expr *getStrlenExprArg(const Expr *E) {
7527   if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
7528     const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
7529     if (!FD || FD->getMemoryFunctionKind() != Builtin::BIstrlen)
7530       return nullptr;
7531     return CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7532   }
7533   return nullptr;
7534 }
7535 
7536 // Warn on anti-patterns as the 'size' argument to strncat.
7537 // The correct size argument should look like following:
7538 //   strncat(dst, src, sizeof(dst) - strlen(dest) - 1);
7539 void Sema::CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *CE,
7540                                  IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
7541   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments.
7542   if (CE->getNumArgs() < 3)
7543     return;
7544   const Expr *DstArg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7545   const Expr *SrcArg = CE->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7546   const Expr *LenArg = CE->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7547 
7548   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenArg, FnName, CE->getLocStart(),
7549                                      CE->getRParenLoc()))
7550     return;
7551 
7552   // Identify common expressions, which are wrongly used as the size argument
7553   // to strncat and may lead to buffer overflows.
7554   unsigned PatternType = 0;
7555   if (const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenArg)) {
7556     // - sizeof(dst)
7557     if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, DstArg))
7558       PatternType = 1;
7559     // - sizeof(src)
7560     else if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, SrcArg))
7561       PatternType = 2;
7562   } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LenArg)) {
7563     if (BE->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
7564       const Expr *L = BE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7565       const Expr *R = BE->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7566       // - sizeof(dst) - strlen(dst)
7567       if (referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)) &&
7568           referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getStrlenExprArg(R)))
7569         PatternType = 1;
7570       // - sizeof(src) - (anything)
7571       else if (referToTheSameDecl(SrcArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)))
7572         PatternType = 2;
7573     }
7574   }
7575 
7576   if (PatternType == 0)
7577     return;
7578 
7579   // Generate the diagnostic.
7580   SourceLocation SL = LenArg->getLocStart();
7581   SourceRange SR = LenArg->getSourceRange();
7582   SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
7583 
7584   // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro expansion.
7585   if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
7586     SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
7587     SR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getBegin()),
7588                      SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getEnd()));
7589   }
7590 
7591   // Check if the destination is an array (rather than a pointer to an array).
7592   QualType DstTy = DstArg->getType();
7593   bool isKnownSizeArray = isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstTy,
7594                                                                     Context);
7595   if (!isKnownSizeArray) {
7596     if (PatternType == 1)
7597       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_wrong_size) << SR;
7598     else
7599       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
7600     return;
7601   }
7602 
7603   if (PatternType == 1)
7604     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_large_size) << SR;
7605   else
7606     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
7607 
7608   SmallString<128> sizeString;
7609   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
7610   OS << "sizeof(";
7611   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
7612   OS << ") - ";
7613   OS << "strlen(";
7614   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
7615   OS << ") - 1";
7616 
7617   Diag(SL, diag::note_strncat_wrong_size)
7618     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SR, OS.str());
7619 }
7620 
7621 //===--- CHECK: Return Address of Stack Variable --------------------------===//
7622 
7623 static const Expr *EvalVal(const Expr *E,
7624                            SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7625                            const Decl *ParentDecl);
7626 static const Expr *EvalAddr(const Expr *E,
7627                             SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7628                             const Decl *ParentDecl);
7629 
7630 /// CheckReturnStackAddr - Check if a return statement returns the address
7631 ///   of a stack variable.
7632 static void
7633 CheckReturnStackAddr(Sema &S, Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7634                      SourceLocation ReturnLoc) {
7635 
7636   const Expr *stackE = nullptr;
7637   SmallVector<const DeclRefExpr *, 8> refVars;
7638 
7639   // Perform checking for returned stack addresses, local blocks,
7640   // label addresses or references to temporaries.
7641   if (lhsType->isPointerType() ||
7642       (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && lhsType->isBlockPointerType())) {
7643     stackE = EvalAddr(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/nullptr);
7644   } else if (lhsType->isReferenceType()) {
7645     stackE = EvalVal(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/nullptr);
7646   }
7647 
7648   if (!stackE)
7649     return; // Nothing suspicious was found.
7650 
7651   // Parameters are initialized in the calling scope, so taking the address
7652   // of a parameter reference doesn't need a warning.
7653   for (auto *DRE : refVars)
7654     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
7655       return;
7656 
7657   SourceLocation diagLoc;
7658   SourceRange diagRange;
7659   if (refVars.empty()) {
7660     diagLoc = stackE->getLocStart();
7661     diagRange = stackE->getSourceRange();
7662   } else {
7663     // We followed through a reference variable. 'stackE' contains the
7664     // problematic expression but we will warn at the return statement pointing
7665     // at the reference variable. We will later display the "trail" of
7666     // reference variables using notes.
7667     diagLoc = refVars[0]->getLocStart();
7668     diagRange = refVars[0]->getSourceRange();
7669   }
7670 
7671   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(stackE)) {
7672     // address of local var
7673     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_stack_addr_ref) << lhsType->isReferenceType()
7674      << DR->getDecl()->getDeclName() << diagRange;
7675   } else if (isa<BlockExpr>(stackE)) { // local block.
7676     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_ret_local_block) << diagRange;
7677   } else if (isa<AddrLabelExpr>(stackE)) { // address of label.
7678     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_addr_label) << diagRange;
7679   } else { // local temporary.
7680     // If there is an LValue->RValue conversion, then the value of the
7681     // reference type is used, not the reference.
7682     if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RetValExp)) {
7683       if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
7684         return;
7685       }
7686     }
7687     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_local_temp_addr_ref)
7688      << lhsType->isReferenceType() << diagRange;
7689   }
7690 
7691   // Display the "trail" of reference variables that we followed until we
7692   // found the problematic expression using notes.
7693   for (unsigned i = 0, e = refVars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
7694     const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(refVars[i]->getDecl());
7695     // If this var binds to another reference var, show the range of the next
7696     // var, otherwise the var binds to the problematic expression, in which case
7697     // show the range of the expression.
7698     SourceRange range = (i < e - 1) ? refVars[i + 1]->getSourceRange()
7699                                     : stackE->getSourceRange();
7700     S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_var_local_bind)
7701         << VD->getDeclName() << range;
7702   }
7703 }
7704 
7705 /// EvalAddr - EvalAddr and EvalVal are mutually recursive functions that
7706 ///  check if the expression in a return statement evaluates to an address
7707 ///  to a location on the stack, a local block, an address of a label, or a
7708 ///  reference to local temporary. The recursion is used to traverse the
7709 ///  AST of the return expression, with recursion backtracking when we
7710 ///  encounter a subexpression that (1) clearly does not lead to one of the
7711 ///  above problematic expressions (2) is something we cannot determine leads to
7712 ///  a problematic expression based on such local checking.
7713 ///
7714 ///  Both EvalAddr and EvalVal follow through reference variables to evaluate
7715 ///  the expression that they point to. Such variables are added to the
7716 ///  'refVars' vector so that we know what the reference variable "trail" was.
7717 ///
7718 ///  EvalAddr processes expressions that are pointers that are used as
7719 ///  references (and not L-values).  EvalVal handles all other values.
7720 ///  At the base case of the recursion is a check for the above problematic
7721 ///  expressions.
7722 ///
7723 ///  This implementation handles:
7724 ///
7725 ///   * pointer-to-pointer casts
7726 ///   * implicit conversions from array references to pointers
7727 ///   * taking the address of fields
7728 ///   * arbitrary interplay between "&" and "*" operators
7729 ///   * pointer arithmetic from an address of a stack variable
7730 ///   * taking the address of an array element where the array is on the stack
7731 static const Expr *EvalAddr(const Expr *E,
7732                             SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7733                             const Decl *ParentDecl) {
7734   if (E->isTypeDependent())
7735     return nullptr;
7736 
7737   // We should only be called for evaluating pointer expressions.
7738   assert((E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7739           E->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
7740           E->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
7741          "EvalAddr only works on pointers");
7742 
7743   E = E->IgnoreParens();
7744 
7745   // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
7746   // viewed AST node.  We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
7747   // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
7748   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
7749   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
7750     const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7751 
7752     // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end.
7753     if (DR->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture())
7754       return nullptr;
7755 
7756     if (const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
7757       // If this is a reference variable, follow through to the expression that
7758       // it points to.
7759       if (V->hasLocalStorage() &&
7760           V->getType()->isReferenceType() && V->hasInit()) {
7761         // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
7762         refVars.push_back(DR);
7763         return EvalAddr(V->getInit(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7764       }
7765 
7766     return nullptr;
7767   }
7768 
7769   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
7770     // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
7771     // is AddrOf.  All others don't make sense as pointers.
7772     const UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
7773 
7774     if (U->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
7775       return EvalVal(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7776     return nullptr;
7777   }
7778 
7779   case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
7780     // Handle pointer arithmetic.  All other binary operators are not valid
7781     // in this context.
7782     const BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7783     BinaryOperatorKind op = B->getOpcode();
7784 
7785     if (op != BO_Add && op != BO_Sub)
7786       return nullptr;
7787 
7788     const Expr *Base = B->getLHS();
7789 
7790     // Determine which argument is the real pointer base.  It could be
7791     // the RHS argument instead of the LHS.
7792     if (!Base->getType()->isPointerType())
7793       Base = B->getRHS();
7794 
7795     assert(Base->getType()->isPointerType());
7796     return EvalAddr(Base, refVars, ParentDecl);
7797   }
7798 
7799   // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
7800   // valid DeclRefExpr*s.  If one of them is valid, we return it.
7801   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
7802     const ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
7803 
7804     // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
7805     // FIXME: That isn't a ConditionalOperator, so doesn't get here.
7806     if (const Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) {
7807       // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7808       if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
7809         if (const Expr *LHS = EvalAddr(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
7810           return LHS;
7811     }
7812 
7813     // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7814     if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
7815       return nullptr;
7816 
7817     return EvalAddr(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7818   }
7819 
7820   case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
7821     if (cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures())
7822       return E; // local block.
7823     return nullptr;
7824 
7825   case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass:
7826     return E; // address of label.
7827 
7828   case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
7829     return EvalAddr(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
7830                     ParentDecl);
7831 
7832   // For casts, we need to handle conversions from arrays to
7833   // pointer values, and pointer-to-pointer conversions.
7834   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
7835   case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass:
7836   case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass:
7837   case Stmt::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass:
7838   case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass:
7839   case Stmt::CXXDynamicCastExprClass:
7840   case Stmt::CXXConstCastExprClass:
7841   case Stmt::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: {
7842     const Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
7843     switch (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind()) {
7844     case CK_LValueToRValue:
7845     case CK_NoOp:
7846     case CK_BaseToDerived:
7847     case CK_DerivedToBase:
7848     case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
7849     case CK_Dynamic:
7850     case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
7851     case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
7852     case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
7853       return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
7854 
7855     case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
7856       return EvalVal(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
7857 
7858     case CK_BitCast:
7859       if (SubExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7860           SubExpr->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
7861           SubExpr->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
7862         return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
7863       else
7864         return nullptr;
7865 
7866     default:
7867       return nullptr;
7868     }
7869   }
7870 
7871   case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
7872     if (const Expr *Result =
7873             EvalAddr(cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
7874                      refVars, ParentDecl))
7875       return Result;
7876     return E;
7877 
7878   // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
7879   default:
7880     return nullptr;
7881   }
7882 }
7883 
7884 ///  EvalVal - This function is complements EvalAddr in the mutual recursion.
7885 ///   See the comments for EvalAddr for more details.
7886 static const Expr *EvalVal(const Expr *E,
7887                            SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7888                            const Decl *ParentDecl) {
7889   do {
7890     // We should only be called for evaluating non-pointer expressions, or
7891     // expressions with a pointer type that are not used as references but
7892     // instead
7893     // are l-values (e.g., DeclRefExpr with a pointer type).
7894 
7895     // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
7896     // viewed AST node.  We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
7897     // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
7898 
7899     E = E->IgnoreParens();
7900     switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
7901     case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
7902       const ImplicitCastExpr *IE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
7903       if (IE->getValueKind() == VK_LValue) {
7904         E = IE->getSubExpr();
7905         continue;
7906       }
7907       return nullptr;
7908     }
7909 
7910     case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
7911       return EvalVal(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
7912                      ParentDecl);
7913 
7914     case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
7915       // When we hit a DeclRefExpr we are looking at code that refers to a
7916       // variable's name. If it's not a reference variable we check if it has
7917       // local storage within the function, and if so, return the expression.
7918       const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7919 
7920       // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end.
7921       if (DR->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture())
7922         return nullptr;
7923 
7924       if (const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
7925         // Check if it refers to itself, e.g. "int& i = i;".
7926         if (V == ParentDecl)
7927           return DR;
7928 
7929         if (V->hasLocalStorage()) {
7930           if (!V->getType()->isReferenceType())
7931             return DR;
7932 
7933           // Reference variable, follow through to the expression that
7934           // it points to.
7935           if (V->hasInit()) {
7936             // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
7937             refVars.push_back(DR);
7938             return EvalVal(V->getInit(), refVars, V);
7939           }
7940         }
7941       }
7942 
7943       return nullptr;
7944     }
7945 
7946     case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
7947       // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
7948       // is Deref.  All others don't resolve to a "name."  This includes
7949       // handling all sorts of rvalues passed to a unary operator.
7950       const UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
7951 
7952       if (U->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
7953         return EvalAddr(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7954 
7955       return nullptr;
7956     }
7957 
7958     case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
7959       // Array subscripts are potential references to data on the stack.  We
7960       // retrieve the DeclRefExpr* for the array variable if it indeed
7961       // has local storage.
7962       const auto *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E);
7963       if (ASE->isTypeDependent())
7964         return nullptr;
7965       return EvalAddr(ASE->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7966     }
7967 
7968     case Stmt::OMPArraySectionExprClass: {
7969       return EvalAddr(cast<OMPArraySectionExpr>(E)->getBase(), refVars,
7970                       ParentDecl);
7971     }
7972 
7973     case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
7974       // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
7975       // non-NULL Expr's.  If one is non-NULL, we return it.
7976       const ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
7977 
7978       // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
7979       if (const Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) {
7980         // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7981         if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
7982           if (const Expr *LHS = EvalVal(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
7983             return LHS;
7984       }
7985 
7986       // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7987       if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
7988         return nullptr;
7989 
7990       return EvalVal(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7991     }
7992 
7993     // Accesses to members are potential references to data on the stack.
7994     case Stmt::MemberExprClass: {
7995       const MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
7996 
7997       // Check for indirect access.  We only want direct field accesses.
7998       if (M->isArrow())
7999         return nullptr;
8000 
8001       // Check whether the member type is itself a reference, in which case
8002       // we're not going to refer to the member, but to what the member refers
8003       // to.
8004       if (M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
8005         return nullptr;
8006 
8007       return EvalVal(M->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
8008     }
8009 
8010     case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
8011       if (const Expr *Result =
8012               EvalVal(cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
8013                       refVars, ParentDecl))
8014         return Result;
8015       return E;
8016 
8017     default:
8018       // Check that we don't return or take the address of a reference to a
8019       // temporary. This is only useful in C++.
8020       if (!E->isTypeDependent() && E->isRValue())
8021         return E;
8022 
8023       // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
8024       return nullptr;
8025     }
8026   } while (true);
8027 }
8028 
8029 void
8030 Sema::CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
8031                          SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
8032                          bool isObjCMethod,
8033                          const AttrVec *Attrs,
8034                          const FunctionDecl *FD) {
8035   CheckReturnStackAddr(*this, RetValExp, lhsType, ReturnLoc);
8036 
8037   // Check if the return value is null but should not be.
8038   if (((Attrs && hasSpecificAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>(*Attrs)) ||
8039        (!isObjCMethod && isNonNullType(Context, lhsType))) &&
8040       CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
8041     Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_null_ret)
8042       << (isObjCMethod ? 1 : 0) << RetValExp->getSourceRange();
8043 
8044   // C++11 [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4:
8045   //   If an allocation function declared with a non-throwing
8046   //   exception-specification fails to allocate storage, it shall return
8047   //   a null pointer. Any other allocation function that fails to allocate
8048   //   storage shall indicate failure only by throwing an exception [...]
8049   if (FD) {
8050     OverloadedOperatorKind Op = FD->getOverloadedOperator();
8051     if (Op == OO_New || Op == OO_Array_New) {
8052       const FunctionProtoType *Proto
8053         = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8054       if (!Proto->isNothrow(Context, /*ResultIfDependent*/true) &&
8055           CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
8056         Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_operator_new_returns_null)
8057           << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
8058     }
8059   }
8060 }
8061 
8062 //===--- CHECK: Floating-Point comparisons (-Wfloat-equal) ---------------===//
8063 
8064 /// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
8065 /// Issue a warning if these are no self-comparisons, as they are not likely
8066 /// to do what the programmer intended.
8067 void Sema::CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr *RHS) {
8068   Expr* LeftExprSansParen = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8069   Expr* RightExprSansParen = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8070 
8071   // Special case: check for x == x (which is OK).
8072   // Do not emit warnings for such cases.
8073   if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
8074     if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
8075       if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
8076         return;
8077 
8078   // Special case: check for comparisons against literals that can be exactly
8079   //  represented by APFloat.  In such cases, do not emit a warning.  This
8080   //  is a heuristic: often comparison against such literals are used to
8081   //  detect if a value in a variable has not changed.  This clearly can
8082   //  lead to false negatives.
8083   if (FloatingLiteral* FLL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(LeftExprSansParen)) {
8084     if (FLL->isExact())
8085       return;
8086   } else
8087     if (FloatingLiteral* FLR = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(RightExprSansParen))
8088       if (FLR->isExact())
8089         return;
8090 
8091   // Check for comparisons with builtin types.
8092   if (CallExpr* CL = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
8093     if (CL->getBuiltinCallee())
8094       return;
8095 
8096   if (CallExpr* CR = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
8097     if (CR->getBuiltinCallee())
8098       return;
8099 
8100   // Emit the diagnostic.
8101   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_floatingpoint_eq)
8102     << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
8103 }
8104 
8105 //===--- CHECK: Integer mixed-sign comparisons (-Wsign-compare) --------===//
8106 //===--- CHECK: Lossy implicit conversions (-Wconversion) --------------===//
8107 
8108 namespace {
8109 
8110 /// Structure recording the 'active' range of an integer-valued
8111 /// expression.
8112 struct IntRange {
8113   /// The number of bits active in the int.
8114   unsigned Width;
8115 
8116   /// True if the int is known not to have negative values.
8117   bool NonNegative;
8118 
8119   IntRange(unsigned Width, bool NonNegative)
8120     : Width(Width), NonNegative(NonNegative)
8121   {}
8122 
8123   /// Returns the range of the bool type.
8124   static IntRange forBoolType() {
8125     return IntRange(1, true);
8126   }
8127 
8128   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of the given integral type.
8129   static IntRange forValueOfType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
8130     return forValueOfCanonicalType(C,
8131                           T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr());
8132   }
8133 
8134   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of a canonical integral type.
8135   static IntRange forValueOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
8136     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
8137 
8138     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
8139       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8140     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
8141       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8142     if (const AtomicType *AT = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(T))
8143       T = AT->getValueType().getTypePtr();
8144 
8145     // For enum types, use the known bit width of the enumerators.
8146     if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) {
8147       EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
8148       if (!Enum->isCompleteDefinition())
8149         return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), false);
8150 
8151       unsigned NumPositive = Enum->getNumPositiveBits();
8152       unsigned NumNegative = Enum->getNumNegativeBits();
8153 
8154       if (NumNegative == 0)
8155         return IntRange(NumPositive, true/*NonNegative*/);
8156       else
8157         return IntRange(std::max(NumPositive + 1, NumNegative),
8158                         false/*NonNegative*/);
8159     }
8160 
8161     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
8162     assert(BT->isInteger());
8163 
8164     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
8165   }
8166 
8167   /// Returns the "target" range of a canonical integral type, i.e.
8168   /// the range of values expressible in the type.
8169   ///
8170   /// This matches forValueOfCanonicalType except that enums have the
8171   /// full range of their type, not the range of their enumerators.
8172   static IntRange forTargetOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
8173     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
8174 
8175     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
8176       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8177     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
8178       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8179     if (const AtomicType *AT = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(T))
8180       T = AT->getValueType().getTypePtr();
8181     if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
8182       T = C.getCanonicalType(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()).getTypePtr();
8183 
8184     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
8185     assert(BT->isInteger());
8186 
8187     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
8188   }
8189 
8190   /// Returns the supremum of two ranges: i.e. their conservative merge.
8191   static IntRange join(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
8192     return IntRange(std::max(L.Width, R.Width),
8193                     L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
8194   }
8195 
8196   /// Returns the infinum of two ranges: i.e. their aggressive merge.
8197   static IntRange meet(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
8198     return IntRange(std::min(L.Width, R.Width),
8199                     L.NonNegative || R.NonNegative);
8200   }
8201 };
8202 
8203 IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, llvm::APSInt &value, unsigned MaxWidth) {
8204   if (value.isSigned() && value.isNegative())
8205     return IntRange(value.getMinSignedBits(), false);
8206 
8207   if (value.getBitWidth() > MaxWidth)
8208     value = value.trunc(MaxWidth);
8209 
8210   // isNonNegative() just checks the sign bit without considering
8211   // signedness.
8212   return IntRange(value.getActiveBits(), true);
8213 }
8214 
8215 IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty,
8216                        unsigned MaxWidth) {
8217   if (result.isInt())
8218     return GetValueRange(C, result.getInt(), MaxWidth);
8219 
8220   if (result.isVector()) {
8221     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(0), Ty, MaxWidth);
8222     for (unsigned i = 1, e = result.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) {
8223       IntRange El = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(i), Ty, MaxWidth);
8224       R = IntRange::join(R, El);
8225     }
8226     return R;
8227   }
8228 
8229   if (result.isComplexInt()) {
8230     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntReal(), MaxWidth);
8231     IntRange I = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntImag(), MaxWidth);
8232     return IntRange::join(R, I);
8233   }
8234 
8235   // This can happen with lossless casts to intptr_t of "based" lvalues.
8236   // Assume it might use arbitrary bits.
8237   // FIXME: The only reason we need to pass the type in here is to get
8238   // the sign right on this one case.  It would be nice if APValue
8239   // preserved this.
8240   assert(result.isLValue() || result.isAddrLabelDiff());
8241   return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
8242 }
8243 
8244 QualType GetExprType(const Expr *E) {
8245   QualType Ty = E->getType();
8246   if (const AtomicType *AtomicRHS = Ty->getAs<AtomicType>())
8247     Ty = AtomicRHS->getValueType();
8248   return Ty;
8249 }
8250 
8251 /// Pseudo-evaluate the given integer expression, estimating the
8252 /// range of values it might take.
8253 ///
8254 /// \param MaxWidth - the width to which the value will be truncated
8255 IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, const Expr *E, unsigned MaxWidth) {
8256   E = E->IgnoreParens();
8257 
8258   // Try a full evaluation first.
8259   Expr::EvalResult result;
8260   if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, C))
8261     return GetValueRange(C, result.Val, GetExprType(E), MaxWidth);
8262 
8263   // I think we only want to look through implicit casts here; if the
8264   // user has an explicit widening cast, we should treat the value as
8265   // being of the new, wider type.
8266   if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
8267     if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp || CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8268       return GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
8269 
8270     IntRange OutputTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(CE));
8271 
8272     bool isIntegerCast = CE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
8273                          CE->getCastKind() == CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral;
8274 
8275     // Assume that non-integer casts can span the full range of the type.
8276     if (!isIntegerCast)
8277       return OutputTypeRange;
8278 
8279     IntRange SubRange
8280       = GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(),
8281                      std::min(MaxWidth, OutputTypeRange.Width));
8282 
8283     // Bail out if the subexpr's range is as wide as the cast type.
8284     if (SubRange.Width >= OutputTypeRange.Width)
8285       return OutputTypeRange;
8286 
8287     // Otherwise, we take the smaller width, and we're non-negative if
8288     // either the output type or the subexpr is.
8289     return IntRange(SubRange.Width,
8290                     SubRange.NonNegative || OutputTypeRange.NonNegative);
8291   }
8292 
8293   if (const auto *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8294     // If we can fold the condition, just take that operand.
8295     bool CondResult;
8296     if (CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(CondResult, C))
8297       return GetExprRange(C, CondResult ? CO->getTrueExpr()
8298                                         : CO->getFalseExpr(),
8299                           MaxWidth);
8300 
8301     // Otherwise, conservatively merge.
8302     IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, CO->getTrueExpr(), MaxWidth);
8303     IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, CO->getFalseExpr(), MaxWidth);
8304     return IntRange::join(L, R);
8305   }
8306 
8307   if (const auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8308     switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
8309 
8310     // Boolean-valued operations are single-bit and positive.
8311     case BO_LAnd:
8312     case BO_LOr:
8313     case BO_LT:
8314     case BO_GT:
8315     case BO_LE:
8316     case BO_GE:
8317     case BO_EQ:
8318     case BO_NE:
8319       return IntRange::forBoolType();
8320 
8321     // The type of the assignments is the type of the LHS, so the RHS
8322     // is not necessarily the same type.
8323     case BO_MulAssign:
8324     case BO_DivAssign:
8325     case BO_RemAssign:
8326     case BO_AddAssign:
8327     case BO_SubAssign:
8328     case BO_XorAssign:
8329     case BO_OrAssign:
8330       // TODO: bitfields?
8331       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8332 
8333     // Simple assignments just pass through the RHS, which will have
8334     // been coerced to the LHS type.
8335     case BO_Assign:
8336       // TODO: bitfields?
8337       return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
8338 
8339     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
8340     case BO_PtrMemD:
8341     case BO_PtrMemI:
8342       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8343 
8344     // Bitwise-and uses the *infinum* of the two source ranges.
8345     case BO_And:
8346     case BO_AndAssign:
8347       return IntRange::meet(GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth),
8348                             GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth));
8349 
8350     // Left shift gets black-listed based on a judgement call.
8351     case BO_Shl:
8352       // ...except that we want to treat '1 << (blah)' as logically
8353       // positive.  It's an important idiom.
8354       if (IntegerLiteral *I
8355             = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
8356         if (I->getValue() == 1) {
8357           IntRange R = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8358           return IntRange(R.Width, /*NonNegative*/ true);
8359         }
8360       }
8361       // fallthrough
8362 
8363     case BO_ShlAssign:
8364       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8365 
8366     // Right shift by a constant can narrow its left argument.
8367     case BO_Shr:
8368     case BO_ShrAssign: {
8369       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
8370 
8371       // If the shift amount is a positive constant, drop the width by
8372       // that much.
8373       llvm::APSInt shift;
8374       if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(shift, C) &&
8375           shift.isNonNegative()) {
8376         unsigned zext = shift.getZExtValue();
8377         if (zext >= L.Width)
8378           L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
8379         else
8380           L.Width -= zext;
8381       }
8382 
8383       return L;
8384     }
8385 
8386     // Comma acts as its right operand.
8387     case BO_Comma:
8388       return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
8389 
8390     // Black-list pointer subtractions.
8391     case BO_Sub:
8392       if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType())
8393         return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8394       break;
8395 
8396     // The width of a division result is mostly determined by the size
8397     // of the LHS.
8398     case BO_Div: {
8399       // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
8400       unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E));
8401       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
8402 
8403       // If the divisor is constant, use that.
8404       llvm::APSInt divisor;
8405       if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(divisor, C)) {
8406         unsigned log2 = divisor.logBase2(); // floor(log_2(divisor))
8407         if (log2 >= L.Width)
8408           L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
8409         else
8410           L.Width = std::min(L.Width - log2, MaxWidth);
8411         return L;
8412       }
8413 
8414       // Otherwise, just use the LHS's width.
8415       IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
8416       return IntRange(L.Width, L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
8417     }
8418 
8419     // The result of a remainder can't be larger than the result of
8420     // either side.
8421     case BO_Rem: {
8422       // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
8423       unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E));
8424       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
8425       IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
8426 
8427       IntRange meet = IntRange::meet(L, R);
8428       meet.Width = std::min(meet.Width, MaxWidth);
8429       return meet;
8430     }
8431 
8432     // The default behavior is okay for these.
8433     case BO_Mul:
8434     case BO_Add:
8435     case BO_Xor:
8436     case BO_Or:
8437       break;
8438     }
8439 
8440     // The default case is to treat the operation as if it were closed
8441     // on the narrowest type that encompasses both operands.
8442     IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
8443     IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
8444     return IntRange::join(L, R);
8445   }
8446 
8447   if (const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
8448     switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
8449     // Boolean-valued operations are white-listed.
8450     case UO_LNot:
8451       return IntRange::forBoolType();
8452 
8453     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
8454     case UO_Deref:
8455     case UO_AddrOf: // should be impossible
8456       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8457 
8458     default:
8459       return GetExprRange(C, UO->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
8460     }
8461   }
8462 
8463   if (const auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E))
8464     return GetExprRange(C, OVE->getSourceExpr(), MaxWidth);
8465 
8466   if (const auto *BitField = E->getSourceBitField())
8467     return IntRange(BitField->getBitWidthValue(C),
8468                     BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
8469 
8470   return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8471 }
8472 
8473 IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, const Expr *E) {
8474   return GetExprRange(C, E, C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E)));
8475 }
8476 
8477 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
8478 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
8479 /// target semantics.
8480 bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const llvm::APFloat &value,
8481                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
8482                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
8483   llvm::APFloat truncated = value;
8484 
8485   bool ignored;
8486   truncated.convert(Src, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
8487   truncated.convert(Tgt, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
8488 
8489   return truncated.bitwiseIsEqual(value);
8490 }
8491 
8492 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
8493 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
8494 /// target semantics.
8495 ///
8496 /// The value might be a vector of floats (or a complex number).
8497 bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const APValue &value,
8498                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
8499                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
8500   if (value.isFloat())
8501     return IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getFloat(), Src, Tgt);
8502 
8503   if (value.isVector()) {
8504     for (unsigned i = 0, e = value.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i)
8505       if (!IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getVectorElt(i), Src, Tgt))
8506         return false;
8507     return true;
8508   }
8509 
8510   assert(value.isComplexFloat());
8511   return (IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatReal(), Src, Tgt) &&
8512           IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatImag(), Src, Tgt));
8513 }
8514 
8515 void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
8516 
8517 bool IsZero(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
8518   // Suppress cases where we are comparing against an enum constant.
8519   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR =
8520       dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
8521     if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
8522       return false;
8523 
8524   // Suppress cases where the '0' value is expanded from a macro.
8525   if (E->getLocStart().isMacroID())
8526     return false;
8527 
8528   llvm::APSInt Value;
8529   return E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context) && Value == 0;
8530 }
8531 
8532 bool HasEnumType(Expr *E) {
8533   // Strip off implicit integral promotions.
8534   while (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
8535     if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast &&
8536         ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp)
8537       break;
8538     E = ICE->getSubExpr();
8539   }
8540 
8541   return E->getType()->isEnumeralType();
8542 }
8543 
8544 void CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8545   // Disable warning in template instantiations.
8546   if (S.inTemplateInstantiation())
8547     return;
8548 
8549   BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
8550   if (E->isValueDependent())
8551     return;
8552 
8553   if (op == BO_LT && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
8554     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
8555       << "< 0" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
8556       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8557   } else if (op == BO_GE && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
8558     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
8559       << ">= 0" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
8560       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8561   } else if (op == BO_GT && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
8562     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
8563       << "0 >" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
8564       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8565   } else if (op == BO_LE && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
8566     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
8567       << "0 <=" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
8568       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8569   }
8570 }
8571 
8572 void DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E, Expr *Constant,
8573                                   Expr *Other, const llvm::APSInt &Value,
8574                                   bool RhsConstant) {
8575   // Disable warning in template instantiations.
8576   if (S.inTemplateInstantiation())
8577     return;
8578 
8579   // TODO: Investigate using GetExprRange() to get tighter bounds
8580   // on the bit ranges.
8581   QualType OtherT = Other->getType();
8582   if (const auto *AT = OtherT->getAs<AtomicType>())
8583     OtherT = AT->getValueType();
8584   IntRange OtherRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(S.Context, OtherT);
8585   unsigned OtherWidth = OtherRange.Width;
8586 
8587   bool OtherIsBooleanType = Other->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue();
8588 
8589   // 0 values are handled later by CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison().
8590   if ((Value == 0) && (!OtherIsBooleanType))
8591     return;
8592 
8593   BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
8594   bool IsTrue = true;
8595 
8596   // Used for diagnostic printout.
8597   enum {
8598     LiteralConstant = 0,
8599     CXXBoolLiteralTrue,
8600     CXXBoolLiteralFalse
8601   } LiteralOrBoolConstant = LiteralConstant;
8602 
8603   if (!OtherIsBooleanType) {
8604     QualType ConstantT = Constant->getType();
8605     QualType CommonT = E->getLHS()->getType();
8606 
8607     if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(OtherT, ConstantT))
8608       return;
8609     assert((OtherT->isIntegerType() && ConstantT->isIntegerType()) &&
8610            "comparison with non-integer type");
8611 
8612     bool ConstantSigned = ConstantT->isSignedIntegerType();
8613     bool CommonSigned = CommonT->isSignedIntegerType();
8614 
8615     bool EqualityOnly = false;
8616 
8617     if (CommonSigned) {
8618       // The common type is signed, therefore no signed to unsigned conversion.
8619       if (!OtherRange.NonNegative) {
8620         // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
8621         if (ConstantSigned) {
8622           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getMinSignedBits())
8623             return;
8624         } else { // !ConstantSigned
8625           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits() + 1)
8626             return;
8627         }
8628       } else { // !OtherSigned
8629                // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
8630         // Negative values are out of range.
8631         if (ConstantSigned) {
8632           if (Value.isNonNegative() && OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
8633             return;
8634         } else { // !ConstantSigned
8635           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
8636             return;
8637         }
8638       }
8639     } else { // !CommonSigned
8640       if (OtherRange.NonNegative) {
8641         if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
8642           return;
8643       } else { // OtherSigned
8644         assert(!ConstantSigned &&
8645                "Two signed types converted to unsigned types.");
8646         // Check to see if the constant is representable in OtherT.
8647         if (OtherWidth > Value.getActiveBits())
8648           return;
8649         // Check to see if the constant is equivalent to a negative value
8650         // cast to CommonT.
8651         if (S.Context.getIntWidth(ConstantT) ==
8652                 S.Context.getIntWidth(CommonT) &&
8653             Value.isNegative() && Value.getMinSignedBits() <= OtherWidth)
8654           return;
8655         // The constant value rests between values that OtherT can represent
8656         // after conversion.  Relational comparison still works, but equality
8657         // comparisons will be tautological.
8658         EqualityOnly = true;
8659       }
8660     }
8661 
8662     bool PositiveConstant = !ConstantSigned || Value.isNonNegative();
8663 
8664     if (op == BO_EQ || op == BO_NE) {
8665       IsTrue = op == BO_NE;
8666     } else if (EqualityOnly) {
8667       return;
8668     } else if (RhsConstant) {
8669       if (op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE)
8670         IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
8671       else // op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE
8672         IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
8673     } else {
8674       if (op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE)
8675         IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
8676       else // op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE
8677         IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
8678     }
8679   } else {
8680     // Other isKnownToHaveBooleanValue
8681     enum CompareBoolWithConstantResult { AFals, ATrue, Unkwn };
8682     enum ConstantValue { LT_Zero, Zero, One, GT_One, SizeOfConstVal };
8683     enum ConstantSide { Lhs, Rhs, SizeOfConstSides };
8684 
8685     static const struct LinkedConditions {
8686       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_LT_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8687       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_GT_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8688       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_LE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8689       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_GE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8690       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_EQ_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8691       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_NE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8692 
8693     } TruthTable = {
8694         // Constant on LHS.              | Constant on RHS.              |
8695         // LT_Zero| Zero  | One   |GT_One| LT_Zero| Zero  | One   |GT_One|
8696         { { ATrue, Unkwn, AFals, AFals }, { AFals, AFals, Unkwn, ATrue } },
8697         { { AFals, AFals, Unkwn, ATrue }, { ATrue, Unkwn, AFals, AFals } },
8698         { { ATrue, ATrue, Unkwn, AFals }, { AFals, Unkwn, ATrue, ATrue } },
8699         { { AFals, Unkwn, ATrue, ATrue }, { ATrue, ATrue, Unkwn, AFals } },
8700         { { AFals, Unkwn, Unkwn, AFals }, { AFals, Unkwn, Unkwn, AFals } },
8701         { { ATrue, Unkwn, Unkwn, ATrue }, { ATrue, Unkwn, Unkwn, ATrue } }
8702       };
8703 
8704     bool ConstantIsBoolLiteral = isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(Constant);
8705 
8706     enum ConstantValue ConstVal = Zero;
8707     if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
8708       if (Value == 0) {
8709         LiteralOrBoolConstant =
8710             ConstantIsBoolLiteral ? CXXBoolLiteralFalse : LiteralConstant;
8711         ConstVal = Zero;
8712       } else if (Value == 1) {
8713         LiteralOrBoolConstant =
8714             ConstantIsBoolLiteral ? CXXBoolLiteralTrue : LiteralConstant;
8715         ConstVal = One;
8716       } else {
8717         LiteralOrBoolConstant = LiteralConstant;
8718         ConstVal = GT_One;
8719       }
8720     } else {
8721       ConstVal = LT_Zero;
8722     }
8723 
8724     CompareBoolWithConstantResult CmpRes;
8725 
8726     switch (op) {
8727     case BO_LT:
8728       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_LT_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8729       break;
8730     case BO_GT:
8731       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_GT_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8732       break;
8733     case BO_LE:
8734       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_LE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8735       break;
8736     case BO_GE:
8737       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_GE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8738       break;
8739     case BO_EQ:
8740       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_EQ_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8741       break;
8742     case BO_NE:
8743       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_NE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8744       break;
8745     default:
8746       CmpRes = Unkwn;
8747       break;
8748     }
8749 
8750     if (CmpRes == AFals) {
8751       IsTrue = false;
8752     } else if (CmpRes == ATrue) {
8753       IsTrue = true;
8754     } else {
8755       return;
8756     }
8757   }
8758 
8759   // If this is a comparison to an enum constant, include that
8760   // constant in the diagnostic.
8761   const EnumConstantDecl *ED = nullptr;
8762   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Constant))
8763     ED = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl());
8764 
8765   SmallString<64> PrettySourceValue;
8766   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(PrettySourceValue);
8767   if (ED)
8768     OS << '\'' << *ED << "' (" << Value << ")";
8769   else
8770     OS << Value;
8771 
8772   S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(
8773     E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
8774     S.PDiag(diag::warn_out_of_range_compare)
8775         << OS.str() << LiteralOrBoolConstant
8776         << OtherT << (OtherIsBooleanType && !OtherT->isBooleanType()) << IsTrue
8777         << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange());
8778 }
8779 
8780 /// Analyze the operands of the given comparison.  Implements the
8781 /// fallback case from AnalyzeComparison.
8782 void AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8783   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8784   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8785 }
8786 
8787 /// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
8788 ///
8789 /// \param E the binary operator to check for warnings
8790 void AnalyzeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8791   // The type the comparison is being performed in.
8792   QualType T = E->getLHS()->getType();
8793 
8794   // Only analyze comparison operators where both sides have been converted to
8795   // the same type.
8796   if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, E->getRHS()->getType()))
8797     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8798 
8799   // Don't analyze value-dependent comparisons directly.
8800   if (E->isValueDependent())
8801     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8802 
8803   Expr *LHS = E->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8804   Expr *RHS = E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8805 
8806   bool IsComparisonConstant = false;
8807 
8808   // Check whether an integer constant comparison results in a value
8809   // of 'true' or 'false'.
8810   if (T->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
8811     llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
8812     bool IsRHSIntegralLiteral =
8813       RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(RHSValue, S.Context);
8814     llvm::APSInt LHSValue;
8815     bool IsLHSIntegralLiteral =
8816       LHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(LHSValue, S.Context);
8817     if (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && !IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
8818         DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, RHS, LHS, RHSValue, true);
8819     else if (!IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
8820       DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, LHS, RHS, LHSValue, false);
8821     else
8822       IsComparisonConstant =
8823         (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral);
8824   } else if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
8825       IsComparisonConstant = E->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context);
8826 
8827   // We don't do anything special if this isn't an unsigned integral
8828   // comparison:  we're only interested in integral comparisons, and
8829   // signed comparisons only happen in cases we don't care to warn about.
8830   //
8831   // We also don't care about value-dependent expressions or expressions
8832   // whose result is a constant.
8833   if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() || IsComparisonConstant)
8834     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8835 
8836   // Check to see if one of the (unmodified) operands is of different
8837   // signedness.
8838   Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
8839   if (LHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
8840     assert(!RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() &&
8841            "unsigned comparison between two signed integer expressions?");
8842     signedOperand = LHS;
8843     unsignedOperand = RHS;
8844   } else if (RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
8845     signedOperand = RHS;
8846     unsignedOperand = LHS;
8847   } else {
8848     CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
8849     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8850   }
8851 
8852   // Otherwise, calculate the effective range of the signed operand.
8853   IntRange signedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, signedOperand);
8854 
8855   // Go ahead and analyze implicit conversions in the operands.  Note
8856   // that we skip the implicit conversions on both sides.
8857   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, LHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
8858   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, RHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
8859 
8860   // If the signed range is non-negative, -Wsign-compare won't fire,
8861   // but we should still check for comparisons which are always true
8862   // or false.
8863   if (signedRange.NonNegative)
8864     return CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
8865 
8866   // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
8867   // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
8868   // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
8869   // change the result of the comparison.
8870   if (E->isEqualityOp()) {
8871     unsigned comparisonWidth = S.Context.getIntWidth(T);
8872     IntRange unsignedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, unsignedOperand);
8873 
8874     // We should never be unable to prove that the unsigned operand is
8875     // non-negative.
8876     assert(unsignedRange.NonNegative && "unsigned range includes negative?");
8877 
8878     if (unsignedRange.Width < comparisonWidth)
8879       return;
8880   }
8881 
8882   S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
8883     S.PDiag(diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison)
8884       << LHS->getType() << RHS->getType()
8885       << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange());
8886 }
8887 
8888 /// Analyzes an attempt to assign the given value to a bitfield.
8889 ///
8890 /// Returns true if there was something fishy about the attempt.
8891 bool AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(Sema &S, FieldDecl *Bitfield, Expr *Init,
8892                                SourceLocation InitLoc) {
8893   assert(Bitfield->isBitField());
8894   if (Bitfield->isInvalidDecl())
8895     return false;
8896 
8897   // White-list bool bitfields.
8898   QualType BitfieldType = Bitfield->getType();
8899   if (BitfieldType->isBooleanType())
8900      return false;
8901 
8902   if (BitfieldType->isEnumeralType()) {
8903     EnumDecl *BitfieldEnumDecl = BitfieldType->getAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
8904     // If the underlying enum type was not explicitly specified as an unsigned
8905     // type and the enum contain only positive values, MSVC++ will cause an
8906     // inconsistency by storing this as a signed type.
8907     if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
8908         !BitfieldEnumDecl->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo() &&
8909         BitfieldEnumDecl->getNumPositiveBits() > 0 &&
8910         BitfieldEnumDecl->getNumNegativeBits() == 0) {
8911       S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_no_underlying_type_specified_for_enum_bitfield)
8912         << BitfieldEnumDecl->getNameAsString();
8913     }
8914   }
8915 
8916   if (Bitfield->getType()->isBooleanType())
8917     return false;
8918 
8919   // Ignore value- or type-dependent expressions.
8920   if (Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isValueDependent() ||
8921       Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isTypeDependent() ||
8922       Init->isValueDependent() ||
8923       Init->isTypeDependent())
8924     return false;
8925 
8926   Expr *OriginalInit = Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8927   unsigned FieldWidth = Bitfield->getBitWidthValue(S.Context);
8928 
8929   llvm::APSInt Value;
8930   if (!OriginalInit->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context,
8931                                    Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) {
8932     // The RHS is not constant.  If the RHS has an enum type, make sure the
8933     // bitfield is wide enough to hold all the values of the enum without
8934     // truncation.
8935     if (const auto *EnumTy = OriginalInit->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
8936       EnumDecl *ED = EnumTy->getDecl();
8937       bool SignedBitfield = BitfieldType->isSignedIntegerType();
8938 
8939       // Enum types are implicitly signed on Windows, so check if there are any
8940       // negative enumerators to see if the enum was intended to be signed or
8941       // not.
8942       bool SignedEnum = ED->getNumNegativeBits() > 0;
8943 
8944       // Check for surprising sign changes when assigning enum values to a
8945       // bitfield of different signedness.  If the bitfield is signed and we
8946       // have exactly the right number of bits to store this unsigned enum,
8947       // suggest changing the enum to an unsigned type. This typically happens
8948       // on Windows where unfixed enums always use an underlying type of 'int'.
8949       unsigned DiagID = 0;
8950       if (SignedEnum && !SignedBitfield) {
8951         DiagID = diag::warn_unsigned_bitfield_assigned_signed_enum;
8952       } else if (SignedBitfield && !SignedEnum &&
8953                  ED->getNumPositiveBits() == FieldWidth) {
8954         DiagID = diag::warn_signed_bitfield_enum_conversion;
8955       }
8956 
8957       if (DiagID) {
8958         S.Diag(InitLoc, DiagID) << Bitfield << ED;
8959         TypeSourceInfo *TSI = Bitfield->getTypeSourceInfo();
8960         SourceRange TypeRange =
8961             TSI ? TSI->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
8962         S.Diag(Bitfield->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_change_bitfield_sign)
8963             << SignedEnum << TypeRange;
8964       }
8965 
8966       // Compute the required bitwidth. If the enum has negative values, we need
8967       // one more bit than the normal number of positive bits to represent the
8968       // sign bit.
8969       unsigned BitsNeeded = SignedEnum ? std::max(ED->getNumPositiveBits() + 1,
8970                                                   ED->getNumNegativeBits())
8971                                        : ED->getNumPositiveBits();
8972 
8973       // Check the bitwidth.
8974       if (BitsNeeded > FieldWidth) {
8975         Expr *WidthExpr = Bitfield->getBitWidth();
8976         S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_too_small_for_enum)
8977             << Bitfield << ED;
8978         S.Diag(WidthExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::note_widen_bitfield)
8979             << BitsNeeded << ED << WidthExpr->getSourceRange();
8980       }
8981     }
8982 
8983     return false;
8984   }
8985 
8986   unsigned OriginalWidth = Value.getBitWidth();
8987 
8988   if (!Value.isSigned() || Value.isNegative())
8989     if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OriginalInit))
8990       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Not)
8991         OriginalWidth = Value.getMinSignedBits();
8992 
8993   if (OriginalWidth <= FieldWidth)
8994     return false;
8995 
8996   // Compute the value which the bitfield will contain.
8997   llvm::APSInt TruncatedValue = Value.trunc(FieldWidth);
8998   TruncatedValue.setIsSigned(BitfieldType->isSignedIntegerType());
8999 
9000   // Check whether the stored value is equal to the original value.
9001   TruncatedValue = TruncatedValue.extend(OriginalWidth);
9002   if (llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(Value, TruncatedValue))
9003     return false;
9004 
9005   // Special-case bitfields of width 1: booleans are naturally 0/1, and
9006   // therefore don't strictly fit into a signed bitfield of width 1.
9007   if (FieldWidth == 1 && Value == 1)
9008     return false;
9009 
9010   std::string PrettyValue = Value.toString(10);
9011   std::string PrettyTrunc = TruncatedValue.toString(10);
9012 
9013   S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant)
9014     << PrettyValue << PrettyTrunc << OriginalInit->getType()
9015     << Init->getSourceRange();
9016 
9017   return true;
9018 }
9019 
9020 /// Analyze the given simple or compound assignment for warning-worthy
9021 /// operations.
9022 void AnalyzeAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
9023   // Just recurse on the LHS.
9024   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
9025 
9026   // We want to recurse on the RHS as normal unless we're assigning to
9027   // a bitfield.
9028   if (FieldDecl *Bitfield = E->getLHS()->getSourceBitField()) {
9029     if (AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(S, Bitfield, E->getRHS(),
9030                                   E->getOperatorLoc())) {
9031       // Recurse, ignoring any implicit conversions on the RHS.
9032       return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
9033                                         E->getOperatorLoc());
9034     }
9035   }
9036 
9037   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
9038 }
9039 
9040 /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
9041 void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType SourceType, QualType T,
9042                      SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
9043                      bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
9044   if (pruneControlFlow) {
9045     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
9046                           S.PDiag(diag)
9047                             << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange()
9048                             << SourceRange(CContext));
9049     return;
9050   }
9051   S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag)
9052     << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
9053 }
9054 
9055 /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
9056 void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, SourceLocation CContext,
9057                      unsigned diag, bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
9058   DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getType(), T, CContext, diag, pruneControlFlow);
9059 }
9060 
9061 
9062 /// Diagnose an implicit cast from a floating point value to an integer value.
9063 void DiagnoseFloatingImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
9064 
9065                              SourceLocation CContext) {
9066   const bool IsBool = T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool);
9067   const bool PruneWarnings = S.inTemplateInstantiation();
9068 
9069   Expr *InnerE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9070   // We also want to warn on, e.g., "int i = -1.234"
9071   if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(InnerE))
9072     if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Plus)
9073       InnerE = UOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9074 
9075   const bool IsLiteral =
9076       isa<FloatingLiteral>(E) || isa<FloatingLiteral>(InnerE);
9077 
9078   llvm::APFloat Value(0.0);
9079   bool IsConstant =
9080     E->EvaluateAsFloat(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects);
9081   if (!IsConstant) {
9082     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
9083                            diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
9084   }
9085 
9086   bool isExact = false;
9087 
9088   llvm::APSInt IntegerValue(S.Context.getIntWidth(T),
9089                             T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation());
9090   if (Value.convertToInteger(IntegerValue, llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero,
9091                              &isExact) == llvm::APFloat::opOK &&
9092       isExact) {
9093     if (IsLiteral) return;
9094     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext, diag::warn_impcast_float_integer,
9095                            PruneWarnings);
9096   }
9097 
9098   unsigned DiagID = 0;
9099   if (IsLiteral) {
9100     // Warn on floating point literal to integer.
9101     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer;
9102   } else if (IntegerValue == 0) {
9103     if (Value.isZero()) {  // Skip -0.0 to 0 conversion.
9104       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
9105                              diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
9106     }
9107     // Warn on non-zero to zero conversion.
9108     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_float_to_integer_zero;
9109   } else {
9110     if (IntegerValue.isUnsigned()) {
9111       if (!IntegerValue.isMaxValue()) {
9112         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
9113                                diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
9114       }
9115     } else {  // IntegerValue.isSigned()
9116       if (!IntegerValue.isMaxSignedValue() &&
9117           !IntegerValue.isMinSignedValue()) {
9118         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
9119                                diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
9120       }
9121     }
9122     // Warn on evaluatable floating point expression to integer conversion.
9123     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_float_to_integer;
9124   }
9125 
9126   // FIXME: Force the precision of the source value down so we don't print
9127   // digits which are usually useless (we don't really care here if we
9128   // truncate a digit by accident in edge cases).  Ideally, APFloat::toString
9129   // would automatically print the shortest representation, but it's a bit
9130   // tricky to implement.
9131   SmallString<16> PrettySourceValue;
9132   unsigned precision = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision(Value.getSemantics());
9133   precision = (precision * 59 + 195) / 196;
9134   Value.toString(PrettySourceValue, precision);
9135 
9136   SmallString<16> PrettyTargetValue;
9137   if (IsBool)
9138     PrettyTargetValue = Value.isZero() ? "false" : "true";
9139   else
9140     IntegerValue.toString(PrettyTargetValue);
9141 
9142   if (PruneWarnings) {
9143     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
9144                           S.PDiag(DiagID)
9145                               << E->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType()
9146                               << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
9147                               << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext));
9148   } else {
9149     S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID)
9150         << E->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType() << PrettySourceValue
9151         << PrettyTargetValue << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
9152   }
9153 }
9154 
9155 std::string PrettyPrintInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Value, IntRange Range) {
9156   if (!Range.Width) return "0";
9157 
9158   llvm::APSInt ValueInRange = Value;
9159   ValueInRange.setIsSigned(!Range.NonNegative);
9160   ValueInRange = ValueInRange.trunc(Range.Width);
9161   return ValueInRange.toString(10);
9162 }
9163 
9164 bool IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(Sema &S, Expr *Ex, bool ToBool) {
9165   if (!isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(Ex))
9166     return false;
9167 
9168   Expr *InnerE = Ex->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9169   const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(Ex->getType()).getTypePtr();
9170   const Type *Source =
9171     S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr();
9172   if (Target->isDependentType())
9173     return false;
9174 
9175   const BuiltinType *FloatCandidateBT =
9176     dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(ToBool ? Source : Target);
9177   const Type *BoolCandidateType = ToBool ? Target : Source;
9178 
9179   return (BoolCandidateType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) &&
9180           FloatCandidateBT && (FloatCandidateBT->isFloatingPoint()));
9181 }
9182 
9183 void CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
9184                                       SourceLocation CC) {
9185   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
9186   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; ++i) {
9187     Expr *CurrA = TheCall->getArg(i);
9188     if (!IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, CurrA, true))
9189       continue;
9190 
9191     bool IsSwapped = ((i > 0) &&
9192         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i - 1), false));
9193     IsSwapped |= ((i < (NumArgs - 1)) &&
9194         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i + 1), false));
9195     if (IsSwapped) {
9196       // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion.
9197       DiagnoseImpCast(S, CurrA->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
9198                       CurrA->getType(), CC,
9199                       diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
9200     }
9201   }
9202 }
9203 
9204 void DiagnoseNullConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, SourceLocation CC) {
9205   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer,
9206                         E->getExprLoc()))
9207     return;
9208 
9209   // Don't warn on functions which have return type nullptr_t.
9210   if (isa<CallExpr>(E))
9211     return;
9212 
9213   // Check for NULL (GNUNull) or nullptr (CXX11_nullptr).
9214   const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind =
9215       E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
9216   if (NullKind != Expr::NPCK_GNUNull && NullKind != Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr)
9217     return;
9218 
9219   // Return if target type is a safe conversion.
9220   if (T->isAnyPointerType() || T->isBlockPointerType() ||
9221       T->isMemberPointerType() || !T->isScalarType() || T->isNullPtrType())
9222     return;
9223 
9224   SourceLocation Loc = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
9225 
9226   // Venture through the macro stacks to get to the source of macro arguments.
9227   // The new location is a better location than the complete location that was
9228   // passed in.
9229   while (S.SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(Loc))
9230     Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(Loc);
9231 
9232   while (S.SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(CC))
9233     CC = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(CC);
9234 
9235   // __null is usually wrapped in a macro.  Go up a macro if that is the case.
9236   if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_GNUNull && Loc.isMacroID()) {
9237     StringRef MacroName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroNameForDiagnostics(
9238         Loc, S.SourceMgr, S.getLangOpts());
9239     if (MacroName == "NULL")
9240       Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc).first;
9241   }
9242 
9243   // Only warn if the null and context location are in the same macro expansion.
9244   if (S.SourceMgr.getFileID(Loc) != S.SourceMgr.getFileID(CC))
9245     return;
9246 
9247   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer)
9248       << (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr) << T << clang::SourceRange(CC)
9249       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc,
9250                                       S.getFixItZeroLiteralForType(T, Loc));
9251 }
9252 
9253 void checkObjCArrayLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
9254                            ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLiteral);
9255 void checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
9256                                 ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictionaryLiteral);
9257 
9258 /// Check a single element within a collection literal against the
9259 /// target element type.
9260 void checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(Sema &S, QualType TargetElementType,
9261                                        Expr *Element, unsigned ElementKind) {
9262   // Skip a bitcast to 'id' or qualified 'id'.
9263   if (auto ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Element)) {
9264     if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast &&
9265         ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
9266       Element = ICE->getSubExpr();
9267   }
9268 
9269   QualType ElementType = Element->getType();
9270   ExprResult ElementResult(Element);
9271   if (ElementType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
9272       S.CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(TargetElementType,
9273                                          ElementResult,
9274                                          false, false)
9275         != Sema::Compatible) {
9276     S.Diag(Element->getLocStart(),
9277            diag::warn_objc_collection_literal_element)
9278       << ElementType << ElementKind << TargetElementType
9279       << Element->getSourceRange();
9280   }
9281 
9282   if (auto ArrayLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(Element))
9283     checkObjCArrayLiteral(S, TargetElementType, ArrayLiteral);
9284   else if (auto DictionaryLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(Element))
9285     checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(S, TargetElementType, DictionaryLiteral);
9286 }
9287 
9288 /// Check an Objective-C array literal being converted to the given
9289 /// target type.
9290 void checkObjCArrayLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
9291                            ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLiteral) {
9292   if (!S.NSArrayDecl)
9293     return;
9294 
9295   const auto *TargetObjCPtr = TargetType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
9296   if (!TargetObjCPtr)
9297     return;
9298 
9299   if (TargetObjCPtr->isUnspecialized() ||
9300       TargetObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()
9301         != S.NSArrayDecl->getCanonicalDecl())
9302     return;
9303 
9304   auto TypeArgs = TargetObjCPtr->getTypeArgs();
9305   if (TypeArgs.size() != 1)
9306     return;
9307 
9308   QualType TargetElementType = TypeArgs[0];
9309   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ArrayLiteral->getNumElements(); I != N; ++I) {
9310     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetElementType,
9311                                       ArrayLiteral->getElement(I),
9312                                       0);
9313   }
9314 }
9315 
9316 /// Check an Objective-C dictionary literal being converted to the given
9317 /// target type.
9318 void checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
9319                                 ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictionaryLiteral) {
9320   if (!S.NSDictionaryDecl)
9321     return;
9322 
9323   const auto *TargetObjCPtr = TargetType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
9324   if (!TargetObjCPtr)
9325     return;
9326 
9327   if (TargetObjCPtr->isUnspecialized() ||
9328       TargetObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()
9329         != S.NSDictionaryDecl->getCanonicalDecl())
9330     return;
9331 
9332   auto TypeArgs = TargetObjCPtr->getTypeArgs();
9333   if (TypeArgs.size() != 2)
9334     return;
9335 
9336   QualType TargetKeyType = TypeArgs[0];
9337   QualType TargetObjectType = TypeArgs[1];
9338   for (unsigned I = 0, N = DictionaryLiteral->getNumElements(); I != N; ++I) {
9339     auto Element = DictionaryLiteral->getKeyValueElement(I);
9340     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetKeyType, Element.Key, 1);
9341     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetObjectType, Element.Value, 2);
9342   }
9343 }
9344 
9345 // Helper function to filter out cases for constant width constant conversion.
9346 // Don't warn on char array initialization or for non-decimal values.
9347 bool isSameWidthConstantConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
9348                                    SourceLocation CC) {
9349   // If initializing from a constant, and the constant starts with '0',
9350   // then it is a binary, octal, or hexadecimal.  Allow these constants
9351   // to fill all the bits, even if there is a sign change.
9352   if (auto *IntLit = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
9353     const char FirstLiteralCharacter =
9354         S.getSourceManager().getCharacterData(IntLit->getLocStart())[0];
9355     if (FirstLiteralCharacter == '0')
9356       return false;
9357   }
9358 
9359   // If the CC location points to a '{', and the type is char, then assume
9360   // assume it is an array initialization.
9361   if (CC.isValid() && T->isCharType()) {
9362     const char FirstContextCharacter =
9363         S.getSourceManager().getCharacterData(CC)[0];
9364     if (FirstContextCharacter == '{')
9365       return false;
9366   }
9367 
9368   return true;
9369 }
9370 
9371 void CheckImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
9372                              SourceLocation CC, bool *ICContext = nullptr) {
9373   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return;
9374 
9375   const Type *Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).getTypePtr();
9376   const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr();
9377   if (Source == Target) return;
9378   if (Target->isDependentType()) return;
9379 
9380   // If the conversion context location is invalid don't complain. We also
9381   // don't want to emit a warning if the issue occurs from the expansion of
9382   // a system macro. The problem is that 'getSpellingLoc()' is slow, so we
9383   // delay this check as long as possible. Once we detect we are in that
9384   // scenario, we just return.
9385   if (CC.isInvalid())
9386     return;
9387 
9388   // Diagnose implicit casts to bool.
9389   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) {
9390     if (isa<StringLiteral>(E))
9391       // Warn on string literal to bool.  Checks for string literals in logical
9392       // and expressions, for instance, assert(0 && "error here"), are
9393       // prevented by a check in AnalyzeImplicitConversions().
9394       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
9395                              diag::warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool);
9396     if (isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E) ||
9397         isa<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
9398       // This covers the literal expressions that evaluate to Objective-C
9399       // objects.
9400       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
9401                              diag::warn_impcast_objective_c_literal_to_bool);
9402     }
9403     if (Source->isPointerType() || Source->canDecayToPointerType()) {
9404       // Warn on pointer to bool conversion that is always true.
9405       S.DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(E, Expr::NPCK_NotNull, /*IsEqual*/ false,
9406                                      SourceRange(CC));
9407     }
9408   }
9409 
9410   // Check implicit casts from Objective-C collection literals to specialized
9411   // collection types, e.g., NSArray<NSString *> *.
9412   if (auto *ArrayLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E))
9413     checkObjCArrayLiteral(S, QualType(Target, 0), ArrayLiteral);
9414   else if (auto *DictionaryLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E))
9415     checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(S, QualType(Target, 0), DictionaryLiteral);
9416 
9417   // Strip vector types.
9418   if (isa<VectorType>(Source)) {
9419     if (!isa<VectorType>(Target)) {
9420       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9421         return;
9422       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_vector_scalar);
9423     }
9424 
9425     // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is
9426     // a bitcast, not a conversion.
9427     if (S.Context.getTypeSize(Source) == S.Context.getTypeSize(Target))
9428       return;
9429 
9430     Source = cast<VectorType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
9431     Target = cast<VectorType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
9432   }
9433   if (auto VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Target))
9434     Target = VecTy->getElementType().getTypePtr();
9435 
9436   // Strip complex types.
9437   if (isa<ComplexType>(Source)) {
9438     if (!isa<ComplexType>(Target)) {
9439       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC) || Target->isBooleanType())
9440         return;
9441 
9442       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
9443                              S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
9444                                  ? diag::err_impcast_complex_scalar
9445                                  : diag::warn_impcast_complex_scalar);
9446     }
9447 
9448     Source = cast<ComplexType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
9449     Target = cast<ComplexType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
9450   }
9451 
9452   const BuiltinType *SourceBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Source);
9453   const BuiltinType *TargetBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Target);
9454 
9455   // If the source is floating point...
9456   if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
9457     // ...and the target is floating point...
9458     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
9459       // ...then warn if we're dropping FP rank.
9460 
9461       // Builtin FP kinds are ordered by increasing FP rank.
9462       if (SourceBT->getKind() > TargetBT->getKind()) {
9463         // Don't warn about float constants that are precisely
9464         // representable in the target type.
9465         Expr::EvalResult result;
9466         if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, S.Context)) {
9467           // Value might be a float, a float vector, or a float complex.
9468           if (IsSameFloatAfterCast(result.Val,
9469                    S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)),
9470                    S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceBT, 0))))
9471             return;
9472         }
9473 
9474         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9475           return;
9476 
9477         DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_precision);
9478       }
9479       // ... or possibly if we're increasing rank, too
9480       else if (TargetBT->getKind() > SourceBT->getKind()) {
9481         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9482           return;
9483 
9484         DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_double_promotion);
9485       }
9486       return;
9487     }
9488 
9489     // If the target is integral, always warn.
9490     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isInteger()) {
9491       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9492         return;
9493 
9494       DiagnoseFloatingImpCast(S, E, T, CC);
9495     }
9496 
9497     // Detect the case where a call result is converted from floating-point to
9498     // to bool, and the final argument to the call is converted from bool, to
9499     // discover this typo:
9500     //
9501     //    bool b = fabs(x < 1.0);  // should be "bool b = fabs(x) < 1.0;"
9502     //
9503     // FIXME: This is an incredibly special case; is there some more general
9504     // way to detect this class of misplaced-parentheses bug?
9505     if (Target->isBooleanType() && isa<CallExpr>(E)) {
9506       // Check last argument of function call to see if it is an
9507       // implicit cast from a type matching the type the result
9508       // is being cast to.
9509       CallExpr *CEx = cast<CallExpr>(E);
9510       if (unsigned NumArgs = CEx->getNumArgs()) {
9511         Expr *LastA = CEx->getArg(NumArgs - 1);
9512         Expr *InnerE = LastA->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9513         if (isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(LastA) &&
9514             InnerE->getType()->isBooleanType()) {
9515           // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion
9516           DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
9517                           diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
9518         }
9519       }
9520     }
9521     return;
9522   }
9523 
9524   DiagnoseNullConversion(S, E, T, CC);
9525 
9526   S.DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(Target, E);
9527 
9528   if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType())
9529     return;
9530 
9531   // TODO: remove this early return once the false positives for constant->bool
9532   // in templates, macros, etc, are reduced or removed.
9533   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
9534     return;
9535 
9536   IntRange SourceRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, E);
9537   IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(S.Context, Target);
9538 
9539   if (SourceRange.Width > TargetRange.Width) {
9540     // If the source is a constant, use a default-on diagnostic.
9541     // TODO: this should happen for bitfield stores, too.
9542     llvm::APSInt Value(32);
9543     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) {
9544       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9545         return;
9546 
9547       std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
9548       std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
9549 
9550       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
9551         S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
9552             << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
9553             << E->getType() << T << E->getSourceRange()
9554             << clang::SourceRange(CC));
9555       return;
9556     }
9557 
9558     // People want to build with -Wshorten-64-to-32 and not -Wconversion.
9559     if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9560       return;
9561 
9562     if (TargetRange.Width == 32 && S.Context.getIntWidth(E->getType()) == 64)
9563       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_64_32,
9564                              /* pruneControlFlow */ true);
9565     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision);
9566   }
9567 
9568   if (TargetRange.Width == SourceRange.Width && !TargetRange.NonNegative &&
9569       SourceRange.NonNegative && Source->isSignedIntegerType()) {
9570     // Warn when doing a signed to signed conversion, warn if the positive
9571     // source value is exactly the width of the target type, which will
9572     // cause a negative value to be stored.
9573 
9574     llvm::APSInt Value;
9575     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects) &&
9576         !S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) {
9577       if (isSameWidthConstantConversion(S, E, T, CC)) {
9578         std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
9579         std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
9580 
9581         S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(
9582             E->getExprLoc(), E,
9583             S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
9584                 << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue << E->getType() << T
9585                 << E->getSourceRange() << clang::SourceRange(CC));
9586         return;
9587       }
9588     }
9589 
9590     // Fall through for non-constants to give a sign conversion warning.
9591   }
9592 
9593   if ((TargetRange.NonNegative && !SourceRange.NonNegative) ||
9594       (!TargetRange.NonNegative && SourceRange.NonNegative &&
9595        SourceRange.Width == TargetRange.Width)) {
9596     if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9597       return;
9598 
9599     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign;
9600 
9601     // Traditionally, gcc has warned about this under -Wsign-compare.
9602     // We also want to warn about it in -Wconversion.
9603     // So if -Wconversion is off, use a completely identical diagnostic
9604     // in the sign-compare group.
9605     // The conditional-checking code will
9606     if (ICContext) {
9607       DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional;
9608       *ICContext = true;
9609     }
9610 
9611     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, DiagID);
9612   }
9613 
9614   // Diagnose conversions between different enumeration types.
9615   // In C, we pretend that the type of an EnumConstantDecl is its enumeration
9616   // type, to give us better diagnostics.
9617   QualType SourceType = E->getType();
9618   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9619     if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
9620       if (EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
9621         EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
9622         SourceType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
9623         Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(SourceType).getTypePtr();
9624       }
9625   }
9626 
9627   if (const EnumType *SourceEnum = Source->getAs<EnumType>())
9628     if (const EnumType *TargetEnum = Target->getAs<EnumType>())
9629       if (SourceEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
9630           TargetEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
9631           SourceEnum != TargetEnum) {
9632         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9633           return;
9634 
9635         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, SourceType, T, CC,
9636                                diag::warn_impcast_different_enum_types);
9637       }
9638 }
9639 
9640 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
9641                               SourceLocation CC, QualType T);
9642 
9643 void CheckConditionalOperand(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
9644                              SourceLocation CC, bool &ICContext) {
9645   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9646 
9647   if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E))
9648     return CheckConditionalOperator(S, cast<ConditionalOperator>(E), CC, T);
9649 
9650   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
9651   if (E->getType() != T)
9652     return CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC, &ICContext);
9653 }
9654 
9655 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
9656                               SourceLocation CC, QualType T) {
9657   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getCond(), E->getQuestionLoc());
9658 
9659   bool Suspicious = false;
9660   CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getTrueExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
9661   CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getFalseExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
9662 
9663   // If -Wconversion would have warned about either of the candidates
9664   // for a signedness conversion to the context type...
9665   if (!Suspicious) return;
9666 
9667   // ...but it's currently ignored...
9668   if (!S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional, CC))
9669     return;
9670 
9671   // ...then check whether it would have warned about either of the
9672   // candidates for a signedness conversion to the condition type.
9673   if (E->getType() == T) return;
9674 
9675   Suspicious = false;
9676   CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getTrueExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
9677                           E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
9678   if (!Suspicious)
9679     CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getFalseExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
9680                             E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
9681 }
9682 
9683 /// CheckBoolLikeConversion - Check conversion of given expression to boolean.
9684 /// Input argument E is a logical expression.
9685 void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
9686   if (S.getLangOpts().Bool)
9687     return;
9688   CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), S.Context.BoolTy, CC);
9689 }
9690 
9691 /// AnalyzeImplicitConversions - Find and report any interesting
9692 /// implicit conversions in the given expression.  There are a couple
9693 /// of competing diagnostics here, -Wconversion and -Wsign-compare.
9694 void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *OrigE, SourceLocation CC) {
9695   QualType T = OrigE->getType();
9696   Expr *E = OrigE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9697 
9698   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
9699     return;
9700 
9701   // For conditional operators, we analyze the arguments as if they
9702   // were being fed directly into the output.
9703   if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9704     ConditionalOperator *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
9705     CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, CC, T);
9706     return;
9707   }
9708 
9709   // Check implicit argument conversions for function calls.
9710   if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
9711     CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(S, Call, CC);
9712 
9713   // Go ahead and check any implicit conversions we might have skipped.
9714   // The non-canonical typecheck is just an optimization;
9715   // CheckImplicitConversion will filter out dead implicit conversions.
9716   if (E->getType() != T)
9717     CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC);
9718 
9719   // Now continue drilling into this expression.
9720 
9721   if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E)) {
9722     // The bound subexpressions in a PseudoObjectExpr are not reachable
9723     // as transitive children.
9724     // FIXME: Use a more uniform representation for this.
9725     for (auto *SE : POE->semantics())
9726       if (auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SE))
9727         AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, OVE->getSourceExpr(), CC);
9728   }
9729 
9730   // Skip past explicit casts.
9731   if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
9732     E = cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9733     return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
9734   }
9735 
9736   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
9737     // Do a somewhat different check with comparison operators.
9738     if (BO->isComparisonOp())
9739       return AnalyzeComparison(S, BO);
9740 
9741     // And with simple assignments.
9742     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
9743       return AnalyzeAssignment(S, BO);
9744   }
9745 
9746   // These break the otherwise-useful invariant below.  Fortunately,
9747   // we don't really need to recurse into them, because any internal
9748   // expressions should have been analyzed already when they were
9749   // built into statements.
9750   if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) return;
9751 
9752   // Don't descend into unevaluated contexts.
9753   if (isa<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) return;
9754 
9755   // Now just recurse over the expression's children.
9756   CC = E->getExprLoc();
9757   BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
9758   bool IsLogicalAndOperator = BO && BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd;
9759   for (Stmt *SubStmt : E->children()) {
9760     Expr *ChildExpr = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(SubStmt);
9761     if (!ChildExpr)
9762       continue;
9763 
9764     if (IsLogicalAndOperator &&
9765         isa<StringLiteral>(ChildExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
9766       // Ignore checking string literals that are in logical and operators.
9767       // This is a common pattern for asserts.
9768       continue;
9769     AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, ChildExpr, CC);
9770   }
9771 
9772   if (BO && BO->isLogicalOp()) {
9773     Expr *SubExpr = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9774     if (!IsLogicalAndOperator || !isa<StringLiteral>(SubExpr))
9775       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, SubExpr, BO->getExprLoc());
9776 
9777     SubExpr = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9778     if (!IsLogicalAndOperator || !isa<StringLiteral>(SubExpr))
9779       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, SubExpr, BO->getExprLoc());
9780   }
9781 
9782   if (const UnaryOperator *U = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
9783     if (U->getOpcode() == UO_LNot)
9784       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, U->getSubExpr(), CC);
9785 }
9786 
9787 } // end anonymous namespace
9788 
9789 /// Diagnose integer type and any valid implicit convertion to it.
9790 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueIntType(Sema &S, Expr *E, const QualType &IntT) {
9791   // Taking into account implicit conversions,
9792   // allow any integer.
9793   if (!E->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
9794     S.Diag(E->getLocStart(),
9795            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_invalid_local_size_type);
9796     return true;
9797   }
9798   // Potentially emit standard warnings for implicit conversions if enabled
9799   // using -Wconversion.
9800   CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, IntT, E->getLocStart());
9801   return false;
9802 }
9803 
9804 // Helper function for Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer.
9805 // Returns true when emitting a warning about taking the address of a reference.
9806 static bool CheckForReference(Sema &SemaRef, const Expr *E,
9807                               const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
9808   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9809 
9810   const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
9811 
9812   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9813     if (!DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
9814       return false;
9815   } else if (const MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9816     if (!M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
9817       return false;
9818   } else if (const CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
9819     if (!Call->getCallReturnType(SemaRef.Context)->isReferenceType())
9820       return false;
9821     FD = Call->getDirectCallee();
9822   } else {
9823     return false;
9824   }
9825 
9826   SemaRef.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), PD);
9827 
9828   // If possible, point to location of function.
9829   if (FD) {
9830     SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_reference_is_return_value) << FD;
9831   }
9832 
9833   return true;
9834 }
9835 
9836 // Returns true if the SourceLocation is expanded from any macro body.
9837 // Returns false if the SourceLocation is invalid, is from not in a macro
9838 // expansion, or is from expanded from a top-level macro argument.
9839 static bool IsInAnyMacroBody(const SourceManager &SM, SourceLocation Loc) {
9840   if (Loc.isInvalid())
9841     return false;
9842 
9843   while (Loc.isMacroID()) {
9844     if (SM.isMacroBodyExpansion(Loc))
9845       return true;
9846     Loc = SM.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(Loc);
9847   }
9848 
9849   return false;
9850 }
9851 
9852 /// \brief Diagnose pointers that are always non-null.
9853 /// \param E the expression containing the pointer
9854 /// \param NullKind NPCK_NotNull if E is a cast to bool, otherwise, E is
9855 /// compared to a null pointer
9856 /// \param IsEqual True when the comparison is equal to a null pointer
9857 /// \param Range Extra SourceRange to highlight in the diagnostic
9858 void Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
9859                                         Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind,
9860                                         bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range) {
9861   if (!E)
9862     return;
9863 
9864   // Don't warn inside macros.
9865   if (E->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) {
9866     const SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
9867     if (IsInAnyMacroBody(SM, E->getExprLoc()) ||
9868         IsInAnyMacroBody(SM, Range.getBegin()))
9869       return;
9870   }
9871   E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
9872 
9873   const bool IsCompare = NullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
9874 
9875   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
9876     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_this_null_compare
9877                                 : diag::warn_this_bool_conversion;
9878     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual;
9879     return;
9880   }
9881 
9882   bool IsAddressOf = false;
9883 
9884   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
9885     if (UO->getOpcode() != UO_AddrOf)
9886       return;
9887     IsAddressOf = true;
9888     E = UO->getSubExpr();
9889   }
9890 
9891   if (IsAddressOf) {
9892     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare
9893                           ? diag::warn_address_of_reference_null_compare
9894                           : diag::warn_address_of_reference_bool_conversion;
9895     PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range
9896                                          << IsEqual;
9897     if (CheckForReference(*this, E, PD)) {
9898       return;
9899     }
9900   }
9901 
9902   auto ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall = [&](const Attr *NonnullAttr) {
9903     bool IsParam = isa<NonNullAttr>(NonnullAttr);
9904     std::string Str;
9905     llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str);
9906     E->printPretty(S, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
9907     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_nonnull_expr_compare
9908                                 : diag::warn_cast_nonnull_to_bool;
9909     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << IsParam << S.str()
9910       << E->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual;
9911     Diag(NonnullAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_nonnull) << IsParam;
9912   };
9913 
9914   // If we have a CallExpr that is tagged with returns_nonnull, we can complain.
9915   if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
9916     if (auto *Callee = Call->getDirectCallee()) {
9917       if (const Attr *A = Callee->getAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>()) {
9918         ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(A);
9919         return;
9920       }
9921     }
9922   }
9923 
9924   // Expect to find a single Decl.  Skip anything more complicated.
9925   ValueDecl *D = nullptr;
9926   if (DeclRefExpr *R = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9927     D = R->getDecl();
9928   } else if (MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9929     D = M->getMemberDecl();
9930   }
9931 
9932   // Weak Decls can be null.
9933   if (!D || D->isWeak())
9934     return;
9935 
9936   // Check for parameter decl with nonnull attribute
9937   if (const auto* PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
9938     if (getCurFunction() &&
9939         !getCurFunction()->ModifiedNonNullParams.count(PV)) {
9940       if (const Attr *A = PV->getAttr<NonNullAttr>()) {
9941         ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(A);
9942         return;
9943       }
9944 
9945       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
9946         auto ParamIter = llvm::find(FD->parameters(), PV);
9947         assert(ParamIter != FD->param_end());
9948         unsigned ParamNo = std::distance(FD->param_begin(), ParamIter);
9949 
9950         for (const auto *NonNull : FD->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
9951           if (!NonNull->args_size()) {
9952               ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(NonNull);
9953               return;
9954           }
9955 
9956           for (unsigned ArgNo : NonNull->args()) {
9957             if (ArgNo == ParamNo) {
9958               ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(NonNull);
9959               return;
9960             }
9961           }
9962         }
9963       }
9964     }
9965   }
9966 
9967   QualType T = D->getType();
9968   const bool IsArray = T->isArrayType();
9969   const bool IsFunction = T->isFunctionType();
9970 
9971   // Address of function is used to silence the function warning.
9972   if (IsAddressOf && IsFunction) {
9973     return;
9974   }
9975 
9976   // Found nothing.
9977   if (!IsAddressOf && !IsFunction && !IsArray)
9978     return;
9979 
9980   // Pretty print the expression for the diagnostic.
9981   std::string Str;
9982   llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str);
9983   E->printPretty(S, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
9984 
9985   unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_null_pointer_compare
9986                               : diag::warn_impcast_pointer_to_bool;
9987   enum {
9988     AddressOf,
9989     FunctionPointer,
9990     ArrayPointer
9991   } DiagType;
9992   if (IsAddressOf)
9993     DiagType = AddressOf;
9994   else if (IsFunction)
9995     DiagType = FunctionPointer;
9996   else if (IsArray)
9997     DiagType = ArrayPointer;
9998   else
9999     llvm_unreachable("Could not determine diagnostic.");
10000   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << DiagType << S.str() << E->getSourceRange()
10001                                 << Range << IsEqual;
10002 
10003   if (!IsFunction)
10004     return;
10005 
10006   // Suggest '&' to silence the function warning.
10007   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_warning_silence)
10008       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(), "&");
10009 
10010   // Check to see if '()' fixit should be emitted.
10011   QualType ReturnType;
10012   UnresolvedSet<4> NonTemplateOverloads;
10013   tryExprAsCall(*E, ReturnType, NonTemplateOverloads);
10014   if (ReturnType.isNull())
10015     return;
10016 
10017   if (IsCompare) {
10018     // There are two cases here.  If there is null constant, the only suggest
10019     // for a pointer return type.  If the null is 0, then suggest if the return
10020     // type is a pointer or an integer type.
10021     if (!ReturnType->isPointerType()) {
10022       if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression ||
10023           NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) {
10024         if (!ReturnType->isIntegerType())
10025           return;
10026       } else {
10027         return;
10028       }
10029     }
10030   } else { // !IsCompare
10031     // For function to bool, only suggest if the function pointer has bool
10032     // return type.
10033     if (!ReturnType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
10034       return;
10035   }
10036   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_function_call)
10037       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()), "()");
10038 }
10039 
10040 /// Diagnoses "dangerous" implicit conversions within the given
10041 /// expression (which is a full expression).  Implements -Wconversion
10042 /// and -Wsign-compare.
10043 ///
10044 /// \param CC the "context" location of the implicit conversion, i.e.
10045 ///   the most location of the syntactic entity requiring the implicit
10046 ///   conversion
10047 void Sema::CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
10048   // Don't diagnose in unevaluated contexts.
10049   if (isUnevaluatedContext())
10050     return;
10051 
10052   // Don't diagnose for value- or type-dependent expressions.
10053   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
10054     return;
10055 
10056   // Check for array bounds violations in cases where the check isn't triggered
10057   // elsewhere for other Expr types (like BinaryOperators), e.g. when an
10058   // ArraySubscriptExpr is on the RHS of a variable initialization.
10059   CheckArrayAccess(E);
10060 
10061   // This is not the right CC for (e.g.) a variable initialization.
10062   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(*this, E, CC);
10063 }
10064 
10065 /// CheckBoolLikeConversion - Check conversion of given expression to boolean.
10066 /// Input argument E is a logical expression.
10067 void Sema::CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
10068   ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(*this, E, CC);
10069 }
10070 
10071 /// Diagnose when expression is an integer constant expression and its evaluation
10072 /// results in integer overflow
10073 void Sema::CheckForIntOverflow (Expr *E) {
10074   // Use a work list to deal with nested struct initializers.
10075   SmallVector<Expr *, 2> Exprs(1, E);
10076 
10077   do {
10078     Expr *E = Exprs.pop_back_val();
10079 
10080     if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
10081       E->IgnoreParenCasts()->EvaluateForOverflow(Context);
10082       continue;
10083     }
10084 
10085     if (auto InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E))
10086       Exprs.append(InitList->inits().begin(), InitList->inits().end());
10087 
10088     if (isa<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E))
10089       E->IgnoreParenCasts()->EvaluateForOverflow(Context);
10090   } while (!Exprs.empty());
10091 }
10092 
10093 namespace {
10094 /// \brief Visitor for expressions which looks for unsequenced operations on the
10095 /// same object.
10096 class SequenceChecker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> {
10097   typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> Base;
10098 
10099   /// \brief A tree of sequenced regions within an expression. Two regions are
10100   /// unsequenced if one is an ancestor or a descendent of the other. When we
10101   /// finish processing an expression with sequencing, such as a comma
10102   /// expression, we fold its tree nodes into its parent, since they are
10103   /// unsequenced with respect to nodes we will visit later.
10104   class SequenceTree {
10105     struct Value {
10106       explicit Value(unsigned Parent) : Parent(Parent), Merged(false) {}
10107       unsigned Parent : 31;
10108       unsigned Merged : 1;
10109     };
10110     SmallVector<Value, 8> Values;
10111 
10112   public:
10113     /// \brief A region within an expression which may be sequenced with respect
10114     /// to some other region.
10115     class Seq {
10116       explicit Seq(unsigned N) : Index(N) {}
10117       unsigned Index;
10118       friend class SequenceTree;
10119     public:
10120       Seq() : Index(0) {}
10121     };
10122 
10123     SequenceTree() { Values.push_back(Value(0)); }
10124     Seq root() const { return Seq(0); }
10125 
10126     /// \brief Create a new sequence of operations, which is an unsequenced
10127     /// subset of \p Parent. This sequence of operations is sequenced with
10128     /// respect to other children of \p Parent.
10129     Seq allocate(Seq Parent) {
10130       Values.push_back(Value(Parent.Index));
10131       return Seq(Values.size() - 1);
10132     }
10133 
10134     /// \brief Merge a sequence of operations into its parent.
10135     void merge(Seq S) {
10136       Values[S.Index].Merged = true;
10137     }
10138 
10139     /// \brief Determine whether two operations are unsequenced. This operation
10140     /// is asymmetric: \p Cur should be the more recent sequence, and \p Old
10141     /// should have been merged into its parent as appropriate.
10142     bool isUnsequenced(Seq Cur, Seq Old) {
10143       unsigned C = representative(Cur.Index);
10144       unsigned Target = representative(Old.Index);
10145       while (C >= Target) {
10146         if (C == Target)
10147           return true;
10148         C = Values[C].Parent;
10149       }
10150       return false;
10151     }
10152 
10153   private:
10154     /// \brief Pick a representative for a sequence.
10155     unsigned representative(unsigned K) {
10156       if (Values[K].Merged)
10157         // Perform path compression as we go.
10158         return Values[K].Parent = representative(Values[K].Parent);
10159       return K;
10160     }
10161   };
10162 
10163   /// An object for which we can track unsequenced uses.
10164   typedef NamedDecl *Object;
10165 
10166   /// Different flavors of object usage which we track. We only track the
10167   /// least-sequenced usage of each kind.
10168   enum UsageKind {
10169     /// A read of an object. Multiple unsequenced reads are OK.
10170     UK_Use,
10171     /// A modification of an object which is sequenced before the value
10172     /// computation of the expression, such as ++n in C++.
10173     UK_ModAsValue,
10174     /// A modification of an object which is not sequenced before the value
10175     /// computation of the expression, such as n++.
10176     UK_ModAsSideEffect,
10177 
10178     UK_Count = UK_ModAsSideEffect + 1
10179   };
10180 
10181   struct Usage {
10182     Usage() : Use(nullptr), Seq() {}
10183     Expr *Use;
10184     SequenceTree::Seq Seq;
10185   };
10186 
10187   struct UsageInfo {
10188     UsageInfo() : Diagnosed(false) {}
10189     Usage Uses[UK_Count];
10190     /// Have we issued a diagnostic for this variable already?
10191     bool Diagnosed;
10192   };
10193   typedef llvm::SmallDenseMap<Object, UsageInfo, 16> UsageInfoMap;
10194 
10195   Sema &SemaRef;
10196   /// Sequenced regions within the expression.
10197   SequenceTree Tree;
10198   /// Declaration modifications and references which we have seen.
10199   UsageInfoMap UsageMap;
10200   /// The region we are currently within.
10201   SequenceTree::Seq Region;
10202   /// Filled in with declarations which were modified as a side-effect
10203   /// (that is, post-increment operations).
10204   SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *ModAsSideEffect;
10205   /// Expressions to check later. We defer checking these to reduce
10206   /// stack usage.
10207   SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList;
10208 
10209   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a sequenced subexpression of an
10210   /// expression. At the end of this process, the side-effects of the evaluation
10211   /// become sequenced with respect to the value computation of the result, so
10212   /// we downgrade any UK_ModAsSideEffect within the evaluation to
10213   /// UK_ModAsValue.
10214   struct SequencedSubexpression {
10215     SequencedSubexpression(SequenceChecker &Self)
10216       : Self(Self), OldModAsSideEffect(Self.ModAsSideEffect) {
10217       Self.ModAsSideEffect = &ModAsSideEffect;
10218     }
10219     ~SequencedSubexpression() {
10220       for (auto &M : llvm::reverse(ModAsSideEffect)) {
10221         UsageInfo &U = Self.UsageMap[M.first];
10222         auto &SideEffectUsage = U.Uses[UK_ModAsSideEffect];
10223         Self.addUsage(U, M.first, SideEffectUsage.Use, UK_ModAsValue);
10224         SideEffectUsage = M.second;
10225       }
10226       Self.ModAsSideEffect = OldModAsSideEffect;
10227     }
10228 
10229     SequenceChecker &Self;
10230     SmallVector<std::pair<Object, Usage>, 4> ModAsSideEffect;
10231     SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *OldModAsSideEffect;
10232   };
10233 
10234   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a subexpression which we might
10235   /// choose to evaluate as a constant. If any subexpression is evaluated and
10236   /// found to be non-constant, this allows us to suppress the evaluation of
10237   /// the outer expression.
10238   class EvaluationTracker {
10239   public:
10240     EvaluationTracker(SequenceChecker &Self)
10241         : Self(Self), Prev(Self.EvalTracker), EvalOK(true) {
10242       Self.EvalTracker = this;
10243     }
10244     ~EvaluationTracker() {
10245       Self.EvalTracker = Prev;
10246       if (Prev)
10247         Prev->EvalOK &= EvalOK;
10248     }
10249 
10250     bool evaluate(const Expr *E, bool &Result) {
10251       if (!EvalOK || E->isValueDependent())
10252         return false;
10253       EvalOK = E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Self.SemaRef.Context);
10254       return EvalOK;
10255     }
10256 
10257   private:
10258     SequenceChecker &Self;
10259     EvaluationTracker *Prev;
10260     bool EvalOK;
10261   } *EvalTracker;
10262 
10263   /// \brief Find the object which is produced by the specified expression,
10264   /// if any.
10265   Object getObject(Expr *E, bool Mod) const {
10266     E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
10267     if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
10268       if (Mod && (UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreInc || UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreDec))
10269         return getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), Mod);
10270     } else if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
10271       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
10272         return getObject(BO->getRHS(), Mod);
10273       if (Mod && BO->isAssignmentOp())
10274         return getObject(BO->getLHS(), Mod);
10275     } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
10276       // FIXME: Check for more interesting cases, like "x.n = ++x.n".
10277       if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
10278         return ME->getMemberDecl();
10279     } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
10280       // FIXME: If this is a reference, map through to its value.
10281       return DRE->getDecl();
10282     return nullptr;
10283   }
10284 
10285   /// \brief Note that an object was modified or used by an expression.
10286   void addUsage(UsageInfo &UI, Object O, Expr *Ref, UsageKind UK) {
10287     Usage &U = UI.Uses[UK];
10288     if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq)) {
10289       if (UK == UK_ModAsSideEffect && ModAsSideEffect)
10290         ModAsSideEffect->push_back(std::make_pair(O, U));
10291       U.Use = Ref;
10292       U.Seq = Region;
10293     }
10294   }
10295   /// \brief Check whether a modification or use conflicts with a prior usage.
10296   void checkUsage(Object O, UsageInfo &UI, Expr *Ref, UsageKind OtherKind,
10297                   bool IsModMod) {
10298     if (UI.Diagnosed)
10299       return;
10300 
10301     const Usage &U = UI.Uses[OtherKind];
10302     if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq))
10303       return;
10304 
10305     Expr *Mod = U.Use;
10306     Expr *ModOrUse = Ref;
10307     if (OtherKind == UK_Use)
10308       std::swap(Mod, ModOrUse);
10309 
10310     SemaRef.Diag(Mod->getExprLoc(),
10311                  IsModMod ? diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_mod
10312                           : diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_use)
10313       << O << SourceRange(ModOrUse->getExprLoc());
10314     UI.Diagnosed = true;
10315   }
10316 
10317   void notePreUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
10318     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
10319     // Uses conflict with other modifications.
10320     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsValue, false);
10321   }
10322   void notePostUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
10323     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
10324     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, false);
10325     addUsage(U, O, Use, UK_Use);
10326   }
10327 
10328   void notePreMod(Object O, Expr *Mod) {
10329     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
10330     // Modifications conflict with other modifications and with uses.
10331     checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_ModAsValue, true);
10332     checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_Use, false);
10333   }
10334   void notePostMod(Object O, Expr *Use, UsageKind UK) {
10335     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
10336     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, true);
10337     addUsage(U, O, Use, UK);
10338   }
10339 
10340 public:
10341   SequenceChecker(Sema &S, Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList)
10342       : Base(S.Context), SemaRef(S), Region(Tree.root()),
10343         ModAsSideEffect(nullptr), WorkList(WorkList), EvalTracker(nullptr) {
10344     Visit(E);
10345   }
10346 
10347   void VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
10348     // Skip all statements which aren't expressions for now.
10349   }
10350 
10351   void VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
10352     // By default, just recurse to evaluated subexpressions.
10353     Base::VisitStmt(E);
10354   }
10355 
10356   void VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) {
10357     Object O = Object();
10358     if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
10359       O = getObject(E->getSubExpr(), false);
10360 
10361     if (O)
10362       notePreUse(O, E);
10363     VisitExpr(E);
10364     if (O)
10365       notePostUse(O, E);
10366   }
10367 
10368   void VisitBinComma(BinaryOperator *BO) {
10369     // C++11 [expr.comma]p1:
10370     //   Every value computation and side effect associated with the left
10371     //   expression is sequenced before every value computation and side
10372     //   effect associated with the right expression.
10373     SequenceTree::Seq LHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
10374     SequenceTree::Seq RHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
10375     SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region;
10376 
10377     {
10378       SequencedSubexpression SeqLHS(*this);
10379       Region = LHS;
10380       Visit(BO->getLHS());
10381     }
10382 
10383     Region = RHS;
10384     Visit(BO->getRHS());
10385 
10386     Region = OldRegion;
10387 
10388     // Forget that LHS and RHS are sequenced. They are both unsequenced
10389     // with respect to other stuff.
10390     Tree.merge(LHS);
10391     Tree.merge(RHS);
10392   }
10393 
10394   void VisitBinAssign(BinaryOperator *BO) {
10395     // The modification is sequenced after the value computation of the LHS
10396     // and RHS, so check it before inspecting the operands and update the
10397     // map afterwards.
10398     Object O = getObject(BO->getLHS(), true);
10399     if (!O)
10400       return VisitExpr(BO);
10401 
10402     notePreMod(O, BO);
10403 
10404     // C++11 [expr.ass]p7:
10405     //   E1 op= E2 is equivalent to E1 = E1 op E2, except that E1 is evaluated
10406     //   only once.
10407     //
10408     // Therefore, for a compound assignment operator, O is considered used
10409     // everywhere except within the evaluation of E1 itself.
10410     if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
10411       notePreUse(O, BO);
10412 
10413     Visit(BO->getLHS());
10414 
10415     if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
10416       notePostUse(O, BO);
10417 
10418     Visit(BO->getRHS());
10419 
10420     // C++11 [expr.ass]p1:
10421     //   the assignment is sequenced [...] before the value computation of the
10422     //   assignment expression.
10423     // C11 6.5.16/3 has no such rule.
10424     notePostMod(O, BO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
10425                                                        : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
10426   }
10427 
10428   void VisitCompoundAssignOperator(CompoundAssignOperator *CAO) {
10429     VisitBinAssign(CAO);
10430   }
10431 
10432   void VisitUnaryPreInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
10433   void VisitUnaryPreDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
10434   void VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
10435     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
10436     if (!O)
10437       return VisitExpr(UO);
10438 
10439     notePreMod(O, UO);
10440     Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
10441     // C++11 [expr.pre.incr]p1:
10442     //   the expression ++x is equivalent to x+=1
10443     notePostMod(O, UO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
10444                                                        : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
10445   }
10446 
10447   void VisitUnaryPostInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
10448   void VisitUnaryPostDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
10449   void VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
10450     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
10451     if (!O)
10452       return VisitExpr(UO);
10453 
10454     notePreMod(O, UO);
10455     Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
10456     notePostMod(O, UO, UK_ModAsSideEffect);
10457   }
10458 
10459   /// Don't visit the RHS of '&&' or '||' if it might not be evaluated.
10460   void VisitBinLOr(BinaryOperator *BO) {
10461     // The side-effects of the LHS of an '&&' are sequenced before the
10462     // value computation of the RHS, and hence before the value computation
10463     // of the '&&' itself, unless the LHS evaluates to zero. We treat them
10464     // as if they were unconditionally sequenced.
10465     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
10466     {
10467       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10468       Visit(BO->getLHS());
10469     }
10470 
10471     bool Result;
10472     if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) {
10473       if (!Result)
10474         Visit(BO->getRHS());
10475     } else {
10476       // Check for unsequenced operations in the RHS, treating it as an
10477       // entirely separate evaluation.
10478       //
10479       // FIXME: If there are operations in the RHS which are unsequenced
10480       // with respect to operations outside the RHS, and those operations
10481       // are unconditionally evaluated, diagnose them.
10482       WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS());
10483     }
10484   }
10485   void VisitBinLAnd(BinaryOperator *BO) {
10486     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
10487     {
10488       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10489       Visit(BO->getLHS());
10490     }
10491 
10492     bool Result;
10493     if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) {
10494       if (Result)
10495         Visit(BO->getRHS());
10496     } else {
10497       WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS());
10498     }
10499   }
10500 
10501   // Only visit the condition, unless we can be sure which subexpression will
10502   // be chosen.
10503   void VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(AbstractConditionalOperator *CO) {
10504     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
10505     {
10506       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10507       Visit(CO->getCond());
10508     }
10509 
10510     bool Result;
10511     if (Eval.evaluate(CO->getCond(), Result))
10512       Visit(Result ? CO->getTrueExpr() : CO->getFalseExpr());
10513     else {
10514       WorkList.push_back(CO->getTrueExpr());
10515       WorkList.push_back(CO->getFalseExpr());
10516     }
10517   }
10518 
10519   void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) {
10520     // C++11 [intro.execution]p15:
10521     //   When calling a function [...], every value computation and side effect
10522     //   associated with any argument expression, or with the postfix expression
10523     //   designating the called function, is sequenced before execution of every
10524     //   expression or statement in the body of the function [and thus before
10525     //   the value computation of its result].
10526     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10527     Base::VisitCallExpr(CE);
10528 
10529     // FIXME: CXXNewExpr and CXXDeleteExpr implicitly call functions.
10530   }
10531 
10532   void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *CCE) {
10533     // This is a call, so all subexpressions are sequenced before the result.
10534     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10535 
10536     if (!CCE->isListInitialization())
10537       return VisitExpr(CCE);
10538 
10539     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
10540     SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
10541     SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
10542     for (CXXConstructExpr::arg_iterator I = CCE->arg_begin(),
10543                                         E = CCE->arg_end();
10544          I != E; ++I) {
10545       Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
10546       Elts.push_back(Region);
10547       Visit(*I);
10548     }
10549 
10550     // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
10551     Region = Parent;
10552     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
10553       Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
10554   }
10555 
10556   void VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *ILE) {
10557     if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
10558       return VisitExpr(ILE);
10559 
10560     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
10561     SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
10562     SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
10563     for (unsigned I = 0; I < ILE->getNumInits(); ++I) {
10564       Expr *E = ILE->getInit(I);
10565       if (!E) continue;
10566       Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
10567       Elts.push_back(Region);
10568       Visit(E);
10569     }
10570 
10571     // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
10572     Region = Parent;
10573     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
10574       Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
10575   }
10576 };
10577 } // end anonymous namespace
10578 
10579 void Sema::CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E) {
10580   SmallVector<Expr *, 8> WorkList;
10581   WorkList.push_back(E);
10582   while (!WorkList.empty()) {
10583     Expr *Item = WorkList.pop_back_val();
10584     SequenceChecker(*this, Item, WorkList);
10585   }
10586 }
10587 
10588 void Sema::CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc,
10589                               bool IsConstexpr) {
10590   CheckImplicitConversions(E, CheckLoc);
10591   if (!E->isInstantiationDependent())
10592     CheckUnsequencedOperations(E);
10593   if (!IsConstexpr && !E->isValueDependent())
10594     CheckForIntOverflow(E);
10595   DiagnoseMisalignedMembers();
10596 }
10597 
10598 void Sema::CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc,
10599                                        FieldDecl *BitField,
10600                                        Expr *Init) {
10601   (void) AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(*this, BitField, Init, InitLoc);
10602 }
10603 
10604 static void diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(Sema &S, QualType PType,
10605                                          SourceLocation Loc) {
10606   if (!PType->isVariablyModifiedType())
10607     return;
10608   if (const auto *PointerTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(PType)) {
10609     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, PointerTy->getPointeeType(), Loc);
10610     return;
10611   }
10612   if (const auto *ReferenceTy = dyn_cast<ReferenceType>(PType)) {
10613     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, ReferenceTy->getPointeeType(), Loc);
10614     return;
10615   }
10616   if (const auto *ParenTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(PType)) {
10617     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, ParenTy->getInnerType(), Loc);
10618     return;
10619   }
10620 
10621   const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(PType);
10622   if (!AT)
10623     return;
10624 
10625   if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Star) {
10626     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, AT->getElementType(), Loc);
10627     return;
10628   }
10629 
10630   S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_star_in_function_definition);
10631 }
10632 
10633 /// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given
10634 /// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This
10635 /// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the
10636 /// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function
10637 /// parameters are complete.
10638 bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
10639                                     bool CheckParameterNames) {
10640   bool HasInvalidParm = false;
10641   for (ParmVarDecl *Param : Parameters) {
10642     // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a
10643     // function declarator that is part of a function definition of
10644     // that function shall not have incomplete type.
10645     //
10646     // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6.
10647     if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
10648         RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(),
10649                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10650       Param->setInvalidDecl();
10651       HasInvalidParm = true;
10652     }
10653 
10654     // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the
10655     // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier.
10656     if (CheckParameterNames &&
10657         Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
10658         !Param->isImplicit() &&
10659         !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10660       Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
10661 
10662     // C99 6.7.5.3p12:
10663     //   If the function declarator is not part of a definition of that
10664     //   function, parameters may have incomplete type and may use the [*]
10665     //   notation in their sequences of declarator specifiers to specify
10666     //   variable length array types.
10667     QualType PType = Param->getOriginalType();
10668     // FIXME: This diagnostic should point the '[*]' if source-location
10669     // information is added for it.
10670     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(*this, PType, Param->getLocation());
10671 
10672     // MSVC destroys objects passed by value in the callee.  Therefore a
10673     // function definition which takes such a parameter must be able to call the
10674     // object's destructor.  However, we don't perform any direct access check
10675     // on the dtor.
10676     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Context.getTargetInfo()
10677                                        .getCXXABI()
10678                                        .areArgsDestroyedLeftToRightInCallee()) {
10679       if (!Param->isInvalidDecl()) {
10680         if (const RecordType *RT = Param->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10681           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
10682           if (!ClassDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
10683               !ClassDecl->hasIrrelevantDestructor() &&
10684               !ClassDecl->isDependentContext()) {
10685             CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(ClassDecl);
10686             MarkFunctionReferenced(Param->getLocation(), Destructor);
10687             DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Param->getLocation());
10688           }
10689         }
10690       }
10691     }
10692 
10693     // Parameters with the pass_object_size attribute only need to be marked
10694     // constant at function definitions. Because we lack information about
10695     // whether we're on a declaration or definition when we're instantiating the
10696     // attribute, we need to check for constness here.
10697     if (const auto *Attr = Param->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>())
10698       if (!Param->getType().isConstQualified())
10699         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_pointers_only)
10700             << Attr->getSpelling() << 1;
10701   }
10702 
10703   return HasInvalidParm;
10704 }
10705 
10706 /// A helper function to get the alignment of a Decl referred to by DeclRefExpr
10707 /// or MemberExpr.
10708 static CharUnits getDeclAlign(Expr *E, CharUnits TypeAlign,
10709                               ASTContext &Context) {
10710   if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
10711     return Context.getDeclAlign(DRE->getDecl());
10712 
10713   if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
10714     return Context.getDeclAlign(ME->getMemberDecl());
10715 
10716   return TypeAlign;
10717 }
10718 
10719 /// CheckCastAlign - Implements -Wcast-align, which warns when a
10720 /// pointer cast increases the alignment requirements.
10721 void Sema::CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange) {
10722   // This is actually a lot of work to potentially be doing on every
10723   // cast; don't do it if we're ignoring -Wcast_align (as is the default).
10724   if (getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_cast_align, TRange.getBegin()))
10725     return;
10726 
10727   // Ignore dependent types.
10728   if (T->isDependentType() || Op->getType()->isDependentType())
10729     return;
10730 
10731   // Require that the destination be a pointer type.
10732   const PointerType *DestPtr = T->getAs<PointerType>();
10733   if (!DestPtr) return;
10734 
10735   // If the destination has alignment 1, we're done.
10736   QualType DestPointee = DestPtr->getPointeeType();
10737   if (DestPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
10738   CharUnits DestAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(DestPointee);
10739   if (DestAlign.isOne()) return;
10740 
10741   // Require that the source be a pointer type.
10742   const PointerType *SrcPtr = Op->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
10743   if (!SrcPtr) return;
10744   QualType SrcPointee = SrcPtr->getPointeeType();
10745 
10746   // Whitelist casts from cv void*.  We already implicitly
10747   // whitelisted casts to cv void*, since they have alignment 1.
10748   // Also whitelist casts involving incomplete types, which implicitly
10749   // includes 'void'.
10750   if (SrcPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
10751 
10752   CharUnits SrcAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(SrcPointee);
10753 
10754   if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(Op)) {
10755     if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_ArrayToPointerDecay)
10756       SrcAlign = getDeclAlign(CE->getSubExpr(), SrcAlign, Context);
10757   } else if (auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Op)) {
10758     if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
10759       SrcAlign = getDeclAlign(UO->getSubExpr(), SrcAlign, Context);
10760   }
10761 
10762   if (SrcAlign >= DestAlign) return;
10763 
10764   Diag(TRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_cast_align)
10765     << Op->getType() << T
10766     << static_cast<unsigned>(SrcAlign.getQuantity())
10767     << static_cast<unsigned>(DestAlign.getQuantity())
10768     << TRange << Op->getSourceRange();
10769 }
10770 
10771 /// \brief Check whether this array fits the idiom of a size-one tail padded
10772 /// array member of a struct.
10773 ///
10774 /// We avoid emitting out-of-bounds access warnings for such arrays as they are
10775 /// commonly used to emulate flexible arrays in C89 code.
10776 static bool IsTailPaddedMemberArray(Sema &S, const llvm::APInt &Size,
10777                                     const NamedDecl *ND) {
10778   if (Size != 1 || !ND) return false;
10779 
10780   const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ND);
10781   if (!FD) return false;
10782 
10783   // Don't consider sizes resulting from macro expansions or template argument
10784   // substitution to form C89 tail-padded arrays.
10785 
10786   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
10787   while (TInfo) {
10788     TypeLoc TL = TInfo->getTypeLoc();
10789     // Look through typedefs.
10790     if (TypedefTypeLoc TTL = TL.getAs<TypedefTypeLoc>()) {
10791       const TypedefNameDecl *TDL = TTL.getTypedefNameDecl();
10792       TInfo = TDL->getTypeSourceInfo();
10793       continue;
10794     }
10795     if (ConstantArrayTypeLoc CTL = TL.getAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>()) {
10796       const Expr *SizeExpr = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(CTL.getSizeExpr());
10797       if (!SizeExpr || SizeExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID())
10798         return false;
10799     }
10800     break;
10801   }
10802 
10803   const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext());
10804   if (!RD) return false;
10805   if (RD->isUnion()) return false;
10806   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
10807     if (!CRD->isStandardLayout()) return false;
10808   }
10809 
10810   // See if this is the last field decl in the record.
10811   const Decl *D = FD;
10812   while ((D = D->getNextDeclInContext()))
10813     if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
10814       return false;
10815   return true;
10816 }
10817 
10818 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
10819                             const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE,
10820                             bool AllowOnePastEnd, bool IndexNegated) {
10821   IndexExpr = IndexExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10822   if (IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
10823     return;
10824 
10825   const Type *EffectiveType =
10826       BaseExpr->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
10827   BaseExpr = BaseExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
10828   const ConstantArrayType *ArrayTy =
10829     Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseExpr->getType());
10830   if (!ArrayTy)
10831     return;
10832 
10833   llvm::APSInt index;
10834   if (!IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
10835     return;
10836   if (IndexNegated)
10837     index = -index;
10838 
10839   const NamedDecl *ND = nullptr;
10840   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
10841     ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10842   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
10843     ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
10844 
10845   if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) {
10846     llvm::APInt size = ArrayTy->getSize();
10847     if (!size.isStrictlyPositive())
10848       return;
10849 
10850     const Type *BaseType = BaseExpr->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
10851     if (BaseType != EffectiveType) {
10852       // Make sure we're comparing apples to apples when comparing index to size
10853       uint64_t ptrarith_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(EffectiveType);
10854       uint64_t array_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(BaseType);
10855       // Handle ptrarith_typesize being zero, such as when casting to void*
10856       if (!ptrarith_typesize) ptrarith_typesize = 1;
10857       if (ptrarith_typesize != array_typesize) {
10858         // There's a cast to a different size type involved
10859         uint64_t ratio = array_typesize / ptrarith_typesize;
10860         // TODO: Be smarter about handling cases where array_typesize is not a
10861         // multiple of ptrarith_typesize
10862         if (ptrarith_typesize * ratio == array_typesize)
10863           size *= llvm::APInt(size.getBitWidth(), ratio);
10864       }
10865     }
10866 
10867     if (size.getBitWidth() > index.getBitWidth())
10868       index = index.zext(size.getBitWidth());
10869     else if (size.getBitWidth() < index.getBitWidth())
10870       size = size.zext(index.getBitWidth());
10871 
10872     // For array subscripting the index must be less than size, but for pointer
10873     // arithmetic also allow the index (offset) to be equal to size since
10874     // computing the next address after the end of the array is legal and
10875     // commonly done e.g. in C++ iterators and range-based for loops.
10876     if (AllowOnePastEnd ? index.ule(size) : index.ult(size))
10877       return;
10878 
10879     // Also don't warn for arrays of size 1 which are members of some
10880     // structure. These are often used to approximate flexible arrays in C89
10881     // code.
10882     if (IsTailPaddedMemberArray(*this, size, ND))
10883       return;
10884 
10885     // Suppress the warning if the subscript expression (as identified by the
10886     // ']' location) and the index expression are both from macro expansions
10887     // within a system header.
10888     if (ASE) {
10889       SourceLocation RBracketLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
10890           ASE->getRBracketLoc());
10891       if (SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RBracketLoc)) {
10892         SourceLocation IndexLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
10893             IndexExpr->getLocStart());
10894         if (SourceMgr.isWrittenInSameFile(RBracketLoc, IndexLoc))
10895           return;
10896       }
10897     }
10898 
10899     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds;
10900     if (ASE)
10901       DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds;
10902 
10903     DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
10904                         PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
10905                           << size.toString(10, true)
10906                           << (unsigned)size.getLimitedValue(~0U)
10907                           << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
10908   } else {
10909     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_precedes_bounds;
10910     if (!ASE) {
10911       DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds;
10912       if (index.isNegative()) index = -index;
10913     }
10914 
10915     DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
10916                         PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
10917                           << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
10918   }
10919 
10920   if (!ND) {
10921     // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note.
10922     while (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE =
10923            dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr))
10924       BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts();
10925     if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
10926       ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10927     if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
10928       ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
10929   }
10930 
10931   if (ND)
10932     DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
10933                         PDiag(diag::note_array_index_out_of_bounds)
10934                           << ND->getDeclName());
10935 }
10936 
10937 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *expr) {
10938   int AllowOnePastEnd = 0;
10939   while (expr) {
10940     expr = expr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10941     switch (expr->getStmtClass()) {
10942       case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
10943         const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(expr);
10944         CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(), ASE,
10945                          AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
10946         return;
10947       }
10948       case Stmt::OMPArraySectionExprClass: {
10949         const OMPArraySectionExpr *ASE = cast<OMPArraySectionExpr>(expr);
10950         if (ASE->getLowerBound())
10951           CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getLowerBound(),
10952                            /*ASE=*/nullptr, AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
10953         return;
10954       }
10955       case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
10956         // Only unwrap the * and & unary operators
10957         const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(expr);
10958         expr = UO->getSubExpr();
10959         switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
10960           case UO_AddrOf:
10961             AllowOnePastEnd++;
10962             break;
10963           case UO_Deref:
10964             AllowOnePastEnd--;
10965             break;
10966           default:
10967             return;
10968         }
10969         break;
10970       }
10971       case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
10972         const ConditionalOperator *cond = cast<ConditionalOperator>(expr);
10973         if (const Expr *lhs = cond->getLHS())
10974           CheckArrayAccess(lhs);
10975         if (const Expr *rhs = cond->getRHS())
10976           CheckArrayAccess(rhs);
10977         return;
10978       }
10979       case Stmt::CXXOperatorCallExprClass: {
10980         const auto *OCE = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(expr);
10981         for (const auto *Arg : OCE->arguments())
10982           CheckArrayAccess(Arg);
10983         return;
10984       }
10985       default:
10986         return;
10987     }
10988   }
10989 }
10990 
10991 //===--- CHECK: Objective-C retain cycles ----------------------------------//
10992 
10993 namespace {
10994   struct RetainCycleOwner {
10995     RetainCycleOwner() : Variable(nullptr), Indirect(false) {}
10996     VarDecl *Variable;
10997     SourceRange Range;
10998     SourceLocation Loc;
10999     bool Indirect;
11000 
11001     void setLocsFrom(Expr *e) {
11002       Loc = e->getExprLoc();
11003       Range = e->getSourceRange();
11004     }
11005   };
11006 } // end anonymous namespace
11007 
11008 /// Consider whether capturing the given variable can possibly lead to
11009 /// a retain cycle.
11010 static bool considerVariable(VarDecl *var, Expr *ref, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
11011   // In ARC, it's captured strongly iff the variable has __strong
11012   // lifetime.  In MRR, it's captured strongly if the variable is
11013   // __block and has an appropriate type.
11014   if (var->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
11015     return false;
11016 
11017   owner.Variable = var;
11018   if (ref)
11019     owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
11020   return true;
11021 }
11022 
11023 static bool findRetainCycleOwner(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
11024   while (true) {
11025     e = e->IgnoreParens();
11026     if (CastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(e)) {
11027       switch (cast->getCastKind()) {
11028       case CK_BitCast:
11029       case CK_LValueBitCast:
11030       case CK_LValueToRValue:
11031       case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
11032         e = cast->getSubExpr();
11033         continue;
11034 
11035       default:
11036         return false;
11037       }
11038     }
11039 
11040     if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(e)) {
11041       ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = ref->getDecl();
11042       if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
11043         return false;
11044 
11045       // Try to find a retain cycle in the base.
11046       if (!findRetainCycleOwner(S, ref->getBase(), owner))
11047         return false;
11048 
11049       if (ref->isFreeIvar()) owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
11050       owner.Indirect = true;
11051       return true;
11052     }
11053 
11054     if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
11055       VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ref->getDecl());
11056       if (!var) return false;
11057       return considerVariable(var, ref, owner);
11058     }
11059 
11060     if (MemberExpr *member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
11061       if (member->isArrow()) return false;
11062 
11063       // Don't count this as an indirect ownership.
11064       e = member->getBase();
11065       continue;
11066     }
11067 
11068     if (PseudoObjectExpr *pseudo = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(e)) {
11069       // Only pay attention to pseudo-objects on property references.
11070       ObjCPropertyRefExpr *pre
11071         = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(pseudo->getSyntacticForm()
11072                                               ->IgnoreParens());
11073       if (!pre) return false;
11074       if (pre->isImplicitProperty()) return false;
11075       ObjCPropertyDecl *property = pre->getExplicitProperty();
11076       if (!property->isRetaining() &&
11077           !(property->getPropertyIvarDecl() &&
11078             property->getPropertyIvarDecl()->getType()
11079               .getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong))
11080           return false;
11081 
11082       owner.Indirect = true;
11083       if (pre->isSuperReceiver()) {
11084         owner.Variable = S.getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
11085         if (!owner.Variable)
11086           return false;
11087         owner.Loc = pre->getLocation();
11088         owner.Range = pre->getSourceRange();
11089         return true;
11090       }
11091       e = const_cast<Expr*>(cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(pre->getBase())
11092                               ->getSourceExpr());
11093       continue;
11094     }
11095 
11096     // Array ivars?
11097 
11098     return false;
11099   }
11100 }
11101 
11102 namespace {
11103   struct FindCaptureVisitor : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor> {
11104     FindCaptureVisitor(ASTContext &Context, VarDecl *variable)
11105       : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor>(Context),
11106         Context(Context), Variable(variable), Capturer(nullptr),
11107         VarWillBeReased(false) {}
11108     ASTContext &Context;
11109     VarDecl *Variable;
11110     Expr *Capturer;
11111     bool VarWillBeReased;
11112 
11113     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) {
11114       if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer)
11115         Capturer = ref;
11116     }
11117 
11118     void VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref) {
11119       if (Capturer) return;
11120       Visit(ref->getBase());
11121       if (Capturer && ref->isFreeIvar())
11122         Capturer = ref;
11123     }
11124 
11125     void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *block) {
11126       // Look inside nested blocks
11127       if (block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(Variable))
11128         Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
11129     }
11130 
11131     void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *OVE) {
11132       if (Capturer) return;
11133       if (OVE->getSourceExpr())
11134         Visit(OVE->getSourceExpr());
11135     }
11136     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *BinOp) {
11137       if (!Variable || VarWillBeReased || BinOp->getOpcode() != BO_Assign)
11138         return;
11139       Expr *LHS = BinOp->getLHS();
11140       if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(LHS)) {
11141         if (DRE->getDecl() != Variable)
11142           return;
11143         if (Expr *RHS = BinOp->getRHS()) {
11144           RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenCasts();
11145           llvm::APSInt Value;
11146           VarWillBeReased =
11147             (RHS && RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context) && Value == 0);
11148         }
11149       }
11150     }
11151   };
11152 } // end anonymous namespace
11153 
11154 /// Check whether the given argument is a block which captures a
11155 /// variable.
11156 static Expr *findCapturingExpr(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
11157   assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
11158 
11159   e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
11160 
11161   // Look through [^{...} copy] and Block_copy(^{...}).
11162   if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(e)) {
11163     Selector Cmd = ME->getSelector();
11164     if (Cmd.isUnarySelector() && Cmd.getNameForSlot(0) == "copy") {
11165       e = ME->getInstanceReceiver();
11166       if (!e)
11167         return nullptr;
11168       e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
11169     }
11170   } else if (CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e)) {
11171     if (CE->getNumArgs() == 1) {
11172       FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl());
11173       if (Fn) {
11174         const IdentifierInfo *FnI = Fn->getIdentifier();
11175         if (FnI && FnI->isStr("_Block_copy")) {
11176           e = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
11177         }
11178       }
11179     }
11180   }
11181 
11182   BlockExpr *block = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(e);
11183   if (!block || !block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(owner.Variable))
11184     return nullptr;
11185 
11186   FindCaptureVisitor visitor(S.Context, owner.Variable);
11187   visitor.Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
11188   return visitor.VarWillBeReased ? nullptr : visitor.Capturer;
11189 }
11190 
11191 static void diagnoseRetainCycle(Sema &S, Expr *capturer,
11192                                 RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
11193   assert(capturer);
11194   assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
11195 
11196   S.Diag(capturer->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arc_retain_cycle)
11197     << owner.Variable << capturer->getSourceRange();
11198   S.Diag(owner.Loc, diag::note_arc_retain_cycle_owner)
11199     << owner.Indirect << owner.Range;
11200 }
11201 
11202 /// Check for a keyword selector that starts with the word 'add' or
11203 /// 'set'.
11204 static bool isSetterLikeSelector(Selector sel) {
11205   if (sel.isUnarySelector()) return false;
11206 
11207   StringRef str = sel.getNameForSlot(0);
11208   while (!str.empty() && str.front() == '_') str = str.substr(1);
11209   if (str.startswith("set"))
11210     str = str.substr(3);
11211   else if (str.startswith("add")) {
11212     // Specially whitelist 'addOperationWithBlock:'.
11213     if (sel.getNumArgs() == 1 && str.startswith("addOperationWithBlock"))
11214       return false;
11215     str = str.substr(3);
11216   }
11217   else
11218     return false;
11219 
11220   if (str.empty()) return true;
11221   return !isLowercase(str.front());
11222 }
11223 
11224 static Optional<int> GetNSMutableArrayArgumentIndex(Sema &S,
11225                                                     ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
11226   bool IsMutableArray = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
11227                                                 Message->getReceiverInterface(),
11228                                                 NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableArray);
11229   if (!IsMutableArray) {
11230     return None;
11231   }
11232 
11233   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
11234 
11235   Optional<NSAPI::NSArrayMethodKind> MKOpt =
11236     S.NSAPIObj->getNSArrayMethodKind(Sel);
11237   if (!MKOpt) {
11238     return None;
11239   }
11240 
11241   NSAPI::NSArrayMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
11242 
11243   switch (MK) {
11244     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_addObject:
11245     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_insertObjectAtIndex:
11246     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_setObjectAtIndexedSubscript:
11247       return 0;
11248     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_replaceObjectAtIndex:
11249       return 1;
11250 
11251     default:
11252       return None;
11253   }
11254 
11255   return None;
11256 }
11257 
11258 static
11259 Optional<int> GetNSMutableDictionaryArgumentIndex(Sema &S,
11260                                                   ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
11261   bool IsMutableDictionary = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
11262                                             Message->getReceiverInterface(),
11263                                             NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableDictionary);
11264   if (!IsMutableDictionary) {
11265     return None;
11266   }
11267 
11268   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
11269 
11270   Optional<NSAPI::NSDictionaryMethodKind> MKOpt =
11271     S.NSAPIObj->getNSDictionaryMethodKind(Sel);
11272   if (!MKOpt) {
11273     return None;
11274   }
11275 
11276   NSAPI::NSDictionaryMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
11277 
11278   switch (MK) {
11279     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setObjectForKey:
11280     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setValueForKey:
11281     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setObjectForKeyedSubscript:
11282       return 0;
11283 
11284     default:
11285       return None;
11286   }
11287 
11288   return None;
11289 }
11290 
11291 static Optional<int> GetNSSetArgumentIndex(Sema &S, ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
11292   bool IsMutableSet = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
11293                                                 Message->getReceiverInterface(),
11294                                                 NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableSet);
11295 
11296   bool IsMutableOrderedSet = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
11297                                             Message->getReceiverInterface(),
11298                                             NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableOrderedSet);
11299   if (!IsMutableSet && !IsMutableOrderedSet) {
11300     return None;
11301   }
11302 
11303   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
11304 
11305   Optional<NSAPI::NSSetMethodKind> MKOpt = S.NSAPIObj->getNSSetMethodKind(Sel);
11306   if (!MKOpt) {
11307     return None;
11308   }
11309 
11310   NSAPI::NSSetMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
11311 
11312   switch (MK) {
11313     case NSAPI::NSMutableSet_addObject:
11314     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_setObjectAtIndex:
11315     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_setObjectAtIndexedSubscript:
11316     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_insertObjectAtIndex:
11317       return 0;
11318     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_replaceObjectAtIndexWithObject:
11319       return 1;
11320   }
11321 
11322   return None;
11323 }
11324 
11325 void Sema::CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
11326   if (!Message->isInstanceMessage()) {
11327     return;
11328   }
11329 
11330   Optional<int> ArgOpt;
11331 
11332   if (!(ArgOpt = GetNSMutableArrayArgumentIndex(*this, Message)) &&
11333       !(ArgOpt = GetNSMutableDictionaryArgumentIndex(*this, Message)) &&
11334       !(ArgOpt = GetNSSetArgumentIndex(*this, Message))) {
11335     return;
11336   }
11337 
11338   int ArgIndex = *ArgOpt;
11339 
11340   Expr *Arg = Message->getArg(ArgIndex)->IgnoreImpCasts();
11341   if (OpaqueValueExpr *OE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Arg)) {
11342     Arg = OE->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
11343   }
11344 
11345   if (Message->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance) {
11346     if (DeclRefExpr *ArgRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
11347       if (ArgRE->isObjCSelfExpr()) {
11348         Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
11349              diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
11350           << ArgRE->getDecl()->getName() << StringRef("super");
11351       }
11352     }
11353   } else {
11354     Expr *Receiver = Message->getInstanceReceiver()->IgnoreImpCasts();
11355 
11356     if (OpaqueValueExpr *OE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Receiver)) {
11357       Receiver = OE->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
11358     }
11359 
11360     if (DeclRefExpr *ReceiverRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Receiver)) {
11361       if (DeclRefExpr *ArgRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
11362         if (ReceiverRE->getDecl() == ArgRE->getDecl()) {
11363           ValueDecl *Decl = ReceiverRE->getDecl();
11364           Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
11365                diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
11366             << Decl->getName() << Decl->getName();
11367           if (!ArgRE->isObjCSelfExpr()) {
11368             Diag(Decl->getLocation(),
11369                  diag::note_objc_circular_container_declared_here)
11370               << Decl->getName();
11371           }
11372         }
11373       }
11374     } else if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *IvarRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Receiver)) {
11375       if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *IvarArgRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Arg)) {
11376         if (IvarRE->getDecl() == IvarArgRE->getDecl()) {
11377           ObjCIvarDecl *Decl = IvarRE->getDecl();
11378           Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
11379                diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
11380             << Decl->getName() << Decl->getName();
11381           Diag(Decl->getLocation(),
11382                diag::note_objc_circular_container_declared_here)
11383             << Decl->getName();
11384         }
11385       }
11386     }
11387   }
11388 }
11389 
11390 /// Check a message send to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
11391 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg) {
11392   // Only check instance methods whose selector looks like a setter.
11393   if (!msg->isInstanceMessage() || !isSetterLikeSelector(msg->getSelector()))
11394     return;
11395 
11396   // Try to find a variable that the receiver is strongly owned by.
11397   RetainCycleOwner owner;
11398   if (msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance) {
11399     if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, msg->getInstanceReceiver(), owner))
11400       return;
11401   } else {
11402     assert(msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance);
11403     owner.Variable = getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
11404     owner.Loc = msg->getSuperLoc();
11405     owner.Range = msg->getSuperLoc();
11406   }
11407 
11408   // Check whether the receiver is captured by any of the arguments.
11409   for (unsigned i = 0, e = msg->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
11410     if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, msg->getArg(i), owner))
11411       return diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
11412 }
11413 
11414 /// Check a property assign to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
11415 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument) {
11416   RetainCycleOwner owner;
11417   if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, receiver, owner))
11418     return;
11419 
11420   if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, argument, owner))
11421     diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
11422 }
11423 
11424 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init) {
11425   RetainCycleOwner Owner;
11426   if (!considerVariable(Var, /*DeclRefExpr=*/nullptr, Owner))
11427     return;
11428 
11429   // Because we don't have an expression for the variable, we have to set the
11430   // location explicitly here.
11431   Owner.Loc = Var->getLocation();
11432   Owner.Range = Var->getSourceRange();
11433 
11434   if (Expr *Capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, Init, Owner))
11435     diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, Capturer, Owner);
11436 }
11437 
11438 static bool checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
11439                                      Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
11440   // Check if RHS is an Objective-C object literal, which also can get
11441   // immediately zapped in a weak reference.  Note that we explicitly
11442   // allow ObjCStringLiterals, since those are designed to never really die.
11443   RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11444 
11445   // This enum needs to match with the 'select' in
11446   // warn_objc_arc_literal_assign (off-by-1).
11447   Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Kind = S.CheckLiteralKind(RHS);
11448   if (Kind == Sema::LK_String || Kind == Sema::LK_None)
11449     return false;
11450 
11451   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_literal_assign)
11452     << (unsigned) Kind
11453     << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
11454     << RHS->getSourceRange();
11455 
11456   return true;
11457 }
11458 
11459 static bool checkUnsafeAssignObject(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
11460                                     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT,
11461                                     Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
11462   // Strip off any implicit cast added to get to the one ARC-specific.
11463   while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
11464     if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
11465       S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign)
11466         << (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
11467         << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
11468         << RHS->getSourceRange();
11469       return true;
11470     }
11471     RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
11472   }
11473 
11474   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
11475       checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(S, Loc, RHS, isProperty))
11476     return true;
11477 
11478   return false;
11479 }
11480 
11481 bool Sema::checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
11482                               QualType LHS, Expr *RHS) {
11483   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHS.getObjCLifetime();
11484 
11485   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && LT != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
11486     return false;
11487 
11488   if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, LT, RHS, false))
11489     return true;
11490 
11491   return false;
11492 }
11493 
11494 void Sema::checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
11495                               Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
11496   QualType LHSType;
11497   // PropertyRef on LHS type need be directly obtained from
11498   // its declaration as it has a PseudoType.
11499   ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE
11500     = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(LHS->IgnoreParens());
11501   if (PRE && !PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
11502     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
11503     if (PD)
11504       LHSType = PD->getType();
11505   }
11506 
11507   if (LHSType.isNull())
11508     LHSType = LHS->getType();
11509 
11510   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHSType.getObjCLifetime();
11511 
11512   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
11513     if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc))
11514       getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(LHS);
11515   }
11516 
11517   if (checkUnsafeAssigns(Loc, LHSType, RHS))
11518     return;
11519 
11520   // FIXME. Check for other life times.
11521   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
11522     return;
11523 
11524   if (PRE) {
11525     if (PRE->isImplicitProperty())
11526       return;
11527     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
11528     if (!PD)
11529       return;
11530 
11531     unsigned Attributes = PD->getPropertyAttributes();
11532     if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) {
11533       // when 'assign' attribute was not explicitly specified
11534       // by user, ignore it and rely on property type itself
11535       // for lifetime info.
11536       unsigned AsWrittenAttr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten();
11537       if (!(AsWrittenAttr & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) &&
11538           LHSType->isObjCRetainableType())
11539         return;
11540 
11541       while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
11542         if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
11543           Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_property_assign)
11544           << RHS->getSourceRange();
11545           return;
11546         }
11547         RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
11548       }
11549     }
11550     else if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak) {
11551       if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, Qualifiers::OCL_Weak, RHS, true))
11552         return;
11553     }
11554   }
11555 }
11556 
11557 //===--- CHECK: Empty statement body (-Wempty-body) ---------------------===//
11558 
11559 namespace {
11560 bool ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
11561                                  SourceLocation StmtLoc,
11562                                  const NullStmt *Body) {
11563   // Do not warn if the body is a macro that expands to nothing, e.g:
11564   //
11565   // #define CALL(x)
11566   // if (condition)
11567   //   CALL(0);
11568   //
11569   if (Body->hasLeadingEmptyMacro())
11570     return false;
11571 
11572   // Get line numbers of statement and body.
11573   bool StmtLineInvalid;
11574   unsigned StmtLine = SourceMgr.getPresumedLineNumber(StmtLoc,
11575                                                       &StmtLineInvalid);
11576   if (StmtLineInvalid)
11577     return false;
11578 
11579   bool BodyLineInvalid;
11580   unsigned BodyLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getSemiLoc(),
11581                                                       &BodyLineInvalid);
11582   if (BodyLineInvalid)
11583     return false;
11584 
11585   // Warn if null statement and body are on the same line.
11586   if (StmtLine != BodyLine)
11587     return false;
11588 
11589   return true;
11590 }
11591 } // end anonymous namespace
11592 
11593 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
11594                                  const Stmt *Body,
11595                                  unsigned DiagID) {
11596   // Since this is a syntactic check, don't emit diagnostic for template
11597   // instantiations, this just adds noise.
11598   if (CurrentInstantiationScope)
11599     return;
11600 
11601   // The body should be a null statement.
11602   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
11603   if (!NBody)
11604     return;
11605 
11606   // Do the usual checks.
11607   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
11608     return;
11609 
11610   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
11611   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
11612 }
11613 
11614 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
11615                                  const Stmt *PossibleBody) {
11616   assert(!CurrentInstantiationScope); // Ensured by caller
11617 
11618   SourceLocation StmtLoc;
11619   const Stmt *Body;
11620   unsigned DiagID;
11621   if (const ForStmt *FS = dyn_cast<ForStmt>(S)) {
11622     StmtLoc = FS->getRParenLoc();
11623     Body = FS->getBody();
11624     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_for_body;
11625   } else if (const WhileStmt *WS = dyn_cast<WhileStmt>(S)) {
11626     StmtLoc = WS->getCond()->getSourceRange().getEnd();
11627     Body = WS->getBody();
11628     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_while_body;
11629   } else
11630     return; // Neither `for' nor `while'.
11631 
11632   // The body should be a null statement.
11633   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
11634   if (!NBody)
11635     return;
11636 
11637   // Skip expensive checks if diagnostic is disabled.
11638   if (Diags.isIgnored(DiagID, NBody->getSemiLoc()))
11639     return;
11640 
11641   // Do the usual checks.
11642   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
11643     return;
11644 
11645   // `for(...);' and `while(...);' are popular idioms, so in order to keep
11646   // noise level low, emit diagnostics only if for/while is followed by a
11647   // CompoundStmt, e.g.:
11648   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
11649   //    {
11650   //      a(i);
11651   //    }
11652   // or if for/while is followed by a statement with more indentation
11653   // than for/while itself:
11654   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
11655   //      a(i);
11656   bool ProbableTypo = isa<CompoundStmt>(PossibleBody);
11657   if (!ProbableTypo) {
11658     bool BodyColInvalid;
11659     unsigned BodyCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
11660                              PossibleBody->getLocStart(),
11661                              &BodyColInvalid);
11662     if (BodyColInvalid)
11663       return;
11664 
11665     bool StmtColInvalid;
11666     unsigned StmtCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
11667                              S->getLocStart(),
11668                              &StmtColInvalid);
11669     if (StmtColInvalid)
11670       return;
11671 
11672     if (BodyCol > StmtCol)
11673       ProbableTypo = true;
11674   }
11675 
11676   if (ProbableTypo) {
11677     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
11678     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
11679   }
11680 }
11681 
11682 //===--- CHECK: Warn on self move with std::move. -------------------------===//
11683 
11684 /// DiagnoseSelfMove - Emits a warning if a value is moved to itself.
11685 void Sema::DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
11686                              SourceLocation OpLoc) {
11687   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess, OpLoc))
11688     return;
11689 
11690   if (inTemplateInstantiation())
11691     return;
11692 
11693   // Strip parens and casts away.
11694   LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11695   RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11696 
11697   // Check for a call expression
11698   const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RHSExpr);
11699   if (!CE || CE->getNumArgs() != 1)
11700     return;
11701 
11702   // Check for a call to std::move
11703   const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
11704   if (!FD || !FD->isInStdNamespace() || !FD->getIdentifier() ||
11705       !FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move"))
11706     return;
11707 
11708   // Get argument from std::move
11709   RHSExpr = CE->getArg(0);
11710 
11711   const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
11712   const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
11713 
11714   // Two DeclRefExpr's, check that the decls are the same.
11715   if (LHSDeclRef && RHSDeclRef) {
11716     if (!LHSDeclRef->getDecl() || !RHSDeclRef->getDecl())
11717       return;
11718     if (LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
11719         RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
11720       return;
11721 
11722     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
11723                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
11724                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
11725     return;
11726   }
11727 
11728   // Member variables require a different approach to check for self moves.
11729   // MemberExpr's are the same if every nested MemberExpr refers to the same
11730   // Decl and that the base Expr's are DeclRefExpr's with the same Decl or
11731   // the base Expr's are CXXThisExpr's.
11732   const Expr *LHSBase = LHSExpr;
11733   const Expr *RHSBase = RHSExpr;
11734   const MemberExpr *LHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr);
11735   const MemberExpr *RHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr);
11736   if (!LHSME || !RHSME)
11737     return;
11738 
11739   while (LHSME && RHSME) {
11740     if (LHSME->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
11741         RHSME->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
11742       return;
11743 
11744     LHSBase = LHSME->getBase();
11745     RHSBase = RHSME->getBase();
11746     LHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSBase);
11747     RHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSBase);
11748   }
11749 
11750   LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSBase);
11751   RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSBase);
11752   if (LHSDeclRef && RHSDeclRef) {
11753     if (!LHSDeclRef->getDecl() || !RHSDeclRef->getDecl())
11754       return;
11755     if (LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
11756         RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
11757       return;
11758 
11759     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
11760                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
11761                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
11762     return;
11763   }
11764 
11765   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(LHSBase) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(RHSBase))
11766     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
11767                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
11768                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
11769 }
11770 
11771 //===--- Layout compatibility ----------------------------------------------//
11772 
11773 namespace {
11774 
11775 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2);
11776 
11777 /// \brief Check if two enumeration types are layout-compatible.
11778 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *ED1, EnumDecl *ED2) {
11779   // C++11 [dcl.enum] p8:
11780   // Two enumeration types are layout-compatible if they have the same
11781   // underlying type.
11782   return ED1->isComplete() && ED2->isComplete() &&
11783          C.hasSameType(ED1->getIntegerType(), ED2->getIntegerType());
11784 }
11785 
11786 /// \brief Check if two fields are layout-compatible.
11787 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, FieldDecl *Field1, FieldDecl *Field2) {
11788   if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1->getType(), Field2->getType()))
11789     return false;
11790 
11791   if (Field1->isBitField() != Field2->isBitField())
11792     return false;
11793 
11794   if (Field1->isBitField()) {
11795     // Make sure that the bit-fields are the same length.
11796     unsigned Bits1 = Field1->getBitWidthValue(C);
11797     unsigned Bits2 = Field2->getBitWidthValue(C);
11798 
11799     if (Bits1 != Bits2)
11800       return false;
11801   }
11802 
11803   return true;
11804 }
11805 
11806 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout structs are layout-compatible.
11807 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p17)
11808 bool isLayoutCompatibleStruct(ASTContext &C,
11809                               RecordDecl *RD1,
11810                               RecordDecl *RD2) {
11811   // If both records are C++ classes, check that base classes match.
11812   if (const CXXRecordDecl *D1CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD1)) {
11813     // If one of records is a CXXRecordDecl we are in C++ mode,
11814     // thus the other one is a CXXRecordDecl, too.
11815     const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2);
11816     // Check number of base classes.
11817     if (D1CXX->getNumBases() != D2CXX->getNumBases())
11818       return false;
11819 
11820     // Check the base classes.
11821     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator
11822                Base1 = D1CXX->bases_begin(),
11823            BaseEnd1 = D1CXX->bases_end(),
11824               Base2 = D2CXX->bases_begin();
11825          Base1 != BaseEnd1;
11826          ++Base1, ++Base2) {
11827       if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Base1->getType(), Base2->getType()))
11828         return false;
11829     }
11830   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2)) {
11831     // If only RD2 is a C++ class, it should have zero base classes.
11832     if (D2CXX->getNumBases() > 0)
11833       return false;
11834   }
11835 
11836   // Check the fields.
11837   RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(),
11838                              Field2End = RD2->field_end(),
11839                              Field1 = RD1->field_begin(),
11840                              Field1End = RD1->field_end();
11841   for ( ; Field1 != Field1End && Field2 != Field2End; ++Field1, ++Field2) {
11842     if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *Field2))
11843       return false;
11844   }
11845   if (Field1 != Field1End || Field2 != Field2End)
11846     return false;
11847 
11848   return true;
11849 }
11850 
11851 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout unions are layout-compatible.
11852 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p18)
11853 bool isLayoutCompatibleUnion(ASTContext &C,
11854                              RecordDecl *RD1,
11855                              RecordDecl *RD2) {
11856   llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8> UnmatchedFields;
11857   for (auto *Field2 : RD2->fields())
11858     UnmatchedFields.insert(Field2);
11859 
11860   for (auto *Field1 : RD1->fields()) {
11861     llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8>::iterator
11862         I = UnmatchedFields.begin(),
11863         E = UnmatchedFields.end();
11864 
11865     for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
11866       if (isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1, *I)) {
11867         bool Result = UnmatchedFields.erase(*I);
11868         (void) Result;
11869         assert(Result);
11870         break;
11871       }
11872     }
11873     if (I == E)
11874       return false;
11875   }
11876 
11877   return UnmatchedFields.empty();
11878 }
11879 
11880 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, RecordDecl *RD1, RecordDecl *RD2) {
11881   if (RD1->isUnion() != RD2->isUnion())
11882     return false;
11883 
11884   if (RD1->isUnion())
11885     return isLayoutCompatibleUnion(C, RD1, RD2);
11886   else
11887     return isLayoutCompatibleStruct(C, RD1, RD2);
11888 }
11889 
11890 /// \brief Check if two types are layout-compatible in C++11 sense.
11891 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2) {
11892   if (T1.isNull() || T2.isNull())
11893     return false;
11894 
11895   // C++11 [basic.types] p11:
11896   // If two types T1 and T2 are the same type, then T1 and T2 are
11897   // layout-compatible types.
11898   if (C.hasSameType(T1, T2))
11899     return true;
11900 
11901   T1 = T1.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
11902   T2 = T2.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
11903 
11904   const Type::TypeClass TC1 = T1->getTypeClass();
11905   const Type::TypeClass TC2 = T2->getTypeClass();
11906 
11907   if (TC1 != TC2)
11908     return false;
11909 
11910   if (TC1 == Type::Enum) {
11911     return isLayoutCompatible(C,
11912                               cast<EnumType>(T1)->getDecl(),
11913                               cast<EnumType>(T2)->getDecl());
11914   } else if (TC1 == Type::Record) {
11915     if (!T1->isStandardLayoutType() || !T2->isStandardLayoutType())
11916       return false;
11917 
11918     return isLayoutCompatible(C,
11919                               cast<RecordType>(T1)->getDecl(),
11920                               cast<RecordType>(T2)->getDecl());
11921   }
11922 
11923   return false;
11924 }
11925 } // end anonymous namespace
11926 
11927 //===--- CHECK: pointer_with_type_tag attribute: datatypes should match ----//
11928 
11929 namespace {
11930 /// \brief Given a type tag expression find the type tag itself.
11931 ///
11932 /// \param TypeExpr Type tag expression, as it appears in user's code.
11933 ///
11934 /// \param VD Declaration of an identifier that appears in a type tag.
11935 ///
11936 /// \param MagicValue Type tag magic value.
11937 bool FindTypeTagExpr(const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
11938                      const ValueDecl **VD, uint64_t *MagicValue) {
11939   while(true) {
11940     if (!TypeExpr)
11941       return false;
11942 
11943     TypeExpr = TypeExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->IgnoreParenCasts();
11944 
11945     switch (TypeExpr->getStmtClass()) {
11946     case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
11947       const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
11948       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) {
11949         TypeExpr = UO->getSubExpr();
11950         continue;
11951       }
11952       return false;
11953     }
11954 
11955     case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
11956       const DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TypeExpr);
11957       *VD = DRE->getDecl();
11958       return true;
11959     }
11960 
11961     case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: {
11962       const IntegerLiteral *IL = cast<IntegerLiteral>(TypeExpr);
11963       llvm::APInt MagicValueAPInt = IL->getValue();
11964       if (MagicValueAPInt.getActiveBits() <= 64) {
11965         *MagicValue = MagicValueAPInt.getZExtValue();
11966         return true;
11967       } else
11968         return false;
11969     }
11970 
11971     case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
11972     case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
11973       const AbstractConditionalOperator *ACO =
11974           cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(TypeExpr);
11975       bool Result;
11976       if (ACO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Ctx)) {
11977         if (Result)
11978           TypeExpr = ACO->getTrueExpr();
11979         else
11980           TypeExpr = ACO->getFalseExpr();
11981         continue;
11982       }
11983       return false;
11984     }
11985 
11986     case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
11987       const BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
11988       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
11989         TypeExpr = BO->getRHS();
11990         continue;
11991       }
11992       return false;
11993     }
11994 
11995     default:
11996       return false;
11997     }
11998   }
11999 }
12000 
12001 /// \brief Retrieve the C type corresponding to type tag TypeExpr.
12002 ///
12003 /// \param TypeExpr Expression that specifies a type tag.
12004 ///
12005 /// \param MagicValues Registered magic values.
12006 ///
12007 /// \param FoundWrongKind Set to true if a type tag was found, but of a wrong
12008 ///        kind.
12009 ///
12010 /// \param TypeInfo Information about the corresponding C type.
12011 ///
12012 /// \returns true if the corresponding C type was found.
12013 bool GetMatchingCType(
12014         const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
12015         const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
12016         const llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
12017                              Sema::TypeTagData> *MagicValues,
12018         bool &FoundWrongKind,
12019         Sema::TypeTagData &TypeInfo) {
12020   FoundWrongKind = false;
12021 
12022   // Variable declaration that has type_tag_for_datatype attribute.
12023   const ValueDecl *VD = nullptr;
12024 
12025   uint64_t MagicValue;
12026 
12027   if (!FindTypeTagExpr(TypeExpr, Ctx, &VD, &MagicValue))
12028     return false;
12029 
12030   if (VD) {
12031     if (TypeTagForDatatypeAttr *I = VD->getAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
12032       if (I->getArgumentKind() != ArgumentKind) {
12033         FoundWrongKind = true;
12034         return false;
12035       }
12036       TypeInfo.Type = I->getMatchingCType();
12037       TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible = I->getLayoutCompatible();
12038       TypeInfo.MustBeNull = I->getMustBeNull();
12039       return true;
12040     }
12041     return false;
12042   }
12043 
12044   if (!MagicValues)
12045     return false;
12046 
12047   llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
12048                  Sema::TypeTagData>::const_iterator I =
12049       MagicValues->find(std::make_pair(ArgumentKind, MagicValue));
12050   if (I == MagicValues->end())
12051     return false;
12052 
12053   TypeInfo = I->second;
12054   return true;
12055 }
12056 } // end anonymous namespace
12057 
12058 void Sema::RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
12059                                       uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
12060                                       bool LayoutCompatible,
12061                                       bool MustBeNull) {
12062   if (!TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)
12063     TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.reset(
12064         new llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>);
12065 
12066   TypeTagMagicValue Magic(ArgumentKind, MagicValue);
12067   (*TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)[Magic] =
12068       TypeTagData(Type, LayoutCompatible, MustBeNull);
12069 }
12070 
12071 namespace {
12072 bool IsSameCharType(QualType T1, QualType T2) {
12073   const BuiltinType *BT1 = T1->getAs<BuiltinType>();
12074   if (!BT1)
12075     return false;
12076 
12077   const BuiltinType *BT2 = T2->getAs<BuiltinType>();
12078   if (!BT2)
12079     return false;
12080 
12081   BuiltinType::Kind T1Kind = BT1->getKind();
12082   BuiltinType::Kind T2Kind = BT2->getKind();
12083 
12084   return (T1Kind == BuiltinType::SChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
12085          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::UChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U) ||
12086          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U && T2Kind == BuiltinType::UChar) ||
12087          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S && T2Kind == BuiltinType::SChar);
12088 }
12089 } // end anonymous namespace
12090 
12091 void Sema::CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
12092                                     const Expr * const *ExprArgs) {
12093   const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind = Attr->getArgumentKind();
12094   bool IsPointerAttr = Attr->getIsPointer();
12095 
12096   const Expr *TypeTagExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getTypeTagIdx()];
12097   bool FoundWrongKind;
12098   TypeTagData TypeInfo;
12099   if (!GetMatchingCType(ArgumentKind, TypeTagExpr, Context,
12100                         TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.get(),
12101                         FoundWrongKind, TypeInfo)) {
12102     if (FoundWrongKind)
12103       Diag(TypeTagExpr->getExprLoc(),
12104            diag::warn_type_tag_for_datatype_wrong_kind)
12105         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
12106     return;
12107   }
12108 
12109   const Expr *ArgumentExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getArgumentIdx()];
12110   if (IsPointerAttr) {
12111     // Skip implicit cast of pointer to `void *' (as a function argument).
12112     if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgumentExpr))
12113       if (ICE->getType()->isVoidPointerType() &&
12114           ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast)
12115         ArgumentExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
12116   }
12117   QualType ArgumentType = ArgumentExpr->getType();
12118 
12119   // Passing a `void*' pointer shouldn't trigger a warning.
12120   if (IsPointerAttr && ArgumentType->isVoidPointerType())
12121     return;
12122 
12123   if (TypeInfo.MustBeNull) {
12124     // Type tag with matching void type requires a null pointer.
12125     if (!ArgumentExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
12126                                              Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) {
12127       Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(),
12128            diag::warn_type_safety_null_pointer_required)
12129           << ArgumentKind->getName()
12130           << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
12131           << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
12132     }
12133     return;
12134   }
12135 
12136   QualType RequiredType = TypeInfo.Type;
12137   if (IsPointerAttr)
12138     RequiredType = Context.getPointerType(RequiredType);
12139 
12140   bool mismatch = false;
12141   if (!TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible) {
12142     mismatch = !Context.hasSameType(ArgumentType, RequiredType);
12143 
12144     // C++11 [basic.fundamental] p1:
12145     // Plain char, signed char, and unsigned char are three distinct types.
12146     //
12147     // But we treat plain `char' as equivalent to `signed char' or `unsigned
12148     // char' depending on the current char signedness mode.
12149     if (mismatch)
12150       if ((IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
12151                                            RequiredType->getPointeeType())) ||
12152           (!IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType, RequiredType)))
12153         mismatch = false;
12154   } else
12155     if (IsPointerAttr)
12156       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context,
12157                                      ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
12158                                      RequiredType->getPointeeType());
12159     else
12160       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context, ArgumentType, RequiredType);
12161 
12162   if (mismatch)
12163     Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_type_safety_type_mismatch)
12164         << ArgumentType << ArgumentKind
12165         << TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible << RequiredType
12166         << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
12167         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
12168 }
12169 
12170 void Sema::AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
12171                                          CharUnits Alignment) {
12172   MisalignedMembers.emplace_back(E, RD, MD, Alignment);
12173 }
12174 
12175 void Sema::DiagnoseMisalignedMembers() {
12176   for (MisalignedMember &m : MisalignedMembers) {
12177     const NamedDecl *ND = m.RD;
12178     if (ND->getName().empty()) {
12179       if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = m.RD->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
12180         ND = TD;
12181     }
12182     Diag(m.E->getLocStart(), diag::warn_taking_address_of_packed_member)
12183         << m.MD << ND << m.E->getSourceRange();
12184   }
12185   MisalignedMembers.clear();
12186 }
12187 
12188 void Sema::DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E) {
12189   E = E->IgnoreParens();
12190   if (!T->isPointerType() && !T->isIntegerType())
12191     return;
12192   if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E) &&
12193       cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) {
12194     auto *Op = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
12195     if (isa<MemberExpr>(Op)) {
12196       auto MA = std::find(MisalignedMembers.begin(), MisalignedMembers.end(),
12197                           MisalignedMember(Op));
12198       if (MA != MisalignedMembers.end() &&
12199           (T->isIntegerType() ||
12200            (T->isPointerType() &&
12201             Context.getTypeAlignInChars(T->getPointeeType()) <= MA->Alignment)))
12202         MisalignedMembers.erase(MA);
12203     }
12204   }
12205 }
12206 
12207 void Sema::RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
12208     Expr *E,
12209     llvm::function_ref<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)>
12210         Action) {
12211   const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
12212   if (!ME)
12213     return;
12214 
12215   // No need to check expressions with an __unaligned-qualified type.
12216   if (E->getType().getQualifiers().hasUnaligned())
12217     return;
12218 
12219   // For a chain of MemberExpr like "a.b.c.d" this list
12220   // will keep FieldDecl's like [d, c, b].
12221   SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> ReverseMemberChain;
12222   const MemberExpr *TopME = nullptr;
12223   bool AnyIsPacked = false;
12224   do {
12225     QualType BaseType = ME->getBase()->getType();
12226     if (ME->isArrow())
12227       BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
12228     RecordDecl *RD = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
12229     if (RD->isInvalidDecl())
12230       return;
12231 
12232     ValueDecl *MD = ME->getMemberDecl();
12233     auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MD);
12234     // We do not care about non-data members.
12235     if (!FD || FD->isInvalidDecl())
12236       return;
12237 
12238     AnyIsPacked =
12239         AnyIsPacked || (RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || MD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
12240     ReverseMemberChain.push_back(FD);
12241 
12242     TopME = ME;
12243     ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParens());
12244   } while (ME);
12245   assert(TopME && "We did not compute a topmost MemberExpr!");
12246 
12247   // Not the scope of this diagnostic.
12248   if (!AnyIsPacked)
12249     return;
12250 
12251   const Expr *TopBase = TopME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
12252   const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(TopBase);
12253   // TODO: The innermost base of the member expression may be too complicated.
12254   // For now, just disregard these cases. This is left for future
12255   // improvement.
12256   if (!DRE && !isa<CXXThisExpr>(TopBase))
12257       return;
12258 
12259   // Alignment expected by the whole expression.
12260   CharUnits ExpectedAlignment = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(E->getType());
12261 
12262   // No need to do anything else with this case.
12263   if (ExpectedAlignment.isOne())
12264     return;
12265 
12266   // Synthesize offset of the whole access.
12267   CharUnits Offset;
12268   for (auto I = ReverseMemberChain.rbegin(); I != ReverseMemberChain.rend();
12269        I++) {
12270     Offset += Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(Context.getFieldOffset(*I));
12271   }
12272 
12273   // Compute the CompleteObjectAlignment as the alignment of the whole chain.
12274   CharUnits CompleteObjectAlignment = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(
12275       ReverseMemberChain.back()->getParent()->getTypeForDecl());
12276 
12277   // The base expression of the innermost MemberExpr may give
12278   // stronger guarantees than the class containing the member.
12279   if (DRE && !TopME->isArrow()) {
12280     const ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl();
12281     if (!VD->getType()->isReferenceType())
12282       CompleteObjectAlignment =
12283           std::max(CompleteObjectAlignment, Context.getDeclAlign(VD));
12284   }
12285 
12286   // Check if the synthesized offset fulfills the alignment.
12287   if (Offset % ExpectedAlignment != 0 ||
12288       // It may fulfill the offset it but the effective alignment may still be
12289       // lower than the expected expression alignment.
12290       CompleteObjectAlignment < ExpectedAlignment) {
12291     // If this happens, we want to determine a sensible culprit of this.
12292     // Intuitively, watching the chain of member expressions from right to
12293     // left, we start with the required alignment (as required by the field
12294     // type) but some packed attribute in that chain has reduced the alignment.
12295     // It may happen that another packed structure increases it again. But if
12296     // we are here such increase has not been enough. So pointing the first
12297     // FieldDecl that either is packed or else its RecordDecl is,
12298     // seems reasonable.
12299     FieldDecl *FD = nullptr;
12300     CharUnits Alignment;
12301     for (FieldDecl *FDI : ReverseMemberChain) {
12302       if (FDI->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
12303           FDI->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()) {
12304         FD = FDI;
12305         Alignment = std::min(
12306             Context.getTypeAlignInChars(FD->getType()),
12307             Context.getTypeAlignInChars(FD->getParent()->getTypeForDecl()));
12308         break;
12309       }
12310     }
12311     assert(FD && "We did not find a packed FieldDecl!");
12312     Action(E, FD->getParent(), FD, Alignment);
12313   }
12314 }
12315 
12316 void Sema::CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs) {
12317   using namespace std::placeholders;
12318   RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
12319       rhs, std::bind(&Sema::AddPotentialMisalignedMembers, std::ref(*this), _1,
12320                      _2, _3, _4));
12321 }
12322 
12323